Home

LOTS User Manual – Point Of Sale

1. expected sale total since the Cash Sales last end of day as recorded by LOTS Total Manual EFT Total Cheques e Actual Totals The total Actual Totals Cash Lift on 15 02 2008 at 3 50 PM money of all the cash lifts Cash Opening Float including floats manual EFT M transactions and cheques Total Cheques Variation counted since the last end of Adjustment Amount Adjustment Reason day Both values should match 5 fthese two values don t match then the difference will be listed in Deals sumay o mw ox cma the Variation field If the variation Figure 110 value is red then the Expected Total is more than the Actual Total 122 60 Adjustment Amount 122 60 6 If money has been knowingly Adjustment Reason Purchased Stat removed or added to the till the totals will not match and there will be a variation The variation can be rectified by entering the known value into the Adjustment Amount field and the reason for the adjustment in the Adjustment Reason field see Figure 111 Figure 111 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 74 of 292 T The Cash Lifts tab as shown in Figure 112 allows you to see what current cash lifts have been performed La LI LE LI Li i Till Reconciliation End of Day ID Current Denomination Qty 5c coins 34 1 70 l ccons 28 2 60 20c coins 60 1200 50c coins 45 2250 coins 78 7800 64 12800
2. 18 CJ n a c v Merge Switch Cards Skip Back Exit Figure 167 4 Once you have chosen the information you would like to retain select Merge The cards will then be merged and the next two duplicated cards will be displayed Note Once you merge a card it can t be undone but if you Skip a card you can return to it by selecting Back Selecting back will return you to last duplicated card you skipped you can keep selecting back until you return to the first duplicated cards you skipped 5 Once you have finished with your session select Exit A report will be generated displaying all the products that were merged in that session You will have the ability to print out the report if you wish as you may wish to check stock on hand and price information on the merged cards Note A Rolling Stocktake is automatically created containing these items for more information refer to section 9 1 Rolling Stocktake Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 115 of 292 OF Setting Flags 3 17 Stock Card Options The Stock Card Options utility enables Department you to perform group changes for stock SUR TET Price on Label Yes No card flags These changes can be Scien Allow Discount Yes No stock Group Seasonal Yes No Suppli upper Shelf Label Yes No Select Filters performed for nine of the different stock card options i Persie Update Yes No You are ab
3. 3 Once you have entered the ordering Name field Blue Helper Text will ap SIGMA based on your order quantities see be Name L BEROCCA PACK 30 Ordering in retail units Must be ordered in multiples of 51 Figure 133 4 Depending on whether you have set to order in a different icon will be displayed e Retail Units Figure 133 e Cartons Figure 134 e Cartons with Multiple Order Quantity Figure 135 BEROCCA PACK 30 Ordering 1 will result in receiving 2 cartons af 5 retail units Figure 135 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 97 of 292 There are three sections in the product details window and they are e Supplier Settings e User Settings e Pricing The Supplier Settings gt Supplier Settings 3 Figure 136 are the required Order Multiple 5 Min Order Qty 10 order settings for this cnc E product as defined by this ae l Changes to these supplier settings will be overwritten when a price update is run Su pplier There are three for this supplier Supplier Settings fields that are set e Order Multiple This is the order quantity in multiples you are required to order in as defined by the supplier e Min Order Qty This is the minimum order quantity you are required to order in as defined by the supplier e Carton Size The Carton Size is the number of retail units that is received from the supplier in each carton
4. 4 A confirmation message will be shown select Yes 5 You may wish then to reprint the Lay By docket by selecting Lay By Docket button 2 stock items purchased on this Lay By Stock ltem Date Ad Quantity Retail Disc hLA amp COLISRIE ESTROYARIN 30 5 09 2008 9 30 AM E cr L1 wil Remove Selected Item From Lay By Figure 86 Note If the item you remove is the only item left on the lay by thus forcing you to cancel the lay by one of two things must happen as defined in Lay By options either e You must set up an account for the customer if they do not already have one refer to section 8 2 Turning A Customer Into A Debtor Account Holder and credit their balance the value of the refund e Orsimply refund the customer refer to section 2 5 Returns Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 61 of 292 2 13 4 Cancelling A Lay By 1 Navigate from the LOTS zi Cancel Lay By Start Menu gt Sales gt Lay By Reason for cancelling 2 This will display the Lay By Account credit amount 25 00 screen Enter the E Customers name or the Lay By No to retrieve the OK Lancel Lay By Figure 87 3 Select Cancel Lay By this will display the Cancel Lay By see Figure 87 you will be prompted to enter a Reason for cancelling Depending on the payments the customer has made there may be a Lay By Account credit amount Corum Health
5. B a 5 2 2T 54 54 44 15 11 11 11 22 11 3 g 32 T 3 42 2 B3 ad 40 40 4 56 33 B B 1 Baby Active Stack Including Rx Sales Page 1 of 14 227 of 292 Total 15 40 48 TB 33 13 10 a0 128 18 43 58 r 310 51 BE 16 a4 2l 179 103 32 395 15 This displays the name of the items selected within the report This displays the current Retail price of the item SOH This displays the current stock on hand for each line You should frequently perform stock takes to ensure that your stock on hand is correct This column displays the current sales Month To Date for each line Months The 12 columns across the page display each of the 12 months of the year starting from the previous month and going back for 12 months These columns would either reflect a dollar value or quantity sold depending on the search criteria Average This is the column headed Avg which is the average cost of the goods sold or the average dollar value for the year This average is calculated from the Total Column and divided between 12 Total The last column headed Total displays either the quantity sold or the total dollar value of sales for the 12 month period depending on the search criteria Total The Total that is at the bottom of the report displays the totals for each month either being
6. Clubs Triggers 1 Select the Suppliers tab File Edt LOTS along the bottom of the Club 1 Triggers 2 Members 3 Reports window see Figure 363 Club Triggers 2 To add a Supplier select the ERES E Suppliers Add button Trigger Value Points Retail Supplier Greater than ulti e 2 3 This will display the Select wee Supplier drop down list see a Figure 364 select the NIS ee supplier followed by OK None Message to appear on screen 4 Every product within this supplier will now be a trigger for a club sale 5 Ifthe Point Value is set to 1 and the Points Related to retail Points x retail option is ticked Figure 365 then the Figure 363 system will equate 1 00 to equal 1 point enabling you to track club members total spending 6 Do not tick the Points Related to retail Select supplier Points x retail option if you want the sale of an item to count as 1 point For example your club might be Buy five baby products and get the sixth baby Figure 364 product free In this instance the sale of an item only needs to count as Suppliers Select Supplier one point rather than the dollar w Edit Club Triggers value Club Name BABY CLUB Trigger Type Supplier Note If some cases you must wish Trigger value D fa renee ect cone to give additional points to people who Message purchase products from specific suppl
7. Corum Health Services 22 18 13 12 13 iF T 148 tems T 33 3b Bb af a 38 3l 42 15 T LOTS User Manual POS Sales Ex GST ra 0z 311 74 540 13 725 51 601 04 453 13 353 47 275 35 355 44 202 45 fy 26 3 915 64 GST 5 47 13 85 25 15 34 61 22 45 15 92 13 78 3 53 17 86 11 48 BOS 168 85 Carum Health Senices BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NOTTING HILL VIC 3165 Avg Sale 26 01 21 35 25 85 30 53 fe 20 24 65 25 58 323 14 27 00 31 15 02 82 26 42 Items Sale 223 2 29 2 65 27d 2 60 2 66 2 4 293 3 15 232 3 00 2 66 249 of 292 i Corum Health e mites Average Hourly Sales Figures eee ee can 01 06 2007 ta 10 06 2007 NOTTING HILLYIC 3165 Sales Per Hour a00 STEIN e 0n r i 200 T 8 AM 10 AM 12 PM 2 Phi 4 Pl B Phi g AM 11 AM 1 Phi 3 PM 5 Phi Time Customers Per Hour B M 10 4M 12 PM 2 PM 4 PM 6 PM d A 11 AM 1 PM 3 PM 3 PM Time Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 250 of 292 Individual Staff Sales Figures 01 06 2007 ta 10 06 2007 staff Hame Anne 32 71 Ben T 19 Betty Bonnie Daniel David Jessica Kerrie Leah Lisa Michelle Rina Rose Ryan Sarah Seve Tim Corum Health Services Customers Iter Sales Ex GST 926 12 152 26 3 542 55 3 796 10 5 444 57 53 82 6 006 05 5 432 39 48 52 1 779 10 382 51 2 074 52 4 082 84 3 078 20
8. Note If you don t have any of a particular monetary denomination simply leave the field for that denomination blank 6 Once all the values have been entered select OK Note If you have ticked Require second operator sign off then after pressing OK it will prompt for another operator to enter in their staff ID and if required their Password Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 73 of 292 2 15 3 Till Reconciliation The Till Reconciliation screen is used when performing an End of Day to determine if any variations exist between the actual cash count Actual Totals and what LOTS expects to be in the till Expected Totals Current End of Day 026 1 To reconcile the tills navigate from the Sales Reports drop down menu gt End Of Day This will open up the End Of Day Report window see Figure 109 Date Time 2 From the End Of Day Report 986 Mon 2Mar2009 240 P Tacoedof O TI NOT closed of window click on Reconcile N3 Sat 21 Mar 2009 238 Ph Selected Ti Running total Cash lifts Reconcile Close off 3 By clicking on Reconcile the Till AI Tills Reconciliation window will appear Running tat Reconcie clonn of see Figure 110 Figure 109 4 Inthe Till Reconciliation window under the Receipts tab it details i Till Reconciliation the following Receipts End of Day ID Current e Expected Totals The
9. Use Supplier s Sugg Retail will set your retail price to the recommended retail price as defined by the supplier Selected Items Retail Price e Use List Cost Mark Up This will set the retail price based on Current Mark Up multiplied by New List Cost Use Suppliers Sugg Retail This is the default option Use List Cost Mark U 15 There is also a search box that will allow you to search for di ds ME specific items see Figure 259 Ensure you tick the Display L Items Matching This Description PLU tick box before Figure 258 clicking Select Figure 257 Display Items Matching This Description PLU M 16 If you need to stop half way through processing your update you can save select changes by selecting Save Session see Figure 260 Saving a session Figure 259 allows you to return to it at any time 17 Once you have finished setting your Erit cens LUE UE T items select Process see Figure ES E 261 Figure 260 Note You can select all items by clicking OnE Decreases and New Prod ucts The list below shows all the Corum defined subdepartments used by items which are about to be added to your system If you would like the items contained in this update to be imported into particular subdepartments within your system please choose the local Sub Department for each Corum Defined Sub Department 1 8 After selecting Process a Select Sub Note
10. ecerptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions SONM Interventions Minimum Sale Value Trigger Amount 3000 script Discounting script Queuing Allow scripts Private Scripts Only ia Robotic Dispensing PRS Online Receipt Voucher Message Message On Receipts Enable Receipt Voucher POS Present this docket ta recieve 10 off POS Options all photo processing Pricing Valid 3 months from this date Discounts for Sales Member Options POs Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBbiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details LOTS Start Menu Figure 415 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 284 of 292 12 2 Printing Vouchers Process sales at the register as normal If the purchase is greater than minimum amount set excluding PBS scripts the docket will print the voucher message as shown in Figure 416 Original Tax Invoice Corum Health Services 7 BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NOTTING HILL Phone 8541 6988 ABN 1111 111 111 11 Unit Name VICWKSOD06 1 BEROCCA PERFORM EFF 15 TOTAL Cash Change Total includes GST of served by Cathy 13 Aug 2009 17 03 Present this docket to recive 1095 off all Photgraphic Developing and Printing Valid 3 months from this date Sale Total 13 95 Excludes Prescriptions Docket 74505 13 08 2009 Figure 416 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 285 of 292 13 Backup L
11. Show Club Members Transactions 9 The results of the Club Analysis report are displayed on the screen and can be exported for use as a mail merge file in your word processing program or printed Figure 413 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 281 of 292 11 12 4 Best Customer 1 To perform a Best Customer report select View gt Best Customer 2 You will be prompted for a start date and finish date and then the results are displayed on the screen The report lists the club members their total points and their purchases within the selected date range 3 The list can be exported for use as a mail merge file in your word processing program or printed Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 282 of 292 11 12 5 Club Gifts 1 To view Club Gifts select View gt Club Gifts Date Range Repot Type From 02 03 2008 dd rm yyyy C Summary To 02 04 2008 dd mm yyyy Detail 2 You will be prompted to ender the date range and select the club s you wish to ey red All Clubs Untick to View Individual Clubs All Gifts Untick to View Individual Gifts report on see Figure 414 3 Thelist of gifts issued during the selected date range for the selected club s is displayed on the screen i Cancel Status Ready 4 Thelist can be exported or printed Figure 414 Corum Health Ser
12. Stocktake Settings window see Figure 331 The first tab displayed is PDE Type 4 This tab allows you to select which handheld device you wish to use 5 The COM Port tab see Figure 332 allows you to set your handheld device and its connection to your PC m Stocktake File Settings Electronic Stocktake oF Figure 330 m Stocktake Settings PDE Type COM Fort Please identify the type of stocktake machine used in your pharmacy f Psion Faulding t Telxon Sigma C Nippondensa t Telxan AFI f Psion GIDL C POTBIOO Souls COM Part Baud Rate Parity Data Bits stop Bits 3 Cancel Figure 332 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 218 of 292 6 The third tab is Other this tab allows you w Stocktake Settings define where the data from the handheld device get saved to and what processing option you wish to use see Figure 333 The two different processing option are Other Enter a default filename to capture PDE data e Replace SOH This will replace the CALOTSISTOCKTKTDXT current SOH Processing options e Add to SOH This will add the SOH to Replace SOH current SOH C Add to SOH 7 Once you have set all you settings press Automatic made Ok this will return you to the Stocktake window You now have the ability to perform your stocktake x Note You may wish to zero your current stock on hand to zero before performing a stocktak
13. 1 The Nominate Suppliers Icon should be automatically installed onto your desktop see Figure 246 Ed Mominabe 2 When you double click on the Nominated Suppliers Icon the Supplier Suppliers Pricing Information Download Selector window will appear see Figure Figure 246 247 E Supplier Pricing Information Download Selector zaNote The Nominate Suppliers icon will only be installed onto the Corum Master COmpUlck Health Messaging 3 The Selections tab will list all services ne Wholesalers and Agent files which are available electronically WholeSalers 2 selected Agents 5 selected AMCAL SIGMA NSW 3P PTY LTD AMCAL SIGMA QLD E 4 LITTLE BIT OF RELIEF AMCAL SIGMA 54 ADMNOHR ve Note The first time you run AMCAL SIGMA TAS v ADVANTAGE HEALTHCARE t i v AMCAL SIGMA VIC w ALOE VERA OF AUSTRAL Nominate Su pplier LOTS will AMCAL SIGMA WA vi ALPHAPHARM PTY LTD API NSW AMADA PTY LTD automatically detect the suppliers ATO EMITE API SA En NNNM you normally use E AST THERAPEUTIC SUP v Search PO Displ i 4 You can modify the settings EE Display Supplier IDs to add or remove suppliers by ticking or un ticking the tick box against either the Figure 247 Wholesalers or Agents Corum Messaging will automatically send updated price files for all suppliers you have selected 5 The list of suppliers is presented in alphabetical order grid apy To search for a supplier simply ty
14. 2295 4236 13 BIOCEUTICALS B METH BIOCEUTICALS METHYL MAX 2 21 42 2142 83750 42 64 3 BIOCEUTICALS been added will be B SOMNI BIOCEUTICALS SOMNICARE 5 1550 1550 2595 77 50 5 BIOCEUTICALS displayed in red as B UCEP BIOCEUTICALS ULT CLEAN EF 10 2770 2770 4495 277 00 15 BIOCEUTICALS B UCEP4 BIOCEUTICALS ULT CLEAN EF 10 47 00 47 00 75 95 470 00 13 BIOCEUTICALS shown in Figure 293 BCULTRZ BIOCEUTICALS ULTRA MUSCL 5 1 20 09 2009 33 15 100 45 5 BIOCEUTICALS 5 Ifyou have entered in a description name for you unknown item then this will be displayed Otherwise if you haven t then the product will be displayed as Unknown Item BIOCEUTICALS Totals 35 110 15 1 010 15 1 548 35 B oe tems Transmit Order Fax Order Print Supplier Copy Print Internal Copy Remove Preferred Supplier OK Cancel 6 Once you have finished select the OK button to Figure 293 save the order and return back to the Orders Main Menu Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 185 of 292 7 9 Deleting A Product From An Order To delete a product from an order 1 From your order screen select the product that you would like to delete by highlighting it 2 Select the delete key on the keyboard Alternately if editing the item change the order quantity to zero 3 he Removing ltem From Order screen will be displayed as shown in Figure 294 Explanations of each This item wil
15. 3 months Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing Minimum deposit 20 of sale me WE Round payments up to nearest 1 00 Robotic Dispensing Minimum payment 0 00 PBS Online POS Payment frequency 7 Weekly POS Options Fortnightly Pricing C Monthly Discounts for Sales When cancelling Lay By or Set up afc for customer with credit bal to value of refund or Member Options ate Ry POS Receipts Prong Tem mom cups Refund customer if required i Enable Lay Bys Changes to the minimum payment amount will affect all current and future Lay By repayment schedules Customer Pole Wieplay Message on Lay By if this lay by is cancelled you will receive store credit to the Customer Display statement value of all payments made excluding deposit paid See our Lay By full Lay By Terms amp Conditions instore Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Sign Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details Start Menu Figure 8 Option Description Enable Lay Bys Tick this option to turn on the Lay Bys module Print Lay By stock If ticked this will automatically print a lay by receipt that can be dockets attached to item set aside for lay by The receipt will detail how much the item is being sold how much has been paid and the outstanding amount Default Lay By Set the default number of months for the Lay By payment period You period can override this option when performing a Lay By Minimum depo
16. 4 When the customer details are displayed Figure 314 click onto the Account Tab and in the Charge to section and select the Own Account option as shown in Figure 315 Name Barcode CI FB Patient Details Charge to 5 The Items Allowed on Account section allows you to specify whether the customer FONSACEDUR is allowed to charge Shop Items and or Prescriptions to their account Place a tick ee in the check box corresponding to the Items Allowed on Account option s you want to allow v Allow shop items on account Shop Item Discount iv Allow prescriptions on account 0 96 NHS Prescription Discount n PRIVATE Prescription Discount 6 You can specify any discounts this account A f A Account Details holder will receive on shop items and Account Credit Limit 0 00 Stop Credit Charge Scripts Automatically NHS Private prescriptions by keying in the acc amp amp mmm percentage amounts This discount will Account Class general v automatically be applied at the time of Include Compensation Details on Debtor Statements charging to the account View Current Balance View Statements 7 Under the Account Details section you are New Search ok cancel ARG tO Figure 315 e Specify an Account Credit Limit by entering a credit limit value within this field 0 00 means no credit limit e Place the account on stop credit by selecting the Stop Credit tick bo
17. All Auto or All Manual buttons Note It is generally recommended to merge manually allowing your input into the merge process Tick All Manual to opt to perform all merges manually refer to section 3 16 2 Manually Merge x Note Only duplicates that can be merged will be displayed here hence the count of duplicates may differ from what s reported in the Unusual Stock Cards report for more info refer to section 70 7 Unusual Stock Cards Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 113 of 292 3 16 1 Automatically Merge 1 Select the cards you wish to merge automatically by placing a tick in the Auto tick box To merge all duplicates automatically select All Auto 2 To continue select the Proceed button the following window will appear see Figure 166 3 Inthe Auto Mode window every field will have the Keep Retain tick box ticked by default This means that you wish to keep the details of the card that will be retained white line 4 Ifyou prefer to retain the details of a field of a deleted card grey line you can change the tick from Keep Retain to Keep Delete for that field remembering this will apply to all cards For example in Figure 139 the Product Sub Group and Order Size fields will be retained from the deleted card for every stock cards marked as Auto 5 To proceed select Merge a list of all the items merged will be displayed on
18. Last Buy Price This cost may fluctuate as the cost is calculated based on the price received when receiving an invoice Average cost Excl Automatically calculated by the system over time and this cost is GST based on the real cost of the product excluding GST Retail Including GST Price of the item to the consumer at the Point of Sale which includes GST where applicable Retail Excluding GST Price of the item to the consumer at Point of Sale excluding 10 GST where applicable Recommended Retail This field displays the main wholesalers or agencies recommended retail price after running the LOTS price update If you have never run a price update then this field will be greyed out and display 0 00 This field can be enabled via the Edit drop down menu gt Enable Recommended Retail Show Average Retail Pressing this button will show the average retail price for each product calculated on all the different prices you have sold the product for Mark up on List Cost Percentage mark up based on the list cost of the product Mark up on Real Percentage mark up based on the real cost of the product Cost Gross Profit This is the gross profit made on the product displayed as a percentage GST Amount Dollar amount of GST added to the product s retail price Discount Price or 96 If you enter a value in this section and use the LOTS Clubs when you are prompted at the commencement of a sale if it is a cl
19. Mew items excluded the first is Update Options Update Options Figure 265 has four main settings relating to w Update Manufacturer the items these are iw llpdate Retail Update Manufacture If the manufacturer for the item has changed Print Goods Label since the last order then if ticked this T dui coute T SE will update the item with the new w Shelf Labels for Active Stack Only manufacturer Update Retail If the retail price for the w Update List Cost item has changed since the last order then if ticked this will update the item Mi vipa EST Suse with the new retail price If this option is ticked two sub options Figure 265 become available they are o Print Goods Labels If this option is ticked it will print goods label product sticker for all items being processed o Shelf Labels for Active Stock Only This will add shelf labels to the queue for active stock only Update List Cost If the list cost for the item has changed since the last order then if ticked this will update the item with the new list cost Update GST Status If the GST status for the item has changed since the last order then if ticked this will update the item with the new GST status 26 The second section is Labels Labels Figure New Item Labels 266 has one setting 27 The final section New Item Options Figure 267 only relates to new items being processed and Add New Items to Shelf L
20. Pharmacy details Menu Startup State for this computer Corum Health Services Start Menu LOTS Start Menu Settings Menu logo graphic Select Remove demo logo jpg Image size must be 44 pixels high and as vvide as desired at 72 dpi Image preview Demonstration P harmacy Logo Pharmacy details Align left Align right C Do not show details Menu Startup State for this computer Maximised window Normal window C Last used window state Description If you wish to add a pharmacy logo to your start page use the Select button to search for either a jpeg of bitmap file For the image to fit properly it must be 44 pixels high at 72 dpi To remove a logo simply select the Remove button A preview of the image you have selected will appear in the image preview display The pharmacy details refer to the pharmacy s name amp address and where it is to be displayed If do not which to show your pharmacy details select Do not show details Note If you have added a logo it is advisable to align your pharmacy detail to the right so it doesn t clash with your image e Maximised window If selected the window will always appear full screen when you begin LOTS e Normal window If selected the window will appear the same size as it was when you last started LOTS e Last used window state If selected LOTS will remember the last state the window was before it was last exited LOTS
21. This list of formats may vary depending on the report you have chosen to export 3 From the Export list Figure 337 select the format you wish to export to Figure 336 4 Once you have selected your format select OK 5 he export type will then open up displaying the report Format Excel 8 0 LS Excel 8 0 ALS Excel 8 0 Tabular ALS Laotus123 WWE Latus12Z3 vie Latus123 Vies Figure 337 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 223 of 292 10 2 12 Month History Report The 12 Month History Report displays sales information for the specified search criteria You can specify to generate the report via Unit Sales Dollar Sales Cost of Goods or Gross Profit No matter which method you choose all include the average and total sales for each item in the report Handy Hint This report is useful to run when doing bulk ordering over a season for example if you want to create a winter buy that will be delivered over several months You can look at the same month ranges for the previous year to determine the sales history for these products A 12 Month History Report can also enable you to identify products which are not selling within the selected range as the Total column will display the total sold over the 12 month period 1 Navigate from the LOTS 12 Month History Start Menu gt Reports gt l E Stock Reports 12 Month purer History Unit Sales Department t
22. receipts will include customer s current Club Points for non account sales details will be displayed on the receipt Drug names on Receipt This option allows you to have drug names from script sales included on the receipt If this option was not ticked then only the script number would be displayed e g Rx 58212 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 78 of 292 2 16 4 Cash Drawer Enabled 1 From the LOTS Point of Sale screen LO T5 Point of Sale navigate to the Options drop down menu Fie Edit wiew Reports Options Help LOTS gt Cash Drawer Enabled as shown in ScriptLink Figure 120 Receipts After Sale Unit Name VIC w Cash Drawer Enabled 2 his option should always have a tick placed to the left of it in order for the cash Touch Screen Enabled drawer to automatically open upon l n completion of a sale Figure 120 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 79 of 292 2 16 5 Touch Screen Enabled LOTS Point of Sale 1 From the LOTS Point of Sale screen File Edit View Reports Memes Help LOTS navigate to the Options drop down menu gt Touch Screen Enabled as shown in Sper Receipts After Sale F 121 TEE ere Unit Name VIC Cash Drawer Enabled 2 This option should always have a tick Touch Screen Enabled placed to the left of it in order for the touch screen to work Figure 121 x Note For the touch screen to work correctly in LOTS specific drivers will need to be in
23. regarding the customer Medicare Name Family Members First Name m First Name LastName S Net Count x Note If they are a business you urnarme should record the ABN You can also 7 tick or un tick the End Consumer box accordingly New Search OK Cancel Figure 313 6 The Use Mailing Address option allows the debtor statement to be sent to a different address from what is recorded in the customer s address field Activate this by placing a tick into the Use Mailing Address field and type in the other address in the allocated space 7 Once the details are completed select the OK button to save and return to the Debtors screen zaNote If this new person is to be given an account you can setup the account at the same time for more information refer to section 8 2 Turning A Customer Into A Debtor Account Holder Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 202 of 292 8 2 Turning A Customer Into A Debtor Account Holder 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Debtors gt Tools drop down menu gt Edit Customer Patient Search E Enter Search Information 2 A Patient Search screen will appear figure 314 Key in the name of the customer you want to turn into a debtor account holder TTT Click OK to continue Address 3 Select the appropriate Person if needed Institution from the generated list and Click OK to continue New Person OK Cancel
24. 10 3 1 Automatic Monthly Report 10 4 Overstocked Dead Items 10 5 Top Worst Items 10 6 Department Sales Report 10 7 Unusual Stock Cards 10 8 Item Sales Report 10 9 Stock Adjustment Report 10 10 Staff Time Analysis 10 11 Bank Reconciliation Report 10 12 Multi Buy Report 10 13 Business Activity Report 10 14 View Audit Trail 10 14 14 Search Audit Trail 11 CLUBS 11 1 Before Creating A Club 11 2 Gifts To Be Issued 11 3 Recording Gifts Issued 11 4 Create A Loyalty Club 11 5 Triggers 11 5 1 Suppliers 11 5 2 Sub Department 11 5 3 Stock Items 11 5 4 Scripts 11 6 Adding Members To Your Club 11 7 Adding Members On The Fly 11 8 Loyalty Club With Free Gift Trigger 11 9 Loyalty Club With A Voucher 11 10 Loyalty Club With A Discount 11 11 Loyalty Club To Track Purchases Only 11 12 Loyalty Club Reporting 11 12 1 Members Of A Club 11 12 2 Member History 11 12 3 Club Analysis 11 12 4 Best Customer 11 12 5 Club Gifts 12 USING THE LOTS VOUCHER FUNCTION 12 1 Setting Up Receipt Voucher 12 2 Printing Vouchers 13 BACKUP LOTS 14 LOTS PROGRAM UPDATES 14 1 Installing LOTS Program Update On Slaves 14 2 View Installation History Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 229 232 233 236 239 242 244 246 248 253 254 255 257 258 259 259 259 260 261 262 262 264 266 268 269 2 0 2 1 273 275 2 6 2 7 2 8 279 280 282 283 284 284 285 286 287 290 292 6 of 292 1 OPTIONS 1 1 POS Options The
25. 194 19 95 22 1 046 19 39 156 35 Carum Health emis T BUSINESS PARK DRIVE HOTTING HILL VIC S466 GST Avg Sale Items Sale 35 30 5 01 155 13 155 12 252 52 0 49 216 62 271 30 0 00 66 95 17 06 04 16 152 33 180 43 2 06 9 62 6253 1 688 51 LOTS User Manual POS 25 94 21 75 238 04 25 82 20 66 4 55 20 60 22 97 48 52 26 96 127 54 324 41 25 83 25 87 15 18 6 2 28 89 26 42 22 2 41 3 02 2 46 adr 0 71 2 06 232 10 00 3 00 1 67 2 65 26T 2 61 1 58 1 00 2 14 2 66 251 of 292 o i ien Carum Health S amice Individual Staff Sales Figures ZEHN ABI UE 01 06 2007 to 10 06 2007 NOTTING HILLVIC 3168 Sales Per Staff Member at n R000 z 4000 T cn O00 ceo 2 2B T B P mg 9 i 8 9 eee E C 5 L oo 5 L I 85885 525 25 7z28885858 m T Staff Name Customers Per Staff Member S00 250 ZU 150 100 50 eo 222 85 2 5 9 1 8 96 m m t E C ik 5 L a 5 SF SAF kee FS tm T Staff Hame Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 252 of 292 10 11 Bank Reconciliation Report The Bank Reconciliation Report will display how each payment was made cash cheque EFTPOS etc for either a date period or selected EOD 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt ESUS Reports Sales Reports Bank Bank Reconciliation Report Recon Report K Select either a date range or an End of Day period fram the l
26. Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing scriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing Script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General iv Enable Diary Alerts User Details Start Menu Figure 13 Option Description Enable Diary Alerts Ticking this option will activate Diary Alerts Refer to section 5 4 Diary Function Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 23 of 292 1 14 User Details The section User Details displays all of your business amp registration information see Figure 14 It is very important to check with Corum Support prior to making any changes to this screen Any unauthorised changes may cause LOTS to become unregistered and stop working LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense User Details Dispense Options A 7 en Dispensing Prices Warning Changing any of these settings may cause LOTS to stop working Alerts Interventions PSP Business Name CORUM HEALTH SERVICES CMI Printing Drug Interactions Street 7 BUSINESS PARK DRIVE eScript Dispensing script Discounting Suburb NOTTING HILL Phone 9604 in Script Queuing City MIC 3158 Fax 9804 6689 Robotic Dispensing PBS Online State Victoria ABN JT 111 111 11 POS POS Op
27. Change Supplier For Order Add New Supplier See section 7 16 2 Add New Supplier Edit Supplier Details This option allows you edit the supplier details including name address details and price and ordering settings Edit Invoice Number This option allow you to change the invoice number when in the Invoice tab Delete invoice This option will allow you to delete an invoice when in the Invoice tab Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 197 of 292 7 16 1 Change Supplier For Order The option will allow you to change the supplier that ESATA Is set for any particular order If the new supplier This order contains a product with na PDE for this supplier you set does not have a valid PDE for this product Supplier the following window will appear see Figure 307 1ST DIGITAL PTY LTD This window requires you to choose an option so Description UPI PLU AMOXIL 250MG C 40 001594 that the item can be ordered correctly from the new supplier How would you like to proceed You can go through each item that does not have a Add to Reorder File valid PDE one by one and choose a way to proceed but if you are going to use one proceed for all invalid PDE simply select the option and tick the Apply selection to all items with an Invalid PDE t Order this as an Unknown Item Delete this item fram the Order t Add the suppliers POE number to this product t Use the item s PLU Apply se
28. Corum Health Sy Los J 1new message for Corum Health Click here to see your new LOTS Diary message ur aid PM J GH Friday m 12 12 2008 Figure 240 T Messages for Staff Member 2 new File User Staff Member My Messages 2 new My Pending Messages 2 Press Esc to minimise 2 new messages Show All messages Date Sent From Message xd 28 11 2007 9 00 AM Pharmasol Your meeting has been scheduled for 10am Selected Message From Pharmasol Date Received 28 11 2007 11 36 AM The staff meeting has been rescheduled Reply New Print Delete Close Figure 241 i New Message Send To All Staff Pharmasol mIstaff Member Message To Staff Member Please perform a rolling stocktake on the baby section Send Message i Now C Once only on at Ins or dbl click to select date Every at Figure 242 159 of 292 8 Select when you would like Send Message the message to be ET displayed There are three 7 types as shown in Figure C Once only on at 243 Ins or dbl click ta select date e Now this will appear t Every at the next time the staff member logs on enters Figure 243 their Staff ID e Once only on This option allows you set the date and time of when you want the message to appear If the staff member is not working at that time the message will appear the next time they enter their Staff ID e Every This option allows y
29. Figure 136 The User Settings Figure User Settings Preferred Supplier Iv 7 137 allow you to specify Order Multiple 15 Min Order Gty 30 quantities over and above the quantities set by the Figure 137 supplier There are two User Settings fields that you can set these are e Order Multiple This is the order quantity in multiples you wish to order in This value must be a multiple of the Supplier Settings Order Multiple e Min Order Qty This is the minimum order quantity you wish to order in This value must be equal to or greater than the Supplier Settings Min Order Qty In most situations you will have more than one supplier for your product To set your preferred supplier simply tick the Preferred Supplier tick box located in the top right corner of the User Settings section see Figure 137 amp Note Changes made to the supplier settings will be overwritten the next time a price update is run for this supplier Pricing The User Settings will also be affected Effective End if any of the Supplier Settings change to a value greater than 1 8 The Pricing section details the pricing levels as defined by the supplier see Figure 138 This section will be updated every time a price update is run Figure 138 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 98 of 292 3 8 Set Product Specific Companion Text 1 Navigate from the LOTS Main
30. For example you may want to exclude Hairy Lemon from earning points W Exclude this item from club 11 The excluded stock item will be shown in red strikethrough text see Figure 377 OK Cancel 12 Press the Exit button to save Figure 376 and exit Clubs Clubs Triggers File Edit LOTS 1 Triggers 2 Members 3 Reports Club Triggers BABY CLUB z Stock Items Trigger Value Points Retail Plu Description v 4 C Multiples oi 0 1 M 877751 BEROCCA ORIG TAB EFF 15 2 5 930012 MULTI VITAMIN amp MINERAL ADA None Exclusive Points Loyalty Message to appear on screen l Edit Remove Suppliers Sub Department Stock Items Clubs igure Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 267 of 292 11 5 4 Scripts The scripts tab is usually used to Clubs Triggers set scripts to exclude from clubs Benes IS As discounting of NHS Scripts is 1 Triggers 2 Members 3 Reports illegal over issuing gifts vouchers m jae is in essence the same thing so BABY CLUB gt T must be excluded T O oints Retail Script Type C Greater than 1 Select the Scripts tab along A M npesa P the bottom of the Club None window see Figure 378 M Exclusive Points Loyalty 2 To add a Scr ipt select the Message to appear on screen Add button 3 This will display the Script Trigger drop down list see Add Edit Re
31. Months Considered Over Stocked or Dead Total Required Cost When you subtract the Total Required Cost from the Total Extended Cost the amount that is remaining is the amount that is the Excess Stock Value based upon the search criteria that you selected Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 235 of 292 10 5 Top Worst Items A Top Worst Items Report report displays your best or worst selling items within a specified date range As with all the other reports you are able to select your preferred filter to search The report for top items can be generated for Units Sold Sales Value and or Profit A report generated for Worst Items is displayed via return on capital Included in the report are the Trade Name descriptions of each item PLU Department Sub Department and Product Sub Group plus units sold on the Top Items report and return on capital on the Worst Items report List Cost Real Cost Average Cost Mark Up Retail Price SOH stock on hand and the Extended Value which is the List Cost multiplied by the Stock on Hand are also shown on the latter report At the very end of the report the total stock on hand is shown for the selected search and the extended value for all items Handy Hint These reports display with information of your top and worst selling items When
32. Print UNI PL IM button when the report displays d Hai e i as shown in Figure 102 SEME i9Feb 11PM 5rB 1l 19Feb 512PM STEMA 19Feb 515PM Figure 102 F gt Select Till t Single Till mu y Ul Cancel Figure 101 staff T Payment Type Saks Type Amoudi Total Sales Fran B TILLZ Manual EFT i ite 3 n 31 90 Fran B TILL2 Manual EFT Mixed 14 05 14 95 lan Taylor TILL i Script 24 15 24 15 lan Taio TILL Script 5 31 1530 Fran B TILLZ M ined 15 5 15 95 Fran B TILL Credicard Script 55 75 55 75 SUSAN M TILL M ited 14 05 14 95 SUSAN M TILL Mixed 20 00 15 05 335 lan Taio TILL i Script 23 00 4525 13 75 Fran B TILL2 E Mixed 12 95 12 95 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 70 of 292 2 14 5 End Of Day History 1 Select the History Report button to zd End of Day History generate an end of day history report Date Range Day of Week 2 The End of Day History screen will display as shown in Figure 103 From 01 Sep 2008 All Days 3 Once you have specified the Date To 08 Sep 2008 Monday Range Time Range and Day of the Tuesday week you would like to Report on select Time Range r the Ok button The report will display Wednesday ready for printing All Times C Thursday Enter time range t Friday From 08 00 Saturday To 21 00 Sunday Cancel Figure 103 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 71 of 292 2
33. Seasonal This will apply a tick if the item is marked as seasonal or not Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 245 of 292 10 9 Stock Adjustment Report The Stock Adjustment Report allows you to produce a report that will show you all stock adjustments made over a period of time e Note For best results ensure the option Reason Prompt for SOH Adjustments is turned on LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Options gt POS Options 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Y2 Stock Adjustment Report Reports gt Stock Reports gt Stock Date Selection Sor By a i i Repor Stock Adjustments Since Last Report Date 2 The will display the Stock Adjustment C Date Range From E Report window see Figure 353 To omen E t Description 3 Firstly you must select the Date Selection Filles either stock Reductions Only e Stock Adjustments Since Last Report Consolidate Same Items This will produce a report based on all adjustments since the last time you Department E generated a stock adjustment report Sub Department e Date Range Select a date period to Seats Stolen r generate a stock adjustment report for supplier a 4 Then select filters if you wish to refine your Reason E search and select another Sort By option if you wish to sort by something other than date range Figure 353 5 When complete select OK to generate the report Stock Adjustment
34. Stock item Figure 39 6 The scripts will display within the New S 1E or ae Deen rte m Sale screen as shown in Figure 40 ai tine Decor eid Sock Nem EXA20524 D O IRxA8064 20 AMOXIL 250MG C RX480625 60 LOPRESOR 100MG T TOTAL 2 items AMOXIL 250MG C SCRIPTITEM Patent JAMES GITZEN ND ACCOUNT DETALS RX MHS Patiesi Total 13537 GT Figure 40 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 36 of 292 2 3 Placing A Sale On Hold amp Abandon Sales Abandon on hold by selecting the Abandon Sale button as shown 1 When in the LOTS New Sale screen you can place a sale a in Figure 41 4 Sale 2 Alternatively you can press the Esc key located at the top Figure 41 left hand corner of the keyboard 3 You will be prompted to put the sale on hold select the Yes button to continue select No to abandon Note When a sale is placed on hold it will be displayed in blue in the LOTS Point of Sale screen A sale placed on hold is available on all LOTS computers 4 If you select the No button when this question is displayed the sale will be Abandoned Abandoned transactions are displayed in red text in the LOTS Point of Sale screen Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 37 of 292 2 3 1 Retrieving A Sale On Hold To retrieve the sale that is on hold select double click the specific transaction that is listed in the LOTS Point of Sale screen
35. To Member Sales Only or To No Sales If Discount NHS Scripts is ticked it will allow you to apply a discount to NHS items when making a sale If Discount Private Scripts is ticked it will allow you to apply a discount to Private items when making a sale LOTS POS User Manual 11 of 292 1 4 Member Options The section Member Options allows you to define all member settings at POS see Figure 4 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Member Options Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Member POS Options Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing scriptLink LOTSLink v Identify Members Ask for ID Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing iw Display Member Confirmation Window script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details Start Menu iw Ask if Member at Beginning of Every Sale Figure 4 Option Description Ask if Member at If this option is ticked every time you start a sale a message will Beginning of Every prompt asking you if this customer is a club member Sale Identify Member This option can only be ticked or unticked if Ask if Member at ask for ID beginning of Every Sale is ticked otherwise it is greyed out If this
36. debtor statement simultaneously It is only recommended to rollover by class or institution if you close off for different classes institutions at different times Cut Off Date on The cut off date for the rollover can be set to the End of Month or Today If Rollover End of Month is selected it will default to the last day of the previous month This setting is to provide a default date only a different date can be specified at the time of performing the rollover if desired Minimum Balance This field will allow you to specify the minimum balance to rollover For for Rollover example if this set to 4 00 then all accounts that less than 4 00 won t get rolled over Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 209 of 292 8 8 Options Overdue Tab The Overdue tab Figure 323 allows you holders statements Statements Overd oyerd holders statements Statements Overdue Sees aes eas Before a Charge is incurred allows you to select how many Statements you would W Print Overdue Totals on Statement like to be overdue before the overdue 7 Allow Overdue Charges charges are activated Debtor Options E statements Overdue Before a Charge is Incurred Yo Overdue Interest F A Estimate Overdue Charges on Current Balance Overdue Message on Statement Figure 323 option Bion Print Overdue Totals If this option is ticked this will print overdue totals on statements on Stat
37. displayed in blue text Figure 42 and finish the sale as normal Staf Items Payments Time Corum Health BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 On Hold 10 23 AM Corum Health BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 Abandoned 10 22 AM Corum Health BEROCCA ORIG EFF T15 Abandoned 10 16 AM Figure 42 If a sale is On Hold and you do not wish it to be on hold you must bring the sale up and abandon it refer to section 2 3 Placing A Sale On Hold amp Abandon Sales Note You can quickly identify sales on hold by selecting the View drop down menu gt Sales On Hold Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 38 of 292 2 4 Price Checks 1 To check a price of a product simply select the Price Check option from the LOTS Point of Sale screen as t Price shown in Figure 43 Check Note A price check window can also be accessed by Figure 43 pressing Ctrl C in any Sales window 2 Simply scan the barcode of the item EJ Price Check or search by the product s name or PLU when prompted and select the PANADEINE RAPID SOLUBLE 20 OK Price 7 45 Qty in Stock 3 The items Price Stock on hand and GST status will be displayed as shown in Figure 44 GST 0 00 4 Click the OK button to clear the price check when finished Figure 44 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 39 of 292 2 5 Returns 1 To return an item select the Return option from the LOTS Point of Sale screen as shown
38. section on your End Of Day EOD report There is a separate section in your EOD report where you can easily see your agency payment transactions If you are using the Agency Payment facility ensure this option is enabled in EOD Options so they are displayed on the EOD report Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 42 of 292 2 7 1 Add An Agency 1 To add an Agency select the Edit button as shown in Figure 50 uw Agency Payment Figure 50 2 From the Agencies screen EXT select Add Figure 51 Figure 51 3 Enter the name for the new agency Add as shown in Figure 52 agency Enter name for new agency Cancel Fed Croz Appeal Figure 52 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 43 of 292 2 7 2 Rename An Agency 1 Torename an Agency select the Edit su Agency Payment button as shown in Figure 53 Figure 53 2 From the Agencies screen highlight the agupung Rename Figure 54 Rename Merge Delete Exit 3 Enter the new name for the agency as its l ae dus nn Figure Sa Enter new name for new agency Cancel Red Cross Appeal Indonesia Figure 55 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 44 of 292 2 3 Merge An Agency 1 To merge an Agency select the Edit Agency Payment button as shown in Figure 56 2 From the Agencies screen highlight the Agency you wish to merge then while holdin
39. soy aa ph 20 0n 2080 00 50 notes 70 350000 100 notes BBL Manual EFT 0 00 Cheques 0 00 Figure 112 8 The cash lift shows the following details e Register The register that the cash lift was performed at e Staff Member The staff member that performed the cash lift e Date Time The date and time the cash lift was performed on e Total The total value of the cash lift 9 On the right hand side of this window you can see how the total was made up This can aid in finding discrepancies when a cash lift till has been counted 10 You can double click on any of the entries in the cash lift tab to bring up the cash lift screen again to amend values if necessary Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 75 of 292 2 16 POS Options 2 16 1 View Delete Waiting Scripts 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Rei Menu gt Sales gt Options drop ScriptLink view Delete Waiting Scripts down list gt ScriptLink gt Receipts After Sale View Delete Waiting Scripts see Sash Drawer Enabled PISUT Touch Screen Enabled 2 This will display the View Delete Figure 113 Uncollected Scripts window see Figure 114 3 You have three options e Export Selecting Export will export the uncollected script into Microsoft Excel e Delete If you wish to delete an uncollected script simply highlight the script and select Delete e Print Selecting Print will display a report listin
40. x Note All of the filters are de selected by default but at least one Lay By Status must AON DEREI mec be selected to generate the report Sort on Lay By Number ze Descending OK Cancel 3 There are three Lay By Status filter scu B options Figure 89 e In Progress allows you to generate a report displaying all current Lay Bys If In Progress is selected you can also choose the additional filter of Finish Date Exceeded which will allow you to view only those Lay Bys that have passed their Finish Date e Cancelled allows you to generate a report displaying all Lay Bys that have been cancelled not finalised e Finalised allows you to generate a report displaying all Lay Bys that have been finalised paid in full and collected by the customer 4 Additionally you can filter the report for a selected Date Range Date Range filters include the following fields e Start Date From e Start Date To e Finish Date From e Finish Date To 5 Furthermore you can base your report on a particular customer Use the Select Customer field to enter in a customer s name 6 Select the Sort on drop done list to sort the report on either of the following e Lay By Number e Start Date e Finish Date e Status e Customer Name e Payments Received e No Sale Items e Sale Value e Balance In addition you can also select to display the report in Ascending or Descending order 7 Select OK
41. 04 10 27 Phi LOREAL D E R NOURISH WIP Trigger 10 25 4 23 4 57 Bonus Buy Summary Sales Profit Profit Ex GST Bonus Sales 0 00 8 80 0 00 96 Trigger Sales 9 32 4 23 45 39 96 Total Sales 9 32 4 57 49 03 Printed 11 06 2009 11 13 am Page 1 of1 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 254 of 292 10 13 Business Activity Report The Business Activity Report basically shows all your GST data for any particular date range amp Note LOTS automatically collects GST on sales data In order to collect GST on purchases you need to have the Orders option Delivered Order to Creditors File turned on 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu Reports gt GST Reports gt Business Activity 2 The will display the GST Business Activity Report window see Figure 357 3 The first option to choose is your report type either e Summary Report The summary report shown below will not allow you to select any of the Report by filters and only displays GST totals e Full Report the full report allows you to filter by Department default Sub department or Individual Items The 2 GST Business Activity Report Report Type f summary Report Full Report Report by Reporting Period Start Date 0101 2009 End Date 13 08 2009 Figure 357 report will then display each sub total for the filter you have selected along with a final total 4 One you have selected
42. 1096 off when you buy 3 i UPI PLU SOH e Or2ofone Hairy 7259 757112 Abandon Sale Lemon product and 1 of another Hairy 4j Lemon product Figure 224 8 When any one of the above examples are triggered the discount field will show 10 off Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 148 of 292 5 Staff Utilities LOTS has a full security system which can be used to control or restrict access to specific parts of the LOTS program A module called Audit trail also records all activity on the system for example which staff member which staff member performed a sales when and what type of transaction occurred There are four modules in the Staff Utilities menu These modules help you add edit and delete staff members set access rules and edit security levels 5 1 Modify Staff This section allows you to set a staff ID password and security level for each staff member of your pharmacy 5 1 1 Add New Staff Member 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu Q Modify Staff 7 Staff Members select Tools gt Utilities gt Staff Staff Name Security Level Utilities gt Modify Staff IM Administrator 2 This will display the Modify Staff Manage window see Figure 225 Senior Senior 3 Ilo add a new staff member select New 4 This will display the Add Edit Staff Member window see Figure 226 5 There are four fields to populate Figure 225 they are e Staff Name Enter in the staff me
43. 4 3 e g 800 x 600 pixels This tab allows you to set the half screen images you want to be displayed The ratio for idle images is 8 2 35 e g 800 x 235 pixels This will display the Open window allowing you to add an image to the tab selected This option will allow you to Remove an image from the tab selected The images are displayed in order from top to bottom for example in Figure 7 idle 1 jpg will be shown first then idle 2 jpg and lastly idle 3 jpg Use this option to change the order of the images by moving an image up the list LOTS POS User Manual 15 of 292 Option Description Move Down The images are displayed in order from top to bottom for example in Figure 7 idle 1 jpg will be shown first then idle 2 jpg and lastly idle 3 jpg Use this option to change the order of the images by moving an image down the list Show images for This field will allow you to select the number of seconds you want to it seconds each display each image for before changing to the next image Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 16 of 292 1 8 Lay By The Lay By section allows you to set up all your Lay By Options see Figure 8 LOTS Options amp LOTS Options Dispense Lay By Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing Print Lay By stock dockets V Dockets are attached to stock items set aside for Lay By ScriptLink LOTSLink Default Lay By period
44. 6989 stock Value De pa tme mt Product Marne Tota Sa es GT Gross Profit 3 2 PEAS IN A POD 2 PEAS IN A POD Totals for all products 2 PEAS CANDLE CUCUMB S FRUT PETzCGFBB 2 PEAS HOME SPRAY 123ML 2 PEAS LAUNDRY WASH SOOML 2 PEAS LAUNDRY WASH SACHET 2 PEAS LILAC LINEN MATER DISC 2 PEAS CANDLE CHAMOMILE POT2CMLES DISC 2 PEAS CANDLE LAVENDER PET2L wEOS DISC 2 PEAS CANDLE VERBENA PCT2WRBS3 DISC 2 PEAS EAU DE Fld 15ML DSc PEAS CANDLE GLI VETREE PECT2GLT3T Corum Health Services 19 90 77 70 179 55 103 38 23 00 9 95 9 95 1488 2 00 582 452 23 3 463 813 05 LOTS User Manual POS 1 3 7 08 15 21 8 42 254 0 40 0 90 1 35 0 12 0 54 41 12 164 400 11 5 55 33 04 21 51 55 36 10 96 329 228 2 01 1 588 0 38 173 08 1 038 323 12 31 11 52 12 85 0 00 11 50 7 70 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 105 51 593 160 02 Roc a o 0 O rm om rnm 241 of 292 10 7 Unusual Stock Cards An Unusual Cards Report is designed to assist you in optimising your LOTS inventory system by eliminating cards that do not appear to be correctly set up Therefore these cards are known as having unusual information C Handy Hint It is recommended that you look at the Unusual Cards report at least once a month as a minimum You should always try to minimise the amount of cards that appear in this report and should run this report regularly
45. Bonus Buy sales You can choose to report by date range or by Multi Buy Bonus Buy name 44 Multi Buy Report 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Reports gt Sales Reports gt Multi Buy Report 2 he will display the Multi Buy Report window see Figure 356 Level Of Detail Group By Product 3 Choose how you wish to report buy either OK Cancel e All Current Multi Buys This Figure 356 will produce a report on current Multi Buys Bonus Buys e Selected Multi Buy This will allows you to produce a report on any Mutli Buy Bonus Buy Select the name of the Multi Buy Bonus Buy you want to report on and both the Multi Buy Start Date and Multi Buy Finish Date will be automatically populated 4 The final option Level Of Detail allows you to select whether you want the report filtered by product Group By Product or buy each individual sale Sale By Sale 5 When complete select OK to generate the report Multi Buy Sales Report Report by Selected Multi Buys Report Mode Sale by Sale C orum Health Services 7 BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NOTTING HILL VIC 3188 Ph 8541 623 F ax 8541 029 Bonus Buy Buy one Get One Free Free Loreal Shampoo with each condition Active Period 01 Feb 2008 to 01 Apri 2008 Receipt Sale PLU Trade Hame Sale Type Retail Profit Humber Date amp Time 549 poa 15 02 2008 02 10 27PM LOREAL D E V RES CLNSR 20 Bonus 14 35 5 80 5A 15 02 2008
46. Corum Health Services lll Enter search details a m x Members Transactions Products Clubs i H Members Member Details Name Contains Address Contains Suburb Comment Birthday Members Point T ally Current Points Total Point T ally Figure 410 ll Enter search details m x Members Transactions Products Clubs a Transactions New Members Ho Transactions prior to History Number of Transactions Point Value of Transactions Date Range Figure 411 LOTS User Manual POS 280 of 292 5 The third tab in Club Analysis enables ix you to search for transactions filtered by products sold see Figure 412 Members Transactions Products Clubs Products Products Details Supplier 6 Search for transactions including products sold for a particular Supplier Product Group or Name Mame Contains Product Group Note To identify all club members who have purchased a photo frame search on the word frame in Name Contains as shown in Figure 412 Figure 412 7 Thefouthtab Figure413 n Club Pam ixi Analysis enables you to search for oL transactions filtered by club Members Transactions Products Clubs Clubs Clubs Specify clubs to include in search 8 When you have selected all the filter s you wish for your Club Analysis report select Begin Report Add Club Remove Club
47. Cost is an average of the real cost and is recalculated when the stock is entered in via Orders or Stock cards Real Cost By selecting Real Cost the report will be generated to reflect the real costing Like with the List and Average Cost reports these totals also exclude GST The extended value and totals at the bottom are calculated with Real Cost The Real Cost is the cost that you have actually paid for the goods which is usually the best buy price from the wholesaler and or supplier You can amend the Real Cost as often as desired These prices also automatically update when you process your invoices stock List Report based on List Cost CORUM HEALTH SERVICES T BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NOTTING HILL VIC 3158 Fh 03 8541 6988 Fax 13 8541 69549 FLU Trade heme E Ext val Fangs OD BIB olov PRINT 6 58 Tib53 auc BABY BOTTLE 123ML 9 51 T163548 auc BABY BOTTLE 250ML i 11 13 173228 ac BABY olL 200ML 5 45 136635 auc BABY POWDER 3733 2 01 booed auc DIS HAPPIES 32 LG CTN4 23 36 695159 auc DISP N PPIES 36 LARGE CTN4 46 72 194837 OMS NFAT FORMULA 980 FOLENI Oh 10 68 gr Tau OM MOTHER BE NURSING PAD PR 20 34 178441 Buc NAPP Y RASH CREAM 10053 15 25 381330 OM THICK WIPES PE 100 43 55 281348 auc THICK WIPES TRAVEL PRU 2 90 1360059 Bc ZINE CASTOR OIL CREAM 1003 39 60 1254 AMEDA THANG PUMP AYSENKIT DEL i 100 22 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 231 of 292 10 3 1 Automatic Monthly Report Th
48. Day Module can also be accessed by navigating from the LOTS Start Menu Reports Sales Reports End of Day Endl OF Day ge qr ee 2 The End of Day Report screen Previous n of nays E LOTS Point of Sale Current End of Day Gri will be displayed see Figure Number Du EET T deccm 100 xt D Feb XA ta Thy 19 Feb 2008 4 59 PM Wied 16 Feb 2008 4 52 PM 195 Tue 17 Feb XWIH 4 50 PM Man 16 Feb 2009 4 57 PM Fri I3 Feb 2009 4 53 PM Thu 17 Feb 2009 4 55 PM Wed 11 Fab 20089 4 55 Pil Tue Orth 200 dS PM VIL LAPULS 3 Select the end of day you wish TOE E Er to print from the Previous End 210 Wed bt Feb2008 448 PV pee ie PEERS of Day list on the left hand side 25 ium Ires of the screen Eim neon repon Raptor cesson Figure 100 4 Highlight the day and press the Print button you can also double click the line 5 A screen will display as shown in Figure 101 prompting you to specify whether you wish to print an end of day report for the whole shop or a single till e Whole Shop This will show the end of day for the whole shop every till e Single Till This option will activate the drop down list allowing you to do an end of day for a particular till sales Listing HOO 19Feh 459 PM Sewo 19 Feb S02 PM 3rB011 19 Feb X04 PM 6 Press the Ok button to run the med E report and then select the
49. Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details Start Menu Figure 6 Option Enable Customer Pole Display No Scroll Left Scroll Right Scroll Oscillate Corum Health Services Customer Pole Display iw Enable Customer Pole Display Customer Pole Display Till Message C No Scroll Left Scroll C Right Scroll Oscillate Ask Our Staff About This Month s Specials Description To activate your customer pole display you must tick this option Use the text box to enter in the customer pole display message you wish to be shown If you do not wish for the customer pole display message to scroll select this option If you wish for the customer pole display message to scroll to the left select this option If you wish for the customer pole display message to scroll to the right select this option If you wish for the customer pole display message to oscillate from left to right select this option LOTS POS User Manual 14 of 292 1 7 Customer Display The section Customer Display allows you to set your customer display screen see Figure 7 To make use of the customer display you will require a second monitor When a sale is taking place this second monitor will display the name and price of the item the customer is purchasing When no sales are being processed the customer display screen idles and switc
50. Figure 81 i Search for Person Title First Mame Family Name Address Eve JOHN pup Figure 81 6 The Start Date of the Lay By will be automatically set to the current day The Finish Date will default to the Lay By period previously setup in Lay By options although can be changed if required Note Double clicking the Finish Date will access a calendar function allowing you to select another date if applicable 7 Toenter in the initial deposit select Enter Deposit y Figure 80 previous page which will display the Enter Lay By Payment window see Figure 82 zi Enter Lay By Payment Options Customer JOHN CITIZEN Salesperson Corum Health Lay By Mo 37 Fayment Date 13 05 2009 LEE Total Payable min 20 00 30 00 Balance 100 00 Finish Date 13 07 2009 Other Message on Receipt Deposit Statement a Cancel Figure 82 Note When a deposit is taken the Lay By number is not assigned until you press OK Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 57 of 292 8 Inthe Total Payable field enter the deposit amount Note A minimum amount will be displayed beside the Total Payable field this is pre defined in the Lay By options 9 Select the tender type 10 When you have finished press OK The will force the till drawer to open and two receipts will be printed One of receipts will be for the customer the second one will be kept b
51. Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 151 of 292 5 2 Set Access Rules Set Access Rules allows you to define how much security you would like to be applied to certain tasks within certain modules You may want all users who have the ability to modify stock on hand to enter in a password as this would restrict staff without access trying to guess an ID as opposed to trying to guess an ID and password 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start pa Menu select Tools gt Utilities gt Access Rules Staff Utilities gt Modify Staff Function ID Reqd Password Reg 2 This will display the Access Rules Dispense L window see Figure 232 General Sales d This window all TET Sales Abandon is window allows you to set via tick boxes what security each stall acc Ald L function requires either Sales Agency Payme L e No ID You will not be Sas Deol required to enter a staff ID sales Paid Out Some modules will require you Sales Returns LI to enter in an ID Sales Temporary Pric e ID Required You will be Stock Transfer required to enter a staff ID but Orders E not a password m e ID amp Password Required You will be required to enter a staff ID and a password m gt OK Cancel Note A Password can only be Figure 232 required when an ID is required 4 The table below defines each Function and Access Rule information Funtion Description Deam Rules Dispense This allows you to perf
52. MTD Sales BI Stock on Hand E Stock on Order Additional Information 0 retail units on order 0 retail units owing to customers Figure 291 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 184 of 292 7 8 Adding Unknown Items To An Order An unknown item is an item that can be ordered from a supplier that doesn t have a stock card Use this feature when the supplier has provided you with a product code that you do not yet have a stock card for e g by ins It is recommended that you create a stock card for this item before the invoice is received so the invoice can match to the stock card To add an unknown product to your order F Add Unknown Item To Order 1 From your order screen select the shift insert key This will display the Add Unknown Items To Order POE 376629 window as shown in Figure 292 Quantity Im Note You can also add an unknown item by selecting the Edit drop down Description PO menu gt Add Unknown Item E 2 Key in the PDE number quantity and description of the item you wish to add to your order Figure 292 3 Select the OK button to add the product to the order 3 Edit Order 32622 4 The Edit Order screen Edt Process Will display again The PDE Stock Name Qty Pack List Cost RealCost Retail Subtotal SOH PrefSupp unknown item that has Unknown Item m A 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D BIOCEUTICALS LIPOTONE 3 81412 814 12
53. NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE 22 Once you have set one of your sub departments this will remain saved for all future product updates 23 For example if you set Hair Products as the LOTS sub department for the Corum Defined Baby gt Shampoo Oils then all future products under Baby gt Shampoo Oils will automatically get assigned to Hair Products see Figure 263 Figure 263 P Update Settings Choose the options that you want to use for this stack update Note the Mew tem Options will not be enabled if you have no new items selected to process zaNote To make changes your sub department at a later date use the Modify Departments application for more information refer to section 9 Modify Department Sub Department Update Options New items excluded New Item Options v Update Manufacturer iv Update W Update Retail Goods Labels Print Goods Labels AskPrice Shelf Labels for Active Stack Only Seasonal 24 When complete select OK Selecting OK will display the Update Settings window see Figure 264 i Update List Cost Only Order if Negative SOH Re Order Update GST Status Price on Label New Item Labels Allow Discount Add Mew Items to Shelf Label Queue Shelf Label Cancel Figure 264 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 167 of 292 25 There are the three sections in this window Update Options
54. OTC Items option if you want the sale of an item to count as 1 point For example your club might be Buy five baby products and get the sixth baby product free In this instance the Figure 3 4 sale of an item only needs to count as one point rather than the dollar value m Edit Club Triggers Note If some cases you must wish to Club Name BABY CLUB give additional points to people who purchase specific stock items e g Multi Vitamins In situations like this you could change the Point Value field to 5 Trigger Type Stock Item Trigger value O Points are used exclusively Message Edit Gift Triggers T We suggest that you leave 9o Trigger BEROCCA ORIG TAB EFF 15 Discount on Sale at zero 0 unless your club type is a discount club 8 Press OK to save Discount on Sale Ir Exclude this item from club OK Cancel Figure 375 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 266 of 292 9 You can continue to add additional products to the list by selecting the Add button again Club Name BABY CLUB Trigger Type Stock Item Trigger value O m Edit Club Triggers Points are used exclusively Message 10 When adding any trigger to a club you will notice the option called Edit Gift Triggers Exclude this item from club see Figure 376 Ticking this option Trigger HAIRY LEMON EFF TAB 10 permits you to exclude a particular trigger from a club
55. PERF ORNG TAB 30 1 uto Specials window selec 794578 BEROCCA EFF PERF TROP TAB 15 the File drop down menu gt Add 736785 BEROCCA PERF EFF TAB 45 New Special 794552 BEROCCA PERF ORIG EFF 15 631671 BEROCCA PERF REG TAB 30 u 286141 BEROCCA PERF REG TAB 60 Note Add New Special can also 640581 BEROCCA PERFORM EFF 15 be selected by pressing Shift Insert ioe zee ee Pereira Y Hold d Ctrl or Shift k 3 Selecting Add New Special will eus Select Al Add Remove ClearList display the Select An Item window see Figure 196 4 This window has two tabs the Figure 196 first being Search which allows you to search for products Once Edit Add Auto Specials Ed you have found the products you frie view search Reports I Stock Item Special Cost Normal Retail Special Retail Start Date Finish Date Max Qty Items are look Ng for you pl add them BERGOLINE 1MG TAB 30 BTTL 50 51 75 76 7578 to the Item s in List tab by BEROCCA EFF PERF ORIG TAB 45 20 34 24 57 24 57 i BEROCCA EFF PERF ORNG TAB 30 14 88 17 99 17 99 selecting Add Remove for BEROCCA EFF PERF TROP TAB 15 8 87 10 71 10 71 TP DT i s BEROCCA PERF EFF TAB 45 14 81 27 50 27 50 individual items Or Select All for BEROCCA PERF ORIG EFF 15 6 28 13 95 13 95 all the products in the current BEROCCA PERF REG TAB 60 20 42 24 67 24 67 BEROCCA PERFORM EFF 15 6 59 13 95 13 95 search BEROCCA PLAIN EFF 30 11 39 21
56. POS User Manual 2 of 292 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 2 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 3 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 55 56 56 2 13 2 Making A Lay By Payment 60 2 13 3 Removing An Item From A Lay By 61 2 13 4 Cancelling A Lay By 62 2 13 5 Add An Item To An Existing Lay By 63 2 13 6 Lay By Summary Report 64 2 14 End Of Day 65 2 14 1 Setting The End Of Day Options 65 2 14 2 Running Total X Reading 68 2 14 3 Closing Off Tills Z Reading 69 2 14 4 Re Print an End of Day Report 70 2 14 5 End Of Day History 71 2 15 Till Reconciliation amp Cash Lift 72 2 15 1 Till Reconciliation amp Cash Lift Settings 72 2 15 2 Cash Lift Drawer Swap 73 2 15 3 Till Reconciliation 14 2 16 POS Options 76 2 16 1 View Delete Waiting Scripts 76 2 16 2 Set Up Customers for Direct Charging 77 2 16 3 Receipts After Sale 78 2 16 4 Cash Drawer Enabled 19 2 16 5 Touch Screen Enabled 80 2 17 POS View Options 81 2 17 1 Display Other Days Sales 81 2 17 2 Display Last Months Sales 82 2 17 3 Display Specific Receipts 83 2 17 4 View Sales On Hold 84 3 STOCK CARDS 85 3 1 Accessing Stock Cards 85 3 2 1 Pricing Tab 91 3 9 2 Stock Flags Tab 92 3 4 3 Ordering Tab 94 3 5 4 Labels Tab 95 3 6 5 Promo Tab 96 3 7 Supplier Partcode Window 97 3 8 Set Product Specific Companion Text 99 3 9 Stock Card Menu Buttons 101 3 10 Creating A Stock Card 102 3 11 Copying A Stock Card 103 3 12 Pr
57. Search window and will prompt you to enter in the location of where you want the product allocated to Note If you wish you can add multiple locations to the one stock card You can remove a location by highlighting the location and selecting the minus symbol Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 123 of 292 3 19 3 Storage Locations Dispensary Benefits 1 The location code will be shown in the script screen when dispensing a script as shown in Figure 184 2 The storage location code can be added to script labels to help Staff who might not be familiar with the store layout za Note For more information on how to configure dispensary labels to include location codes refer to section 3 19 4 Adding The Storage Location Code To Script Labels Corum Health Services f Trade name Generic name Drug AMOXIL 250MG C Quantity Price 13 60 Instructions Add Intervention Ctrl V Max 1 Total Repeats 0 Comments NEN I Staff Corum Health Schedule A PDE 707457 SOH 105 Location FS 06 r Charge to Account Figure 184 LOTS POS User Manual 124 of 292 3 19 4 Adding The Storage Location Code To Script Labels 1 To modify script labels so that the storage location code appears on them navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Printer Setup 2 Ensure the Script Labels option is selected and then click Advanced this will display the D
58. Services LOTS POS User Manual 62 of 292 2 13 5 Add An Item To An Existing Lay By 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Sales gt New Sale zi Add Sale to Existing Lay By select an item to sell and JOHN CITIZEN select Lay By already has 1 Lay By in progress Select existing Lay By to add this new Lay By to or click Create Mew to create a new Lay By fram this sale Enter the name of the customer who is on the Lay By Number start Date Finish Date existing Lay By and select 5 ni 14112009 OK This will display the Add Sale to Existing Lay By window see figure 88 This will give you the option to Create New Cancel create a new Lay By Create New or add it to an existing Figure 88 Lay By Select Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 63 of 292 2 13 6 Lay By Summary Report The purpose of the Lay By Summary Report is to show details of all Lay Bys processed by the store filtered by their current status amp Note The Lay By Summary Report can only be accessed if Lay Bys are enabled and at least one Lay By is already in the system e Lay By 5ummary Report 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt CE c Dae eae ror epay Reports gt Sales Reports gt Lay By Start Date From Summary Report Finish Date Exceeded Start Date To D Cancelled Finish Date From 2 This will display the Lay By Summary g uu Miniek Dets Te Report see Figure 89 Select Customer Ena
59. These lists can be used to print mailing address labels or perform mail merges with most popular word processors To access the reports module within Clubs navigate to the Modules drop down menu gt Switch to Reports Various reports are available from the View menu Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 277 of 292 11 12 1 Members Of A Club 1 To view Members of a Club select View gt Members of a Club P Clubs Reports see Figure 407 view Print Modules L Members of a Club Member History 2 Select the desired club Club Analysis Best Customer 3 Cumulative Points A screen will be displayed see Figure 408 with all club Club GiFks members their name address their current points and total Figure 407 points balances 2 Clubs Reports File View Print Modules LOTS Members of Club BABY CLUB 4 Thelist can be exported for use Name 05 Addes Cr Points Tot Points A JANE DOE 1 ANY STREET ANYWHERE as a mail merge file in your word CLUB MEMBER 1 ANY STREET ANYWHERE processing program or printed L4 Export to File a Print Current E Report Ta Ext Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 278 of 292 11 12 2 Member History 1 To view member history select View gt Member History 2 After being prompted for a selecting the club member their history is displayed on the screen see Figure 409 3 The list can be exported for use as a mail m
60. This will return you to initial Roiling Stocktake window Figure 327 End Of Last Stocktake Selected Stack Item stack Mame A 4 Highlight the rolling stocktake you want to check and select the View button Cancel te All Stack t Active Stack Only Filters cub Department Stock Group Starting Point Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 216 of 292 5 All of the products contained in the specified BETTTETETTTISTTE rolling stocktake Will be listed as shown in Item Name prem Cost Ret Figure 329 Select the Print button to print a a 3 F hard copy of the report PESE 22 AMC ACIDOPHILUS CAP 50 _ 12 18 6 Atthis stage you are required to count the AME 8 COMPLEX MEGA VALI EU items on the shelf and cross check these AMC CALCIUM BDOMG VIT D3 EEE items on the printout Ideally the SOH on the AC CALO UM FAS MEGAN shelf should match the SOH on the printout If BMC CO ON OMG CAPAT 2 these SOH figures differ manually record the AMC COD LIVER OIL MEGA V 8400 correct SOH figure on this printout EE AE BR 5 AMC EO CELERY 3000MG 60E 1 388 a aNote You can create several rolling stock takes Print Save SOH Values Save SOH amp Clear Stocktake Close at once so staff can be counting different sections bee Bees Ree eee at the same time The Rolling Stocktake utility can Figure 329 be opened on several LOTS computers at once so different stock takes can be updated s
61. Tools gt Utilities gt Es E Multi Buy Name Muti Buy Hairy Lemon Mult Buy Stock Util ities gt Mu Iti Buys SISSE DEUS Message at Till All Hairy Lernon products are 10 off when you buy 3 C Bonus Buy Start Date 01 01 2009 Finish Date 01 01 2010 Max Occurrences Per Sale 100 Suspended 2 This will display the Multi Buys window as shown in Figure 216 Bonus ed 3 Bonus Producte Selat Sela Add HAIRY LEMON 10 S S TUBES Remove HAIRY LEMON 20 S S TUBES 3 Under Type ensure Multi Buy is selected 4 Tocreate a new Multi Buy select New 5 Then enter in the following see New _ Copy to New Prin Delete Apply oK Cancel Figure 217 Figure 216 e Multi Buy Name The name of the Multi Buy Details Type ie j ulti Buy Name Mt Bu e Message at Till This is the ree Mey Message at Till HEEL Bonus Bu message to be displayed at xl Bonus Buy the till when the Multi Buy is EDS triggered This will advise the Finish Date Max Occurrences Per Sale an Suspended sales people to companion Figure 217 sell additional items e Start Date The date the Multi Buy is to begin e Finish Date The date the Multi Buy is to finish e Suspended If for any reason you need to suspend the Multi Buy before the Finish Date you will need to tick the Suspended tick box e g waiting for more stock e Max Occurrence Per Sale This is the maximum amount of times the Mul
62. User Manual 81 of 292 2 17 2 Display Last Months Sales 1 Fromthe LOTS Point of XFTESE WIRT TF Sale screen select the View drop down menu File Edit view Reports Options Help LOTS gt Display Last Months Display Other Days Sales Sales By as shown in i Display Last Months Sales Bv Figure 124 Display Specific Receipts EFTPOS Sales On Hold Cheque 2 This function allows you Credit Card to view and print out a pute cnar m Other listing of sales for the ve diit Account Sales last month sorted either M pale by Cash EFTPOS Figure 124 Cheque Credit Card Other or Account Sales 3 Upon selecting your search criteria the sales for that payment type will be displayed on the screen see Figure 125 b LOTS Point of Sale File Edit View Reports Options Help LOTS Unit Name WALAP003 Version 2007 10 347 Thursday 20 March 2008 as New Staff Items Payments Date O Sale Pharmasol EGO ACNEDERM FOAM WASH 150ML 59 75 18 02 08 Pharmasol RX40 30 PRAVACHOL 20MG T 35 80 14 02 08 Price Pharmasol EGO ACNEDERM FOAM WASH 150ML 11 95 12 02 08 Check Pharmasol EGO ACNEDERM FOAM WASH 150ML 11 95 12 02 08 Pharmasol EGO ACNEDERM FOAM WASH 150ML 11 95 12 02 08 Returns Agency Payment Paid Out Print Receipt Account Payment Fe Stock Transfer y ig Pe LIST OF SALES FOR Thursday 20 March 2008 5 ay 2y Press ENTER on Sold sales to print a receipt Press ENTER on On Hold sales t
63. appears listing e POINTS How many points are being accrued from this sale Clear Gifts Select Other Gift Ir 1 e Tally The customer s current points Later i Now i balance including this transaction e Next gift The next trigger point for this customer to earn a gift In this example the customer is eligible for a gift as their tally exceeds the next gift trigger see Figure 397 Figure 397 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 273 of 292 13 The choice of gifts available is displayed see Figure 398 Select a Gift Points 10 VOUCHER 200 14 In this example there is only one gift available see Figure 399 the voucher at number one 15 Select the preferred gift from the available gifts by selecting the line number i e 1 for the voucher Select other Gift Note If you wish to select another gift item that is not listed press Figure 398 0 to select a different gift Club Summary 16 Select Now to issue this gift now CLUB PONTS Tally Next gift 16 BABY CLUB 4a EI 17 Select Later to issue this gift later if the customer wishes for points to continue accruing Figure 399 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 274 of 292 11 10 Loyalty Club With A Discount 1 Create a club and set up club triggers Trigger Value 2 Setthe trigger type to None see Figure 400 C Greater than C Multiples of f Mane 3 When setting up
64. as shown in Figure 29 2 Press the plus key for the second time to display the Cash Out required Click the Ok button to continue see Figure 30 Figure 30 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 31 of 292 2 1 6 LOTS Integrated EFTPOS Credit Card 1 If you have integrated EFTPOS setup in LOTS Options the Sales payment section will look slightly different as both the EFTPOS and C Card field will be combined see Figure 31 2 Process the payment as usually by entering all the payment tender types into the appropriate fields zaNote As there are many different types of integrated Figure 31 EFTPOS Credit Card systems that can be used in conjunction with LOTS for finalising the payment using EF TPOS Credit Card you will need to follow the instructions as set out by your integrated EF TPOS Credit Card supplier Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 32 of 292 2 1 7 Function Keys Within Sales To improve the time it takes to perform a sale in LOTS common sales tasks can be carried out by pressing the appropriate function key F2 In the instance where a product ual Rate cannot be located unlisted Item within Please select the GST rate applicable to this item the LOTS program and you need to sell it then F2 may be used at the Point of Sale B This allows you to manually key in a description for the product within the Stock Item field and the retail unit price You will also
65. be prompted to select the i rate of GST applicable to the item as shown in Figure 32 this will be either 10 or 0 and can be selected from the drop down menu OK Note The description typed in for the product will be printed on the customer s receipt and will also be shown on the End of Day report Variable Discount F3 Is a Variable Discount that allows Enter the amount ta discount the sale by Script Item you to enter the desired amount you wish pilno be discounted to discount the sale by see Figure 33 This applies to all discountable items on the sale F4 amp F5 Are Standard Discounts that FOUTE a when pressed within a sale will automatically apply to all items that can be discounted Standard Discount F4 25 Discounts for Sales Note The F4 amp F5 automatic discounts are Special Discount F5 33 setup via LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Options gt Discounts for Sales as shown in Figure 34 Figure 34 F6 If you want a sale to be charged to a specific customer s account simply press F6 to initially identify the account customer by name F7 Can be pressed to place the sale straight on the customers account rather than pressing the plus key to finish the sale F8 You can process payments using F8 for Credit Card F9 You can process payments using F9 for Cheque F11 You can process payments using F11 for EFTPOS F12 You
66. be updated to your stock card at the point of order delivery make any required changes to the cost or retail price prior to order delivery Red text Items that are coloured red indicate No Supply This is usually because an invalid ordering code was user the item is out of stock or has been discontinues from the supplier Upon order delivering of this invoice you will be prompted to add these items to the re order files if desired Burgundy text Items that are coloured burgundy indicate Additional Supply These are items that have been added to the order invoice that were not part of your original order These may be replacement products from a turnover order or backorder release Royal Blue text Under Supply items are coloured royal blue this indicates that the order quantity is greater that the invoice quantity Dark Blue text Dark blue text indicates Over Supply this means that the invoices quantity exceeds the ordered quantity Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 195 of 292 7 15 View Menu Options The below options can be selected from the View drop down menu Current This will display all current orders all Orders that have a status other than Delivered Completed This will display all orders that have been delivered This option allows you to search for orders and invoices current or completed The search window Figure 306 allows you to search using a number of filters these i
67. button to record your changes Figure 335 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 221 of 292 9 5 PharmaScan Stocktaking with the PharmaScan is the preferred and easiest method of performing stocktakes in your store The PharmaScan provides the following benefits with regards to stocktaking e Connected to your LOTS database in real time you can stock take while the store is open and trading The second that you key a SOH value it is directly updated into your LOTS database e Opt to count your front shop and your storeroom separately with PharmaScan prompting to add to the SOH total e Eliminates data transfer duplications and error potential e Review product sales data on the spot e Other benefits allow you to create and edit orders by simply scanning the required product It also allows you to change prices and print new shelf labels For further information regarding the PharmaScan unit please contact your local state office w Note Corum also has a very limited number of PharmaScan units available for hire Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 222 of 292 10 Reports 10 1 Exporting Reports All reports in LOTS have the ability to be exported to various formats 1 After report has been generated select the export button from the display screen see Figure 336 Patient History F File View 2 Selecting the export button will provide you with a list of export formats e 100
68. can process payments using F12 for Cash payments Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 33 of 292 2 2 ScriptLink ScriptLink is a facility whereby you can collect prescriptions that have been dispensed on LOTS Dispense or other dispensing systems at the till using LOTS POS The prescriptions will come in the sales screen Stock usage an re ordering is handled transparently in the background and automatic charging to selected debtors is also available These options may vary depending on whether you are running LOTS POS only or LOTS Complete e LOTS POS LOTS POS means you are connected to different dispensary software via ScriptLink Use the asterix to search by surname e LOTS Complete LOTS Complete give you a few more options o Allows you to scan in the dispensary barcode o Allows you to search by script number o Allows you to use the asterix to search by surname Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 34 of 292 2 2 1 ScriptLink LOTS POS How to enter a Script at the till Scriptlink 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu Sales 2 lostart a new sale select the New Sale button 3 Atthis point you may now key in any script items by pressing the key to display the Scriptlink window Once open type in the surname or part of the Family Name Cat Entitlement No SE surname of the customer whose script CITIZEN a 123 PHARMACY S you wish to display as shown in Figure 35
69. change the billing period navigate to the Create New Order window gt Edit drop down menu gt Set Billing date Then simple enter in the date the next invoice is due to your primary wholesaler see Figure 277 Corum Health Services Set Billing Date Please enter the day of the month that the next bill is due to Your main Wholesaler Only the day of the month is required LOTS POS User Manual Cancel 30th Figure 277 174 of 292 7 3 2 Specify Period In Weeks Use this order type for direct supplier orders and for bulk orders When selecting a period of weeks LOTS considers your current SOH and the expected sales per month of each product available from the selected supplier and generates a suggested order for enough stock to last the selected period plus some buffer stock as determined by the Liquidity setting for more information on this option refer to section 7 3 3 Liquidity Setting Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 175 of 292 7 3 3 Liquidity Setting The amount of buffer stock LOTS includes in a suggested order can Set Liquidity be modified via the Liquidity Settina If vou find that the The Liquidity setting influences how much buffer stack is Dk su J y used in the LOTS ordering algorithim amp low number OK ggested orders are a little too ive f 0 30 will have little ar nia buffer stock a high number EXE generous or conservative for your 70 100 will have sever
70. e Allow Discount You can enable disable the ability to allow a further discount to a product already on special e Promotion Name A promotion name can be very useful especially when filtering for report and searching though auto special products e POS Message This field allows you to enter in a message to be displayed at POS to the pharmacy operator when the auto special is being sold e Special Cost The special cost is the price you have paid for the product while it is on promotion It is import that this price is entered in correctly to accurately calculate your Gross profit 9 The three different types of specials are colour coded e Blue This is a special that is not yet active e Red This is a special that is currently active e Grey This is an old special 10 You can use the view drop down list to filter between the different types of specials Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 133 of 292 4 4 1 Specials Report 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Specials Report Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Report By Add Edit Specials gt Reports drop down menu gt Specials Pramntinn Report B 2 This will display the Specials DateRange From 1 03 2010 Report window see Figure Ta O3P010 198 3 his window will allow you to i i generate a report based on Cancel e All items on a particular Promotion Figure 198 e All sales of promotion it
71. e Product e Quantity e Discount 96 Agency Payments This option provides a list of all agency payments made and the total for the day Paid Outs This option itemises all paid outs including how much money was taken from the till and the description why Returns This option provides a full list of all items returned and the dollar amount Rounding Report This option provides a breakdown of sales requiring rounding up or down identified by receipt number and the total Unlisted Items This option provides a list of all items sold as unlisted items This option provides two bar graphs one illustrating the number of customers per hour and the other the dollar value of sales per hour Miscellaneous Transactions This option lists all journal entries in dollar amount Debtor Transaction Report e 1 Details This lists all transaction details for each debtor showing each individual item they purchased e 2 Summary This lists the total amount for each debtor it does not show individual transactions x Note The EOD report also contains a stock transfer section This section details all the stock transfers that have been conducted during the EOD period Details include Debtor stock transfer recipient product quantity GST and amount x Note These options can be changed at any time For example if you are viewing an end of day report you can change what appears in it Simply go into the End of day option window and tick
72. each Department or Sub Department that had sales within the report selected 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt 2 Department Sales Reports Reports gt Sales Reports gt Department Sales Report Select Report Type 2 Ascreen will be displayed as shown in 12 Month Sales Figure 347 Date Range 3 Select the method that you wish to produce the report on Either by atart Date 19 04 2009 e 12 Month Sales The previous 12 M95 Month Sales End Date 19 05 2009 e Date Range Any date range you specify Report By Note If you select the Date Range option Department you must specify a Start and End date Sub department 4 Then specify if you wish to report on Department or Sub Department 5 Select OK to generate the report Figure 347 6 Once you have the Department Sales Report displayed on the screen you can drill down to any individual Department to view the sales data that has occurred within that Department To do this simply double click on a Department name Using the 12 Month Sales option the report shows Fes De om O Sales The total sales revenue for the month NHS The total NHS sales revenue for the month GST The total GST for the month Profit The total profit in dollars for the month GP 96 The gross profit as a percentage for the month Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 23
73. entered in the payment amount the customer new balance will be shown in the Balance after payment field see Figure 69 4 To complete the transaction specify what form of payment i e cash credit etc as you would for a normal sale and then select Ok If you have the option Additional Receipt On Account Transaction ticked two dockets will print out one for the customer and one for your records Balance after payment 1 95 Note To turn the additional receipt on navigate to the LOjbsrBejgt of Sale screen gt Options drop down menu gt Receipts After Sale gt Additional Receipt On Account Transaction x Note To find out how to set up an account for a customer refer to the section 8 Debtors Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 50 of 292 2 12 Stock Transfers To transfer stock between pharmacies select the Stock Transfer Stock option as shown in Figure 70 Tr micis You must create an account for any customer to whom you wish to M Transfer perform stock transfers see section 8 Debtors Figure 70 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 51 of 292 2 12 1 Stock Transfers Charge Options Initially you have to set up the Charge Options for the account class that you are transferring to This has to be set up only once Account Class Store w Charge Options To change the settings in the Stock Transfer screen select the File drop down menu gt Char
74. for joining Entry Type J Affects this person only the club Current Points Total Points Figure 384 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 269 of 292 11 7 Adding Members On The Fly The Sales module has functionality to allow you to add members on the fly 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Sales gt b BUUREN Ete Edit drop down menu Edit Customer see File Edit View Sale Price Change Total Figure 385 Unlisted Item Fz Add Barcode to Shop Item ctrl E Delete Item Del 2 Search for the person s name then press lt Enter gt see Figure 386 Edit Customer Edit Customer Clubs 3 Search for the person you wish to add to a club Figure 385 amp ipvoucannetindthe person select the New Person button Hu SS Enter Search Information 5 After checking entering the Name Barcode o customer s personal details select the Membership tab see Figure Address 387 Institution 6 Select the Edit Club button to edit Wew P De C this customer s club membership tdg ES MES Figure 386 7 The Club Members window is i x displayed A 8 Select Add to add a club to this pes customer Member Code Message Text P 9 Exit from the Club Members Edit Club window then click OK on the Patient Details window Exclude from Promotional Mail Script Discounting Discount Level New Search OK Cancel Figure 387 Corum Heal
75. generating a Worst Items report items that are not selling between the specified date ranges will be displayed This report is extremely useful to a business as you can either nominate to not reorder these items and or reduce the retail price to clear them out 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Beieciavorsidicne Menu gt Reports gt Stock te eae Report By Reports gt Top Worst Items Beginning Month 01 Jun 2000 Best 2 The Top Worst Items screen will EndMonh JuzX0 Units Sold as shown in Figure C Sales Value Filter sui 2L Department a 3 his is where you select your Worst sub Department filter s for the search Peur scere Product Sub Group n 4 You have the ability to select Stock Group LM Sort By multiple filters for the report Supplier T Sort Alphabetically gt however you must select a Report By option Item Name Figure 346 Fes Beo This is the date that you wish the report to begin from Select the date Beginning Month from the drop down menu listing for commencement of month and year End Month This is the date that you wish the report to search until Select the date from the drop down menu listing for end of month and year Department By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you will be able to select a department from the drop down list Sub Department By selecting this option so that a
76. gt PHARMASOL LOTS User Manual Point Of Sale Last Updated 3 May 2010 Version 11 0 Corum NSW e QLD e SA VIC WA Health Servic es support corum com au corumhealth com au Contents 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 Corum Health Services OPTIONS POS Options Pricing Discounts For Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting Diary Alerts User Details LOTS Start Menu SALES New Sale 2 1 1 Unlisted Item 2 1 2 Discounts 2 1 3 Changes To Quantity Retail amp GST 2 1 4 Finishing A Sale 2 1 5 Finishing A Sale Cash Out 2 1 6 LOTS Integrated EFTPOS Credit Card 2 1 7 Function Keys Within Sales ScriptLink 2 2 1 ScriptLink LOTS POS 2 2 2 ScriptLink LOTS Complete Placing A Sale On Hold amp Abandon Sales 2 3 1 Retrieving A Sale On Hold Price Checks Returns Exchanges Agency Payment 2 1 1 Add An Agency 2 1 2 Rename An Agency 2 1 3 Merge An Agency 2 1 4 Delete An Agency Paid Out Printing Additional Receipts Account Sales Account Payments Stock Transfers 2 12 1 Stock Transfers Charge Options 2 12 2 Stock Transfers Reprint invoice 2 12 3 GST Free Stock Transfers Lay By 2 13 1 Creating A Lay By LOTS
77. institutions and their balances Sub Accounts This option displays all sub accounts e g institutions and their balances Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 213 of 292 8 12 Tools Menu Options The below options can be selected from the Tools drop down menu Perform Rollover This rollovers all debtor statements For more information refer to section 8 9 Perform Rollover Edit Customer This will allow you to select a customer and once selected will allow you to edit their detail via the Patient Details window Edit this Customer This will allow you to edit the highlighted customer s details via the Patient Details window Journal Entry for this Debtor This will allow you to perform a journal entry for this debtor For more information refer to section 8 5 Journal Entries For more information refer to section 8 4 Pay Account are not a Debtor most cases these people used to be a debtor For more information refer to section 8 9 Perform Rollover Re Calculate Current This allows you to refresh all debtor accounts The program will Balances check all debtor transactions and ensure the calculations are correct Diagnostic This enables diagnostic options which are available to Corum Support Staff only Group Journal Entry Listed This will do a journal entry for every debtor displayed in the current DEBTORS view For example it could be a yearly fee for their membership Set Discounts
78. is to show the sales PEPETA performance of stock items in the store for a selected date range Start Date 06 12 2008 12 00AM End Date 06 01 2009 11 59 PM 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Reports gt Sales Reports gt Item Sales Report Filter Group By Department E 2 The item Sales Report window is displayed as shown in Figure 352 stock Group 3 The Start Date defaults to one month prior to the end date While the End Date defaults to Item Mame the current date but you can choose any date range you Sort By like TradeName Ascending Cancel supplier 4 Once you have selected your date range choose a time range Figure 352 b Time can be selected at 15 minute intervals 6 There are six filter options Fes eon Department This allows you to select one of your departments from the drop down menu Sub Department This allows you to select one of your sub departments from the drop down menu Product Sub Group This allows you to select one of your product sub groups from the drop down menu Stock Group This allows you to select one of your stock groups from the drop down menu Supplier This allows you to select one of your suppliers from the drop down menu Item Name This allows you to type in an item name or part of an item name to search for 7 After you have selected your filter choose how you wish the report to be sorted by as well as
79. j amp T2 ALCHEMY CU MANDARIN SHMF 3 1 111 33 11 33 1 13 es 2 The Orders screen will be aL ALLHEMY DUC RMERY SHMP J 5 111 33 11 33 l a 1205 rz ALCHEMY DUD UNST SHE WAD 1 Nia 1133 3 719535 d IS p ayed a F ALCHEMY OW YLANG SHME AY J 81 43 11 33 FS ALCHEMY DUO YLANG SHMP AL 4 11 33 1395 ALCHEMY ICLICIEUS COND 775ML i Ter 7 350 js 2 ALCHEMY LEAVE IM COND t50 fa 53 J i he oS FA IU ALCHEMY LEMONGRASS ZHMP P i BY 8135 3 Select the order you wish to EEUU OTE 1350 705 ALCHEMY MANDERIN SHMP 2251 3 i T 3E no 7d 1350 modify by highlig hting it ALCHEMY R MARY SHMP 225ML 2 j 52 L STREAM SFIRULIHA ORGANIC L STREAM S5PIELLILINA T 1000 2 L GTHEAM SFPTLULINA T XII jf DIO L ETREAM SPIFULIMA VEOGICAP 4 select the Open menu 5 QR ICA COLLOIDAL SILICA C 100 1 JSUCA COLLOIDAL SILILA C S Alternatively you can double click on the order with the mouse to open it B5 4 n9 74 pots 57 3455 1 71575 Transmit Cr er Fav Order Pret Supplier Copy Print ternal Copy Remove Prefered Suppliers Ok Cancel 5 The items on the order will Figure 288 be displayed as shown in Figure 288 To add items to the order press the Inset key Search For 2 Stock Search 6 The stock search window will Name PLU Barcode be displayed see figure 289 supplier PartCade 7 Search for the item you wish Umm to order win 8 A list of items matching what you have keyed in will be d
80. normal by pressing the Plus key LOTS will notify you if the customer owes you money or if they are still in credit LOTS New Sale File Edit View Sale Price Change TotalSale LOTS Salesperson Corum Health Customer Stock Item Quantity Retail Disc Subtotal GST ce HAIRY LEMON 20 S PK X1 3 9 95 29 85 v cLB BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 30 3 10 00 30 00 ow GST Status TOTAL End 3 items Vv Consumer Get Lay by Abandon Sale Figure 47 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 41 of 292 2 7 Agency Payment The Agency Payment module is used when you need to tale payments on behalf of a third party Business Charity 1 Select the Agency Payment option from the LOTS Point of Sale screen as shown in Figure 48 Agency Payment 2 The Agency Payment screen will appear as shown in Figure 48 Figure 49 uw Agency Payment 3 Enterthe following Options oe This is your saff Sees E e Agency Select the agency Agency Edi from the drop down list to add Payment Amount pO the payment to e Payment Amount Enter in the payment received followed by the appropriate tender type Note All three above fields are required 4 To complete the transaction as with a new sale press the plus Figure 49 key or alternatively select the OK button e Note The Agency Payment functionality keeps the money separate from the cash takings
81. of what shades of cosmetics a customer is purchasing so it is on the computer for next time 1 Create a club Trigger value C Greater than 7 C Multiples of 2 Set the trigger type to None see Figure 404 None Figure 404 3 When setting up club triggers tick the Poin option so you have a record of Edit Club Triggers customer s spending see Figure 405 Club Name BABY CLUB Trigger Type Triggervalue O Points are used exclusively Message Baby club member rewrds with gifts 4 When a club item is sold in Sales an EN icon indicates which items sold are E dit gift Triggers club items Trigger pu ITEMS Point Salue E Iw Points Related to retail Points retail i T 25 Discount will appear asking if this is a club e M 5 Upon sub totalling the sale a prompt or sale Answering Yes prompts for E de this it the customer name Tm m this item Figure 405 ee Club Summary ee 6 The sale concludes normally T A window is displayed showing the customer s current spend see Figure StVUB 1 ES mE Next gift Never 406 BABY CLUB Figure 406 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 276 of 292 11 12 Loyalty Club Reporting One of the most important aspects of a club is the ability to use the accumulated customer Statistics for marketing LOTS provides powerful and easy to use tools that enable you to produce lists of club members based on their buying habits
82. option select the supplier from the drop down list The report will display sales history for the supplier you have selected If you have set up any Stock Groups this option will be available and you will be able to filter this report for the items within the selected Stock Group Stock Group For more information on how to create stock groups refer to section 4 3 Stock Groups By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you are able to generate this report for a specific item You only need to key in the part of the item name as the system will search for every item matching that criterion The description that you key in has to be Item Name equivalent to the product name line in the stock card For example To generate a report on all Panadol products you would select the Item Name option and key in Panadol or part of the word Panadol as the product name The system will produce a report displaying all items starting with the word Panadol By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you are able to generate this report for items that have been stocked Active Stock Only have stock on hand and have sales history Active stock is defined as stock with SOH and or SOO and or Sales MTD and or sales in the past 3 months Supplier By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you are able to filter this report to include Rx sales Prescription sales This will in
83. option is ticked and you select yes to the prompt asking if the customer is a member then you will be required to enter in the customer name Display Member If this option is ticked then when the customer is selected the Confirmation customers details full name address amp message will appear so you Window can confirm the customer details are correct Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 12 of 292 1 5 POS Receipts The section POS Receipts allows you to define all the receipt and voucher options see Figure 5 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details start Menu Figure 5 Option Message On Receipts Enable Receipt Voucher Minimum Sale Value Trigger Amount Allow Scripts Private Scripts Only Receipt Voucher Message Corum Health Services POS Receipts Message On Receipts Why Not Join The Corum Health Services Club Today iw Enable Receipt Voucher Minimum Sale Value Trigger Amount 0 00 Allow Scripts Private Scripts Only amp Rec
84. out Price on Label Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 168 of 292 e Price on Label Tick this if you want the price to be shown on all stock labels e Allow Discount If ticked will allow a discount to be applied to this product e Shelf Label This option should be ticked if you wish to create a shelf label for the item Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 169 of 292 6 4 Update Promotions 1 To update a promotion navigate from the LOTS Main Menu gt Tools gt LOTS Updates gt Update Promotions G Update File drive a e p 2 After selecting the Update Promotions button the LOTS Promotion Update a UPI window will be displayed as T not loaded shown in Figure 268 7a ar LOTS Promotion Update UPI Promotion Details 3 Ensure that the C drive is selected from the Update File drive drop down list as shown in Figure 269 Figure 268 4 Click Process to proceed with the update p amp LOTS Promotion Update UPI 5 After selecting Process the Promotion Details will be loaded and the status S Update File drive Ec pi bar will be shown see Figure 269 x Note If one of the promotion products Promotion Details has the same barcode as a product TUE Amcal BO Oct 2009 currently listed in you stock cards a Promotion from 26 10 09 to 08 11 09 message will be displayed The message lists the barcode and n
85. saleitem CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eS cript Di spens in g This text is displayed on a Customer Display if connected when a sale item is selected that has a companion item set up Use saleitem where you want the sale item description to be placed and companionitem where you want script Discounting the companion item description to be placed Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details Start Menu Companion Text Figure 10 Option Description Companion Text Use this field to enter in the default companion text you wish to use for all companion items Use the tags e companionitem For the name of the companion item being recommended e saleitem For the name of the sale item being sold These tags will automatically input the name of the companion item sale item being recommended sold The Companion text message only appears on the customer display screen if connected Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 20 of 292 1 11 Institution Accounts The section Institution Accounts allows you to set up institution accounts in LOTS Dispense see Figure 11 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Al
86. section examples of different types of clubs are provided Targets can be set for each club with a message appearing when the target is reached allowing for a gift or gift voucher to be supplied and recorded Targets can be set on the sales value or quantity of goods sold Issuing of gifts is one of the more important aspects of clubs There are two aspects to issuing gifts for clubs members e What type of gifts will be issued e Recording gifts issued 11 2 Gifts To Be Issued The effectiveness and longevity of the customer club will be greatly affected by the type of benefits a customer will receive for being a member Once a club has been established changing its conditions and reward system can reduce the customer s faith and thus loyalty in the club Thus the planning and conditions of a club must be clearly laid out before it is established Traditionally a lot of clubs have been established on the basis of rewarding club members with a discount on their purchase This method is the least desirable and can often produce negative effects instead of the positive effects originally intended when first established Keep the following in mind when establishing a new club e What will you do when you are tired of giving away money e Once a customer receives a benefit they will always expect that benefit e What incentive is there for the customer to return to your shop e Giving out lots of vouchers does not mean a large
87. see Figure 1 70 Select ANGORA SCARF CHAR PLUM PALE BRN 797371 handbags scarves gloves handbags scarves glc ANGORA SCARF PINK AQUA HOT PINK 797558 handbags scarves gloves handbags scarves glc Change All To Yes or Change ANIMAL FACE PURSES 785774 Baby Baby n ANISEED OIL BP 25ML 488720 Ethicals Ethicals All To No depending on what ANSELL EXAM TECH GLOVE LATEXLGE 770382 Surgical Sundries Surgical Sundries ANSELL EXAM TECH GLOVE LATEX MED 770381 Surgical Sundries Surgical Sundries you want the stock cards flag set ANSELL EXAM TECH GLOVE LATEX SML 770380 Surgical Sundries Surgical Sundries to ANSELL NITRA TEX GLOVES P F LGE 790577 Surgical Sundries Surgical Sundries APIDRA PENFILL 100U 3MLX5 Ethicals Ethicals APO AMOXYCILLIN 250MG C Ethicals Ethicals APO AMOXYCILLIN 500MG C Ethicals Ethicals a Note YES will tick the stock flag APOMINE 10MG ML INJ 789719 Ethicals Ethicals APOMORPHINE INJ 10MG 1ML MX 871540 Ethicals Ethicals option in the Stock Flags tab in Stock APO TRANDOLAPRIL 500MCG C Ethicals Ethicals Cards while NO Will untick the stock ANA TRAMMI AMMI 48460 0 Pinna TREIEN flag option Change All To Y es Change All To No Exit 7 A notification will be displayed as shown in Figure 171 indicating that the process has been completed and it will display the number of stock cards that have Completed been changed 8 Clicking the OK button will return you back to
88. shown in Figure 129 3 To search for an item the following information can be used e Name e PLU e Barcode e Supplier Partcode PDE e UPI zaNote You can also search for items using a Wildcard Searches for more information on wildcard searches refer to section 3 15 Useful Wildcard Searches Within LOTS 4 A list of items will be displayed according to your item search as shown in Figure 130 d Select an Item from the list below PLU Name Pack Manu List ost Real Cost Retail 50H 936040 PANADEINE 15 T 12 1 3 08 5 95 t 35341 70477 59060 1 17938 23186 600970 702838 223216 PANADEINE T S0PK NSW Drugs Use the Up and Down arrow keys to scroll through the choices Inactive Stack n l Cancel Active Stock To select Press 1 9 or double click For next group press 0 or Page Down D aD eD D a ee 6n ce m Figure 130 5 Select the item you want to access by clicking on it to highlight it and selecting the OK button Alternatively you can press the line number or double click the line that corresponds with the product Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 85 of 292 6 The item s stock card information will be displayed on the Stock Information Tab as shown in Figure 131 IE Stock Cards e X File Edit Drug Tools Help LOTS Q pm e 4 D 4 Search Save Prev Card Next Card Goods Labels Shelf Label StockIn Branches Add Special Order Item Exit
89. shown in Figure 274 4 The Invoices tab as shown in Figure 274 Orders Invoices Order supplier Date Time otatt Value Status 20 AFI 22 Jan 0G 11 40 Pharmasal 320 14 Mew 25 API 22 Jan 08 11 37 Pharmasol 6 00 New 23 AFI 22 Jan DG 11 36 Fharmasol bel Mew Figure 274 x Note From the Orders Invoices tab if you click on the row headings this allows you to sort the orders below by what you have selected For example if you select the Date Time column heading then this will sort the orders by the most recent date If you select the Date heading again the order will change to sort the orders by the oldest date Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 171 of 292 7 2 The Definition Of Status For Orders In the LOTS Orders Module your order will go through many different phases known as status before it can be considered closed Below is an explanation of each of these different phases Order Status New This is when an order has been created but has not been sent to a supplier by electronically transmitting it or by faxing Ordered This is when an order has been sent to the wholesaler either by electronically transmitting it or by faxing Acknowledged This is when an invoice has been collected electronically from the wholesaler or if you have manually changed the Status of the order to Acknowledged Additional Acknowledged This is when an invoice has been collected electronically
90. the club triggers tick the Discount on Sale option and enter the discount you wish to give to club members Figure 400 see Figure 401 Edit Club Triggers Sele 4 When a club item is sold in Sales ClubName BABY CLUB Trigger Type Stock item an icon indicates which items sold tyiggervalue n Points are used exclusively are club items Message Baby club member rewrds with gifts 5 Upon sub totalling the sale a Sota T prompt will appear asking if this is Trigger a club sale Answering Yes prompts for the customer name Point Value E Points Related to retail Points retail E scount 10 4 n Sale 6 After the customer has been selected and the sale is sub E this item totalled the discount is UK _ Eawe from club automatically applied to club items in the sale see Figure 402 Figure 401 Stock Item ELSE Retail Disc ce CURASH BABY PWDR A RASH 100 8 30 10 ROUNDING 0 03 Figure 402 lx EREMO T A window is displayed showing the customer s current spend and the LJB p OINTS Tall y Next gift sale concludes normally see Figure BABY CLUB never 403 Adjust Figure 403 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 275 of 292 11 11 Loyalty Club To Track Purchases Only The None option is selected when you don t have a trigger for your club but you want to record the club member sales You may wish to do this for mail out purposes or simply to keep a record
91. the screen This list can be printed if desired E Merge Card Auto Mode Keep Retain Keep Delete m E A 1 E 0 O E O L1 r1 Figure 166 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 114 of 292 3 16 2 Manually Merge 1 For all the cards selected as Manual the following window will appear see Figure 167 2 Inthe Manual Mode window you have more options and each change you make will only apply to that particular stock card 3 The options allow you to e Overriding the retained card s value by adding a new value New Value field e Combine the two fields together e Switch Cards this will swap the cards so that the Delete Card s values will now be retained and vice versa e Skip do nothing to the duplicated cards and move to the next pair of duplicates Iz Merge Card Manual Mode Retain Card Delete Card Keep Retain Keep Delete Combine New Value DUROGESIC 25 4 21 SAMSUNG EAR THE 215902 215902 Sub Department Ethicals surgical Sundries Product Sub Group Unknown Unknown POS Message Barcodes 9317376771504 8809059505038 Preferred Supplier Unknown Yes No No Yes Price on label Yes Allow discount Yes Shelf Label Yes Order Size Outers or Packs Outers or Packs Stock on Hand KAinimniiee COU n K K K I KK K K WO OO OO i K Oj II L1 K S IST J EJ ROI
92. then select the Change Prices option and then set Retail to 12 95 see Figure 188 Change Prices HINT Use space bar to z lect lect it 5 Select the Search button p Vui eia it ce Figure 189 6 A screen will be displayed as shown in Figure 189 listing all items that will be changed according to the criteria you have selected Note Always review the New Markup and New Retail columns shown in blue prior to proceeding T Any products that don t require the change can be un ticked Use the mouse or spacebar on your keyboard to tick or un tick each line 8 Any line that is un ticked will not be changed and the original price and markup will be retained Note Any changes to retail prices will cause shelf labels to be added to the queue providing that Stock Card Option is selected on the Stock Card Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 127 of 292 4 2 Bulk Stock Card Changes The Change Stock Cards utility enables you to make group changes in the stock cards These can be performed via Department Sub Department Product Sub Group Supplier and or Item Name You can make changes to Product Group add or remove suppliers change preferred supplier manufacturer and POS message 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Change Stock Cards 2 The Change Stock Cards window will be displayed as shown in Figure 190 Use th
93. to the Tools drop down list gt Modify Department Sub Department Product Sub Group Using product sub groups allows you to narrow down reporting of departments and sub departments For example instead of having different departments sub departments for baby products such as Baby Cream Lotion Baby Feeding Baby Food etc you can have department sub department called Baby and product sub groups like Baby Cream Lotion Baby Feeding Baby Food etc If there is not a Product Sub Group that is suitable for a particular item then a new one may be created by going to the Tools drop down list gt Modify Product Sub Groups You can move items from a product group into a Product Sub Group via the Change Stock Cards utility Manufacturer This is the manufacturer of the product In some situations suppliers may put themselves in this field If you tick the Update Manufacturer tick box in the Price Update Options window then this field will get automatically updated every time you run a Price Update to prompt the staff members to ask the customer if they require a medicine cup Comments A comment can be added to any product For example Product discontinued or Only Talk To Supplier Rep John Smith The comment can only be viewed in Stock Cards Barcodes Within LOTS there no restrictions to the number of barcodes that can be added to any particular stock item Barcodes can simply be ad
94. when they purchase 3 or more see Figure 221 2 Ensure the Multi Buy radio button is checked and that you have entered a start and finish date 3 For this example you will Bonus Products 3 ts 2 Eas need to add every Hairy HAIRY LEMON 10 8 STUBES 1096 Lemon product to the Bonus HAIRY LEMON 20 S S TUBES 1036 Products window and set the HAIRY LEMON 40 S 1096 Sell at Disc 9o to 10 see Figure 222 Figure 222 4 To apply a 10 discount when the customer purchases 3 the Bonus Qty will need to be set to 3 see Figure 223 Bonus Cty 3 Note If the Bonus Qty is set to 3 the 10 discount will only get applied Add to multiples of three Remove 5 When a Multi Buy item is brought up at the sales screen you will notice that a different icon appears Remove All EM l Figure 223 6 The Message at Till will be displayed to the pharmacy attendant whenever a Hairy LOTS New Sale Lemon prod uct IS being File Edit View Sale Price Change TotalSale LOTS sold at the register as acc 4 shown in Figure 224 Stock Item Quantity Retail Disc Subtotal GST S HAIRY LEM 10 TUBES eee 0 00 vi T The 10 discount can occur in a number of ways for example e Acustomer can purchase a single Hairy Lemon product with a quantity of 3 GST Status End i 5 H i u m e 3 individual Hairy HAIRY LEM 10 TUBES STOCK ITEM A Multi Buy It Lemon prod ucts Multi Buy All Hairy Lemon products are
95. wholesaler then it will be a number generated from LOTS must be a 6 digit number only As this number needs to be unique to a product a PLU may need to be generated by pressing F2 or Edit drop down menu gt Generate PLU in case the PDE number is the same as another product s main wholesaler PDE This number is a Unique Product Identifier and is a unique number allocated by Corum to the stock card or your head office if a branch For services such as passport photos hire photographic processing etc a Hot Key may be specified for such transactions within the stock card You can specify up to 99 different hot keys Thus when in a new sale to sell such items simply press the corresponding Hot Key e g 1 2 3 etc and press Enter Department Each new product needs to be allocated to a department and sub department If you have a product in stock cards that does not have a department you may allocate it one using the drop down box If there is not a department that is suitable for a particular item then a new one may be created by going to the Tools drop down list gt Modify Department Sub Department Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 86 of 292 Feld Destin O Sub If you allocate a product to a department you must also assign a sub department department to the product If there is not a sub department that is suitable for a particular item then a new one may be created by going
96. will 160131 838029 8886394601939 XNDO WHITE FISH amp HERBRISSSPK 2620 699 M i i 184043 850750 9314057006283 ZEP CLEAR NASAL SPRAY 30ML 698 599 M be asked if you would like to load 1RANAA BANTER Q314ng amp 7nnmp arn FFB 0I DP NAT hN CDPDY 7EMMI ga 57 T7 aq Il v Specials for the promotion Select OK to load the specials Select Matching Item Print Add amp Continue Cancel Figure 270 9 After selecting OK the specials will be processed see Figure 271 m Update Specials 10 Once complete you will receive a confirmation messages Loading Specials Please Wait 11 Note You will then need to proceed with TT TTT tty activating your Auto Specials Figure 271 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 170 of 292 7 Orders 7 1 Orders Main Screen To effectively navigate around the LOTS Order Main screen it is necessary that you be familiar with each of the components that are located on it These components are referred to throughout this module as AET View Send Receive Edit Reports Tools LOTS Create Order 1 Drop down menus located at the Open Order top of the screen as shown in Repracess Invoice Cosmos Connect only Figure 272 ee Print Order List Exit Date Time Staff 22 Jan D8 11 40 Pharmasol 2 Menu buttons as shown in Figure 22 Jan 08 11 37 Pharmasol 273 Figure 272 m Fax E Transmit Invoice Print Figure 273 3 The Orders tab as
97. will be displayed see Figure 143 This window will allow you either add the item to sales Add To Sale or Cancel ti Companion Item Companion Items Item Description Retail Price SGH REVLON FLEX COND NML 375ML Add To Sale Cancel Figure 143 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 100 of 292 3 9 Stock Card Menu Buttons Field Description Selecting Search will allow you to exit the current product s stock card and search for another product s stock card If you have made any changes to the current product s stock card you will be prompted if you want to save your changes Select Yes if you want to save your changes otherwise select No to cancel You must make a selection to allow you to continue Save This allows you to save all changes you have made to any stock card in either the Stock Information tab or Drug Information tab Previous Selecting Previous Card or Next Card allows you to move to the previous Card Next or next stock cards respectively Stock Cards are sorted alphabetically by Card Product Name Page Up and Page Down are the keyboard shortcuts Goods Selecting the Goods Labels button allows you to print out a specified Labels number of goods labels for the product currently being displayed In order to prevent label wasting LOTS tries to print only whole rows of stickers If you request a quantity that is not a mult
98. your Report Type and Report By filters in applicable you must select a Reporting Period 5 When complete select OK to generate the report Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 255 of 292 summary Business Activity Report for the period 01 01 2009 to 13 08 2009 Corum Health Services 7 BUSINESS PARE DRIVE NOTTING HILL Vic 3158 Ph 8541 6968 Fax 8541 6989 Description Amount Total GST From Sales 35 817 28 Total GST from Purchases 25 731 44 Total GST From Other Items Met GST Credit 19 914 16 Total Value of GST Free Sales 167 160 09 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 256 of 292 10 14 View Audit Trail The audit trail allows you to browse dispensary and POS transactions one by one The view also include a power find functions binocular icon allowing you to search for a specific transaction type The audit trails are re set each time you perform a daily backup from within LOTS 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Reports ethane gt Other Report gt View Audit Trail 2 The will display the Audit Trails window see Figure 358 3 There are two options to choose from e View Dispensing Audit Trail Files This option will list the current dispensing audit trial file By double clicking on the file or highlighting the file and selecting View File it will display every dispensary action that occurred since the last dispensing audit trial fil
99. 0 00 3 From the Select Register M drop down menu select the register you wish to perform a s eu A Min cash lift for zip 32 50 1800 00 Note The current register is 44 00 600 00 selected by default 78 00 Total Notes 5425 00 4 You must also select a Cash Total Manual EFT TE Lift Type The only difference Total Coins 180 80 between Cash Lift and Total Cheques 0 00 Drawer Swap is the New New Float un Final Total 5695 16 Float field When Drawer Swap is selected the New Float Count Later OK Cancel field is active Figure 1089 zaNote The drawer swap option is only available on the current register If another register is selected then the Cash Lift option will be selected and the Drawer Swap option will be greyed out 5 After selecting the Cash Lift Type begin counting the money Each monetary type has two fields e Individual The number of each monetary type For example the number of 5 cent coins there are e Total The total amount of the individual monetary type For example the value of all the 5 cent coins when added together You will only need to enter in the value for one field If we use the 5 cent row as an example if you type 10 into the Individual field it will automatically populate the Total field to be 0 50 The opposite also works if you enter in a value for the Total field it will automatically populate the Individual field
100. 1 8 Highlight the items you wish to add to the shelf label queue and select Add Remove 9 Once you have selected an item to be added to the shelf label queue it will be displayed in the List tab The number of items that have been added to the tab will reflect in the name of it Corum Health Services Enter stack name DescriptionPLU Barcode to find a y Figure 150 8 Select An Item Search lo Item s in List Current Search bee Tradename BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 30 BEROCCA PERF REG F C T 30 BEROCCA S F PERF ORAN EFF T 15 BEROCCA S F PERF ORAN EFF T 30 BEROCCA S F PERF ORIG EFF T 15 BEROCCA S F PERF ORIG EFF T 30 BEROCCA S F PERF TROP EFF T 15 BEROCCA S F PERF TROP EFF T 30 BEROCCA TROP EFF T 15 Hold down Ctrl or Shift keys to make multiple selections Select All Add Remove e co 1 co op Co l2 Figure 151 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 95 11 85 11 45 10 45 14 45 p20 45 24 95 54 45 16 95 17 45 11 95 17 45 15 90 21 00 553 85 5420 45 tea OF hal Cancel Clear List LOTS POS User Manual 105 of 292 EN RR v 10 Alternatively if you wish to remove shelf labels highlight them in the Search tab and select Add Remove button and the item will be removed from the queue You will notice that the title of the x item s in List tab will decrease by one to illustrate that the label has been removed 11 By pre
101. 1 Pharmacists Initials G Seal inber Immediate Supply B9 85 Sig Expanded acies or 0 00 Patient Cast 60 52 16 Sig Unexpanded Red pope wed C Yellow Delete t Blue Add hn Blank Labels Figure 186 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 125 of 292 xaNote The fields listed in the drop Field Details Storage Location Ma lines 1 down menu are in alphabetical order 6 After selecting Storage Location e you will need to enter in the 62 mm fram Left e n e following information see Figure 55 P US talic E 187 E Centered C Yellow e 62mm from Left 10 mm max Narrow Blue e 55 mm from Top Font size Only Print on Blank Labels e 10mm max Figure 187 7 Ensure Black is checked Note The above values are just a guide and may vary depending on your labels x Note It is not compulsory to place the storage location on the label and if you do it it may be removed at any time by highlighting the row in the Fields section and selecting Delete It is not recommended to add the storage location code to the main label It is more useful when added to the duplicate sticker for example and is used as an aid to assist with quickly locating dispensary stock Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 126 of 292 4 Utilities The Utilities module in LOTS gives operators advanced functionality to work in conjunction with the LOTS Stock Cards Modules Featur
102. 11 6 Adding Members To Your Club Club members can be added modified from within the Clubs module or from within Sales F 1 To modify club members from within Clubs navigate to the Clubs Triggers Te drop down menu gt Switch to Members see Figure File Edit Modules LOTS Switch to Triggers Switch to Reports 2 Search for the person s name then press lt Enter gt Euh Switch To Members Figure 381 3 When the person has been beeen ETE DER selected details of any existing Eie Edt prit Modules Lors club membership is displayed Person Details i see Figure 382 Name CAROLIN SMITH Club Membership e Add E Add a club to this t Club Tot Point Curr Point p erson Details Family members REMEMBERS Address e Edit Edit the club details a for this person e Remove Remove this club from this person TM Last S ale gt Remove ion venie i t ES Figure 382 4 Selecting the Add button prompts you to w Select Club to Add select the club to add to the person see Figure 383 BABY CLUB vw Add this Club to Family Cereal 5 Tick the option Add this club to Family to Figure 383 automatically link linked family members m Edit Points 6 Selecting the Edit button permits you to edit the Club BABY CLUEB customer s current point balance and also the total points balance see Figure 384 You may Person BILL SMITH wish to give customer bonus points
103. 15 1 7 25 6628 0 631671 6462 BEROCCA PERF REG TAB 30 1 89 20 423 0 o al n UPI Mame A Pack List Cast Real Cost SOH Retail 27 50 913 95 5357 24 67 640881 6958 BEROCCA PERFORM EFF 15 1 659 13 95 794560 108 BEROCCAPLANEFF30 1 O 1218 1139 2 82156 2903 BEROCCA TROPICAL FLAVOR 12 18 11 39 0 81895 18 95 BEROTEC INHALER 100MCG 20 4 22 4 22 0 46 33 IN Drugs Use the Up and Dowen arro keys to scroll Press 1 9 to select an item Bl inactive Stock Select PgDn for next group OK Cancel E Active Stack Figure 283 206141 1 843 BEROCCA PERF REG TAB BD i pa 42 12 Highlight the product that you would like to add to the order and select the OK button alternatively you could also press the enter key to select the product 13 Once you have selected OB Edit Item your product the Edit Bog Name POE i BEROCCA PLAIN EFF 30 794560 Item screen will be Wi Ordering in Retail Units displayed as shown in List Cost Markup Real Cost Markup GST Retail Carton Size Order Multiple Qty Total SOH Figure 284 1218 11 39 sii4 21 95 1 M N 511 39 2 History Supplier Pricing Sales History for the last 12 months in packs 14 Key in the quantity you wish to order and then select OK zaNote Th
104. 15 Till Reconciliation amp Cash Lift 2 15 1 Till Reconciliation amp Cash Lift Settings 1 To enable the Cash Lift and Till Reconciliation navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Options gt Till Reconciliation 2 Once in the Till Reconciliation tab tick the Enable Cash Lifts amp Till Reconciliation tick box see Reconciliation Figure 104 By ticking the tick M Manual EFT Cheques Default Float 0 00 box the rest of the window will become active Figure 104 3 Under Reconciliation there are two tick boxes e Manual EFT Turns on the requirement to reconcile total Manual EFT value e Cheques Turns on the requirement to reconcile total cheque value 4 You can also define the float of the till in the Default Float field 5 Under the Cash Lift part of the window there are Cash Litt four tick boxes see Figure 105 they are defined as follows iw Allow Drawer Swap e Allow Drawer Swap This will allow you to Iz Allow Cash Lif swap cash drawers e Allow Cash Lift This will allow you to take out excess cash and enter in these values e Allow Count Later This will allow You to mI Require second operator sign off count the cash drawer later e Require second operator to sign off For Figure 105 security reasons you may wish for a second pharmacy attendant to sign off on the cash draw when conducting a cash lift or draw swap i Allow Count Later 6 The other ma
105. 2 Description te Edit This allows you to edit lay bys mL requirement E ID or Password is required Both are optional Cash Lift This allows you to perform a ID amp Password No ID or Password is cash lift required Both are optional Till Reconciliation This allows you to perform a till ID amp Password No ID or Password is reconciliation required Both are optional Edit Finalised Cash This allows you to edit a ID amp Password No ID or Password is Lift finalised cash lift required Both are optional Set Up Preferred This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is Substitute Preferred Substitutes module required Both are optional Edit Patient In This allows you to edit patient No requirement No ID or Password is Script Queuing details via the Script Queuing required Both are optional module Perform OzBiz This allows you to perform an ID amp Password No ID or Password is Export OzBiz export required Both are optional Sales Cashout This allows you to perform a ID amp Password No ID or Password is cashout within the sales required Both are optional module Sales Abandon This allows you to abandon ID amp Password No ID or Password is Standalone Sales sales performed on a required Both are optional standalone computer before connecting it back to the network Sales Unlisted This allows you to perform an ID amp Password No ID or Password is unlisted sale required Bo
106. 2007 2 527 28 A i A d J i 2 327 17 4 854 45 17 05 2007 2 675 94 4 044 60 6 720 54 18 05 2007 2 719 05 3 150 90 5 869 95 19 05 2007 896 20 i J i i l 1 150 46 2 046 65 20 05 2007 418 05 d A 692 78 1 110 83 21 05 2007 2 723 48 2 928 51 5 651 88 22 05 2007 2 428 00 i i i 2 715 13 5 143 13 23 05 2007 2 438 26 2 564 54 5 002 80 24 05 2007 2 746 75 d i d 2 921 22 5 710 41 25 05 2007 3 253 35 i i f 3 905 45 7 158 80 26 05 2007 1 328 30 i 1 136 77 2 465 07 27 05 2007 526 55 91 09 617 64 27 05 2007 79 30 1 j i d d d i d i d 152 16 231 46 28 05 2007 2 659 43 1 i A i 2 528 04 5 187 47 29 05 2007 2 272 60 i A i 2 097 86 4 370 46 30 05 2007 4 582 85 1 I A d d i 2 003 28 6 596 13 31 05 2007 2 505 45 2 776 15 5 281 60 01 06 2007 3 182 60 3 505 06 6 697 66 02 06 2007 484 85 1 i 1 1 157 56 1 642 41 03 06 2007 508 95 d 464 75 973 60 D4 06 2007 2 435 42 2 568 26 5 003 68 05 06 2007 3 170 75 1 i 2 856 02 6 026 77 0606 2007 2 196 85 2 875 77 5 104 57 D 06 2007 3 522 71 i d 2 565 75 5 088 46 0806 2007 3 135 32 J d 2 680 97 5 816 28 09 06 2007 964 15 i i 1 014 31 1 978 96 10 06 2007 565 05 963 58 1 428 63 11 Jun 2009 Report Version 2008 04 07 Page 1 of 1 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 253 of 292 10 12 Multi Buy Report The Multi Buy Report also reports on Bonus Buys will generate a report based on all Multi Buy
107. 61142007 4 33 PM envelope with a red X on it as shown in Figure 245 6 16112007 4 38 PM 16 If you have created a message you want to assign to a Figure 245 staff member at a later date these message s will be saved in your My Pending Messages tab x Note All diary messages can be printed to the report printer In addition for security purposes if LOTS is unused for more than 20 minutes the My Messages screen is blanked out and the staff member will have to re enter their Staff ID to activate this screen again Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 160 of 292 6 Price Update The LOTS Price Update application allows you to process agency and wholesaler updates using the same process but it also allows you to set departments and sub departments for all new products Use price updates to update pricing and quantity breaks for existing products and or to add new products 6 1 Nominate Supplier Nominate Supplier is a secure and simple way for you to receive your price updates electronically Instead of your staff having to check for price updates every month this feature will allow you to nominate the supplier price updates you wish to receive Corum Messaging will deliver these price updates to your computer as they become available The following is a step by step process for setting up your nominated suppliers zaNote If you are an RPM client you will not need to do this as this will be set up at your Head Office
108. 66 9 54 1784 832414 XALACOM EYE DROPS 2 5ML 1 736686 ZABEL 250MG T 42 a p v iia is oo 365 90 20 35 40 0 00 22 708 77 88 4308 1784 87 64 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 116 85 1784 u e ee L l tn th E Im Totals 56 749 45 718 27 71 84 790 11 1 626 67 B Matched Under Supply BE NoSupply ML Over Supply E Delivered B Additionalittems Bl ToFolow Increase Decrease Order Deliver Deliver Highlighted Items Iv Update Prices Add Item Print Invoice Analysis Figure 302 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 193 of 292 7 14 Order Delivering An Order Order delivery updates the items stock on hand List Average and Real Cost prices within the stock card F4 Orders 1 From the Orders screen Click on the Invoice tab All orders that have been Acknowledged in LOTS will have a corresponding invoice in the Invoice tab 2 Select the Invoice by highlighting it and select the Open button as shown in Figure 303 Note You can also display the invoice by double clicking on it Invoice 5563434325 Orders Invoices Supplier Date Time Staff SIGMA 27 Feb 08 14 55 Figure 303 3 The selected invoice will then display Make modifications to the invoice in LOTS e If any stock is under over or no supply indicates this is the Invoice Quantity column e Check list and real costs re
109. 7 6 Modifying An Existing Order To Modify an existing order Ej tai Order 18937 Git Eroi CUSTOM SUPPLIER 111 1 oi POE Description l y Unis i List Cost Roa Cosi GET Retail Subigal SOH Prajanad Supplies 1 Navigate from the LOTS S 2430 AKIN AMTICHODANT DAY CRM SO 1 1 20 58 X 43 204 3555 21 43 1 j 304 AKIN BODY WASH LAVENDER 2 7 i 7 10 y FTI 11250 14 20 Start Men u gt Orders E 2440 AKIN PURE EMERGENCY GEL 75 12 47 1247 126 456 12 47 szaz ALCHEMY DUO L GRASS SHMP 2 1 1133 11 33 1 13 1596 22 56 a 2226 ALCHEMY DUO LAY EHMP AMG i i 11 33 11 33 1 13 AECES 79 31 amp 2300 ALCHEMY DUO LAW SHMP MAC I 7 i 133 110 113 41395 1129 325 ALCHEMY DUO MANDARIN SHMF 1 1133 133 113 1895 33 08 2 The Orders screen will be lt 2 ALCHEMY DUO R MARY SHMP Ji 1133 11 33 1 13 1895 56 E5 is 2323 ALCHEMY DUO UNSC SHMP MAI 133 sm 113 1295 113 d isplayed 7 i T3 ALCHEMY DUO YLANG SHMP Av 1 1133 8133 1 13 1895 33 98 iS 2327 ALCHEMY DUO YLANG SHMP ME 2 i 1133 11 33 1 13 pag 122 56 2201 ALCHEMY JOJOBA COND 225ML i V 5r yE 174 H350 14 72 2150 ALCHEMY LEAVE IN COND T50MI i 5 63 43 06 i 51 1695 2 05 j 2102 ALCHEMY LEMONGRASS SHMP 2 7 87 7 35 SiT4 1350 14 72 3 Select the order you wish to Rz ALCHEMY MACADAMIA WHEAT i 57 57 VE i 74 p350 106 ALCHEMY WANDERN SHMA 225 ES TE mod ify by h IQ hl Ig hti ng It DE ALCHEMY R MARY SHMP 225ML 2 7 57 I L 3TREA
110. 9 of 292 Department Sales Report 19 07 2008 to 19 08 2008 Department Mo Department ANTIFUNGALS ASTHMA BABYCARE BATTERIES DENTAL DEODORANTS DIABETES DOWARDS EAR GARE Ethicals ETE CARE FIRST AID FOOT CARE GIFTS HAIR CARE Qty Total Sales 8 1 050 14 15220 0 00 14 95 Bl 45 70 4 136 60 3145 102 70 496 10 115 60 17 117 20 163 30 1 556 63 22 Al 0 00 653 80 NHS 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 152 Bl 0 00 0 00 38 127 17 0 00 1477 0 00 0 00 0 00 Gross Profit b 51 51 0 00 145 151 11 Jh 32 54 88 12 28 74 0 ale 27 45 31 17 833 12 bb be 522 be 6 00 0 00 177 03 GP fi Steck Value 8 30 2 706 46 23 45 ail 252 84 13 133479 131 14 313 43 157 28 554 m 2 153 38 307 Bb 37 42 44 hib 8f 5 830 73 153 72 13 58 1 837 33 Carum Health Services T BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NOTTIRNG HILL vIC 3168 SO0H gor d 31 269 45 T 45 132 ob 33 Retr 0 73 0 00 0 67 NE 113 400 Rthr 15 0 00 0 37 259 1 56 2 1 1 19 2 l7 32 1 72 9 60 1 51 137 027 0 00 141 zaNote If you produce a report based on the Date Range option you will have the ability to drill down Drilling down allows you to double click on any line of the report to view additional information From the first report screen you will see a total for each department or sub department depending on which option you chose double clicking on the line of a particu
111. 92 8 Add Promotion Items enables you 9 Select Promotion to add the items from an Auto Special see Figure 195 Select promotion to add items fram 9 Continue adding items to the Stock Group until the screen lists all the desired items Figure 195 10 Select Remove to delete unwanted stock items from the Stock Group 11 Print the list of items within the Stock Group if desired using the Print button 12 Click OK to save your Stock Group 13 You can modify or delete an existing Stock Group by selecting the Modify or Delete buttons as shown in Figure 192 Note A stock item can exist in more than one Stock Group simultaneously 14 Once Stock Groups have been setup they are available as a filter on a number of reports throughout LOTS Once Stock Groups have been setup they are available as a filter in Orders Sales Reports Rolling Stocktake and in other modules Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 131 of 292 4 4 Add Edit Specials LOTS allows you to assign products to be set at discounted prices for a specific time period or until a certain amount of the product are sold 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start sy apr Menu select Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Add Edit Search lo Item s in List Specials Current Search PLU Tradename Pack Retail 2 This will display the Edit Add 794594 BEROCCA EFF PERF ORIG TAB 45 24 57 Auto Specials window Selec 640573 BEROCCA EFF
112. 95 21 95 BEROCCA TROPICAL FLAVOR EFF 30 11 39 18 95 18 95 BEROCCA PERF REG TAB 30 11 23 13 57 13 57 Note The purpose of the Item s in List is simply just to see what products are going to be added as specials 5 Toremove an item from the list lt j simply highlight the item in the Search tab again and select the Add Remove button Figure 197 Bl Waiting Special JJ Active Special ff Old Special Record Count 0 6 Once you have added all your desired products to the Item s in List tab select OK T This will populate the item into the Edit Add Auto Specials window see Figure 197 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 132 of 292 8 You must add in the following e Start Date This is the start date of the promotion e Finish Date This is the finish date of the promotion After this date the promotion will no longer be available e Special Retail Price This is the price of the product while it is on special Optional fields include e Max Qty The max quantity value is set to limit the amount of products that are allowed to be sold for the promotional price For example if the max quantity is set to 50 then the first 50 products will be sold for the special price then any product sold after this will revert back to the previous price If this field is left blank then there is no limit to amount of products that are allowed to be sold for the promotional price
113. 98 39 50 17 07 2009 Sigma 93805151 Invoice for Delivered Orde 25 59 2 57 17 07 2009 Sigma Invoice for Delivered Orde 441 03 44 12 17 07 2009 SWAPS Invoice for Delivered Orde 163 69 16 38 17 07 2008 SWAPS Oo 9000062355 Invoice for Delivered Orde 1 128 60 112 86 17 07 2009 BAYER AUSTRALIA 4 This will display the 93805162 Invoice for Delivered Orde 22 72 227 17 07 2009 Sigma second Expenses window see Figure 202 Double click on the transaction you wish to edit or select Print to print a list of the creditors x Note You can also use the Search function to revert back first Expenses screen to change your search criteria 5 Double clinking on a transaction will display the Expense Editor window see Figure 203 You have two options the first is to change any details of the record and then update it or if you wish you can delete the record entirely Corum Health Services 352064 Invoice for Delivered Orde 597 53 59 76 16 07 2009 SWAPS Invoice for Delivered Orde 41 63 4 16 16 07 2009 Faulding Invoice for Delivered Orde 138 00 13 60 15 07 2009 SWAPS Invoice for Delivered Orde 14 26 1 43 16 07 2009 Sigma Invoice for Delivered Orde 15 48 1 55 16 07 2009 Sigma Invoice for Delivered Orde 22 43 2 24 16 07 2009 Sigma Invoice for Delivered Orde 16 25 1 85 16 07 2009 RENER HEALTH PRC y Search Print Exit Figure 202 Expense Editor Reference
114. ACCOUNT 7 6 Select the OK button to complete the sale If you have the option Additional Receipt On Account Transaction ticked two receipts will be printed one for the customer and one for your records ve Note To turn the additional receipt on or off navigate to the LOTS Point of Sale screen gt Options drop down menu gt Receipts After Sale gt Additional Receipt On Account Transaction Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 49 of 292 2 11 Account Payments The Account Payment module allows account customers to make a payment to their account either partly or in full 1 Select the Account Payment option on the LOTS Point of Sale screen as shown in Figure 67 aam Account ILI Payment 2 The Account Payments screen will be displayed as shown in y Figure 68 Figure 67 4 Enter the e Salesperson This is your saff ID e Customer Enter the custom Once the account customer s details such as address and cu Salesperson Corum Health Current balance 11 95 e Payment amount Enter in Customer ADAM BLACKWOOD TUE 10 00 the amount the customer Address ADAM BLACKWOOD wishes to pay then fill in the appropriate tender type s Account Payments Options 123 PHARMACY STREET igure 68 PHAMVILLE xa Note All three above fields are required Current balance 11 95 Payment amount 10 00 3 You will notice that after you have
115. Bottom Shelf A r2 E1 02 f Left Hand Side L E1 02 L f Right Hand Side R B1 02 R BEROCCA PERF EFF ORIG 45 794594 E1 D2 R BEROCCA PERF ORIG EFF 15 984552 E1 D2 R BEROCCA PERFORM EF 30 ORANGE 514157 E1 D2 R BEROCCA PERF REG TAB 3n 427828 E1 D2 R BEROCCA PERF ORIG EFF 30 493147 E1 D2 R fe Bottom Shlef B D1 51 01 A Medium Shelf 4 D4 E1 D4 Medium Shelf E 03 51 03 A Top Shelf A DA 51 06 Top Shelf B D5 51 05 El A ayo R R2 M Search BEROCCA PERF EFF ORIG 45 iw Show Stack Items Add Location Add Stock Print Add Sub Location Delete Print Stock List Apply Ok Cancel Figure 180 3 You can have up to four location levels 4 To add a location select Add Location this will create a new location at the top level and allow you to type in a name 5 You will also need to add in a code for the location The codes refer to how the location will be displayed in dispense for example or printed on dispense labels For this reason its best to keep the codes as short as possible like the example above The Full Code field is automatically generated The Full Code field lists the codes of each level separated by a dash see Figure 180 6 Toadd a sub location highlight the level you want the sub location to appear under then select Add Sub Location 7 Once you have set up your locations you can add stock Select the location and then select Add Stock Coru
116. Copy To New 4 8 4 Bonus Buy Report 4 8 5 Bonus Buy Example Buy 2 amp Receive 1 Free 4 8 6 Bonus Buy Example Il Buy 1 amp Receive 50 Off A Second One Multi Buys 4 9 1 Setting Multi Buy Details 4 9 2 Adding Removing Multi Buy Products 4 9 3 Copy To New 4 9 4 Multi Buy Report 4 9 5 Multi Buy Example Buy Any 3 Hair Lemon Products amp Receive 10 Off STAFF UTILITIES Modify Staff 5 1 1 Add New Staff Member 5 1 2 Modify Existing Staff Member 5 1 3 Delete Staff Member Set Access Rules Edit Security Levels 5 3 1 New Security Levels 9 9 2 Modify Security Levels 9 9 9 Delete Security Levels Diary Function 5 4 1 Activating Diary Alerts 5 4 2 Creating A Diary Alert PRICE UPDATE Nominate Supplier Price Update Notification Performing The Price Update Update Promotions ORDERS 118 119 120 121 121 123 124 125 127 127 128 130 132 134 135 136 137 138 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 144 145 146 147 148 149 149 149 150 151 152 155 155 156 157 158 158 159 161 161 163 164 170 171 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 4 of 292 7 1 Orders Main Screen 7 2 The Definition Of Status For Orders 7 3 Creating An Order 7 3 1 Until End Of Billing Period 7 3 2 Specify Period In Weeks 7 3 3 Liquidity Setting 7 3 4 Rounding Threshold 7 4 Creating A Blank Order 7 5 Creating A Replace Items Sold Order 7 6 Modifying An Existing Ord
117. Ctrl R poe in the Invoice number you wish to re print This will display the re print invoice Lancel window see Figure 76 Enter in the invoice number you wish to reprint and select OK MT 0000 0000 If you are unsure of the invoice Figure 76 number refer to transaction lists located in LOTS Point of Sale screen stock transfers appear in green text E Print Receipt If you wish to print a stock transfer invoice from a previous date navigate from the LOTS Point of Sale screen gt View gt Display Figure 77 Other Days Sales and once again search for the transaction in green you can simply select the Print Receipt button see Figure 77 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 54 of 292 2 12 3 GST Free Stock Transfers If you wish to create a stock transfer to a sister store one that shares the same ABN number as your store the Stock Transfer module will automatically identify that the ABN numbers match and will display the following prompt see Figure 78 Select Yes to make the stock transfer a GST free sale LOTS Stock Transfer Customer and store 4 6 4 are the same Do you wish to make this a 5T Free sale Figure 78 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 55 of 292 2 13 Lay By The Lay By module in LOTS allows you to accept lay bys on behalf of customer with pre defined settings Refer to section 1 8 Lay By Multiple items can be put on lay by N
118. EP enter the desired amount you wish to discount Enter the amount to discount the sale by Script Items the sale by see Figure 22 This applies to all wil not be discounted discountable items on the sale 3 F4 amp F5 Are Standard Discounts that when pressed within a sale will automatically apply to all items that can be discounted Figure 22 x Note The F4 amp F5 automatic discounts are setup ud te tMe A Options gt Discounts for Sales as shown in Figure 2 counts tor Safes standard Discount F4 25 9 special Discount F5 a3 96 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 28 of 292 2 1 3 Changes To Quantity Retail amp GST Prior to finishing a sale it is possible to change the Quantity to be sold Retail price or the GST status if necessary 1 The simplest method is to use the Quantity Retail Disc Subtotal GST directional arrow keys 1 to 1 11 95 107 10 76 move the cursor to the field you 1 12 85 2 00 10 85 wish to change and make the desired modification see Figure Figure 24 24 then press Enter x Note If you change the retail price in the middle of a sale it will only be a temporary price change as the retail price will remain unchanged in the product s stock card To permanently change the retail LOTS New Sale price of a stock card in the New File Edit View Sale Price Change TotalSale LOTS Sale screen sel
119. EROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 ACCOUNT 0 00 New Sale 544778 13 05 2008 1 53 26 PM Corum Health VICWWKS006 ee ee eee Mew sale 544777 13 05 2008 1 51 44 PM Corum Health YICYYE O06 BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 Mew Sale 544779 14 05 2008 11 30 45 AM Corum Health ICYYESOUB Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 257 of 292 10 14 1 Search Audit Trail As the audit trail may be quite long you can search function to find specific instances 1 To search for a specific audit trail instance click on the binocular icon in the top right corner of the Audit trail window see Figure 359 2 Clicking the binocular icon will display the Search Audit Trail window see Figure 360 3 The Search Audit Trail window provides you with seven different fields to search by they are m Search Audit rail e Action This allows you to search specifically for either o New Sale Abandoned Sale O o Price Change Action aaa o Perm Price Change o Line Wiped Time 12 00 00 Al 11 59 59 Phi o Lay By Payment Staf O e Time This allows you to search for the instance by Computer time range e Staff This allows you to Sale ID search for the instance by staff member Information e Computer This allows you to search for the instance by Payment Type computer e g Till 01 Master OK Cancel igure 360 search for the instance by the sale ID number e Information This allows you to search
120. H Me buted ml aTe GATEN OTE kine Source Database HALA 1o pP La CAL MILI 8 Once the Update Database He SCA REE Eao ease eae Layout has been updated you will EBHHEBEHEBBEBSHESEHEHSE be prompted with the Completing LOTS Setup screen see Figure 434 Select Finish to complete Figure 433 the installation Note If you choose to Install Later iE Setup LOTS on the Master the same window P S Figure 420 will appear each time you 3 PHARMASOL Completing the LOTS Setup LOTS P start up LOTS until you install the Dispense Wizard pa ae i LOTS Setup has finished installing LOTS on your computer If you do not wish to install the update Click Finish to exit Setup right away choose Install Later to asc continue using your previous version of LOTS Figure 434 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 291 of 292 14 2 View Installation History 1 The option in the LOTS Help menu called View Installation History Figure 435 displays a history of every installation performed on the Master and Slave PCs LOTS Start Menu File Help LOTS LOTS Help Fl Version Ctrl About Ctrl 4 view Installation History View Outdated Modules Figure 435 LOTS Installation History 2 The most recent installations are shown at the top of the list Double click a column heading to sort the list Double click again to sort in reverse order iv Program Updates Drug Updates Inst
121. HAND amp NAILIN T TREATMENT 75hWL AKIN HHDAHAIL LAY CUT CRAM 75lWL AKIN FURE EMER GENCY GEL 7ShiL ALBA EYE GEL GRAN TEA SO0ML ALBA BODY SCRUB amp CRM PE Figure 311 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual Order Invoice Item Detail Report Search t Orders t Invoices Filters Status Current Erom 01 04 2009 To 29 05 2009 Item Department Completed Date Range sub Department supplier Manufacturer Brand Sort By Orderlrvoice Date Figure 310 LatGoast Fea Gost 5 57 3 00 i AFI 1 08 qu en API 13 99 p13 58 AFI 413 55 13 55 AFI 3 53 TE 71 API ToS H E CUSTOM SUPPUER 55 F Fa CUSTOM SUPPLIER 111 7 10 qa 7a CUSTOM SUFPFLIER 111 7 10 qa 78 CUSTOM SUPPLIER 111 15 06 CUSTOM SUPPLIER 111 3 05 8 CUSTOM SUFPFLIER 111 7 05 P CUSTOM SUPPLIER 111 CUSTOM SUPFLIER 111 CUSTOM SUPPLIER S5 CUSTOM SUPFLIER eS Supplier Qty 3 J E 1 z zn 1 2 z 3 1 1 1 z B 200 of 292 7 18 Tools Menu Options The below options can be selected from the Tools drop down menu option Beion Options Delivered This is an option which allows the user to add the total cost Orders to Creditors File amount of GST paid and the date of an invoice into a creditors file for reporting purposes The creditors file can be located via Orders Tools Edit Creditors File Options Liquidity This option allows you to set Liquidity The liquidity setting influences how m
122. IC price updates for Once complete select Close ATHERTON PHARMACEUTICALS AUST THERAPEUTIC SUP APIA 8 After selecting Close you will be returned to the LOTS Help Product Update window The Figure 254 window will always show the primary supplier in bold and at the top of the list The other SLOTS Product Update suppliers will be shown in i Listed below are the suppliers currently set up to process price updates New File alphabetical order see Figure t2 In order to process a price update your local supplier must be linked to a Corum defined equivalent To do this click Show All Already Processed 255 Select the supplier to process Supplier Last Processed Latest File Note If a supplier has been SIGMA Nay 2008 oo mayas added that you do not wish to ALPHAPHARM PTY LTD 09 Apr 2008 include simply highlight the row and amp BIOMET AUSTRALIA PTY LTD 17 Jan 2008 amp BIOMET AUSTRALIA PTY LTD 17 Jan 2008 A RENEW SKINCARE 10 Nov 2006 PHARMACARE 20 May 2008 21 Feb 2008 PHARMACE 20 May 2008 21 Feb 2008 select Delete File 9 Highlight the supplier you wish to process and select Process This will display the Price Update window see a snapshot of this window in Figure 256 Show All Delete File Besume Saved Session Process Exit 10 The window Figure 256 Figure 255 shows the PLU Description List Cost Old amp New Markup Gross Profit Old amp
123. INH 200 5 80 5 80 10 40 69 60 button on the bottom of the MYLANTA 12 HOUR 150MG TA 5 69 5 69 8 45 68 26 screen 729965 RENNIE TAB 24 2 he copy of your order will be sent to you nominated fax software as shown in Figure 298 Note If you don t have fax E Tae A CREE XXVII RASA e software installed select the Transmit Order Print Supplier Copy button This E will print a physical copy of the _Fex rier Prin Sunes Cony intemal Cony Remove PrfonedSuptere OK cm order allowing you to send via Figure 297 your fax machine 3 After you have selected the Fax Order button or faxed the order manually the system will prompt you to mark the order as being ordered 4 Select Yes to proceed Items on Order Supplier Copy SUREFIRE PHAR Asoc Order fram LEVEL 1 foo TOORAK ROAD AFI How THORN EAST WES 2125 Fh 38 4 Goda m Far baid 64609 Fat Ordered E Pharmaiol Order Number 26 FBE Barcode Description OTY Pack oF 93101605123 BER OCCA EFF PERF DRIGTAB 15 za BER OTECINHALER 100MCG 200 DOS 1 1 7 5330 Soe MYLANTA 12 HOUR 150 MGTAB 14 12 1 seasas oooi NURDFEN ZDMG T Scena seooemesram PANADEINE S CAPLETS OO 2 Bars oezO2 173358 VENTOLINCFCFREEINH 200 DOSE Tet Figure 298 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 190 of 292 7 11 Transmitting An Order Once a new order has been gen
124. IRY LEMON 10 5 STUBES Remove HAIRY LEMON 20 5 S TUBES HAIRY LEMON 40 S eee i a Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 145 of 292 4 9 3 Copy To New Occasionally you may want to duplicate a complex Multi Buy rather then enter the details again The Copy to New feature will allow you to replicate the Bonus Buy 1 Whilst in the Multi Buys window select your trigger product or products by selecting Add 2 The Copy to New feature will copy all settings from the original Bonus Buy to a new one except for e Multi Buy Name e Start Date e Finish Date zaNote All other settings may also be amended if required Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 146 of 292 4 9 4 Multi Buy Report If you wish to report on multi buy sales refer to section 10 12 Multi Buy Report Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 147 of 292 4 9 5 Multi Buy Example I Buy Any 3 Hair Lemon Products amp Receive 10 Off This example explains how to setup a Multi Buy where if the customer purchases any 3 Hairy Lemon products they will receive 10 off 1 When setting up the Details l Details section of the Multi Buy SETEN Ez l window ensure that the ult Buy Name Muti Buy Hairy Lemon Message at Till explains to Message at Till All Hairy Lemon products are 10 off when you buy 3 the pharmacy attendant that Figure 221 the customer will receive a 10 discount on their Hairy Lemon products
125. Internal BEROTECINHALER 1DOMCGZ2 1 1 4 22 3 98 80 00 3 98 2 API i BEROCCA EFF PERF ORIG TA 10 1 707 6 80 1090 68 00 22 BARRETTS DISTRIE Copy button on the bottom 893 NUROFEN 200MG T 12 12 278 8278 8250 3336 20 AMCAL SIGMA VIC PANADEINE 15 CAPLETS 12 12 1 398 3 98 545 47 76 of the screen VENTOLIN CFCFREE INH 2001 12 1 580 5 80 1040 6960 MYLANTA 12 HOUR 150MG TA 12 1 569 5 69 845 6828 2 2 The copy of your order will 9965 RENNIE TAB 24 T print out to your reports printer x Note As this printed order is an internal copy only LOTS will not prompt you to change the status of the order API Totals 71 32308 320 14 484 00 BER roov tems Transmit Order 3 If you have finished editing Eax Order Print Supplier Copy Print internal Copy Remove Prefered Supplers ok your order select the OK Fi 296 button to go back to your MM orders main screen Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 189 of 292 7 10 3 Print A Fax Order Edit Order 28 Edit Process 1 From your Edit Order Stock Name Oty Pack List Cost RealCost Retail Subtotal SOH PrefSupp BEROTEC INHALER 100MCG 422 398 0 00 398 2 API screen as shown in Figure BEROCCA EFF PERF ORIG T 7 07 680 1090 68 00 22 BARRETTS DISTRIE NUROFEN 200MG T 2 78 278 250 33 36 20 AMCAL SIGMA VIC 297 select the Fax Order PANADEINE 15 CAPLETS 12 398 398 545 4776 VENTOLIN CF CFREE
126. Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting iv Enable Diary Alerts Diary Alert User Details Start Menu Figure 239 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 158 of 292 5 4 2 Creating A Diary Alert 1 If you have new diary messages an yellow envelope icon will appear in your system tray see Figure 240 2 fthere are no Diary Alerts for a staff member a grey envelope will be shown 3 he Diary application can be accessed from the LOTS Start Menu via Tools Utilities Staff Utilities Diary x Note You can also double click on the envelope in the system tray to open it 4 Selecting Diary will display the Messages window as shown in Figure 241 5 Selecting New will display the New Message window as shown in Figure 242 6 Inthe Send To window select the staff member s you want to send the message to Note You can send a diary message to yourself You can also send a diary message to everyone including yourself by selecting All Staff T Then in the Message field type in the message Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual
127. Item Selection Specify Period a weeks 2 The Orders screen will be Department a Blame Order displayed select the Create menu Sub Department button ioen trgu E E Since Last Replacement Order Inclusions Since e iw OTC items iv Reorders 3 The Create New Order screen will iv Dispensary items Rounding Threshold then display as shown in Figure Exclusions due M Pe m 285 EF Used for rounding order quantities more specifically applied to carton sizes IV and or minimum order amounts OK Cancel 4 Inthe Supplier field select the supplier that you wish to use by EUIS oS selecting them from the drop down list provided 5 Under the Period to Order for field select the Replace Items Sold option This option will give you all the items sold dispensed within an allocated period For example if you sold 5 items in that period then you would be ordered 5 6 There are two types of Replace Items Sold options e Since Last Replacement Order Select this option if you would like to carry on from your last Replace Items Sold order e Since Selecting this option will prompt you to enter in a date and time Every item that has been sold since the date and time will be placed on the order 7 Select the OK button to generate your order 8 To modify this order refer to section 7 6 Modifying An Existing Order Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 180 of 292
128. KEUP in i CLARINS EYE amp LIP MAK You can also use the cut and paste ine CLARINS FRAGRANCES options by right clicking on the sub H CLARINS GROOMING AIDS department Delete CLARINS MAKEUP HERES CLARINS MISC 9 CLARINS NAILS zaNote Moving a sub department Figure 176 will also move the products located within it Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 118 of 292 3 18 3 Add Edit Department Sub Department 1 To delete a department sub department 9 Modify Department Sub Department navigate from the LOTS Main Menu gt Tools gt Utilities Stock Utilities Modify Departments File Edit D Unde Chrl 2 Delete 2 Highlight the department or sub department you wish to delete and select Delete from the Edit Select All Ctrl 4 drop down menu see Figure 177 Create New Department Create Mew Sub Deparkment Figure 177 Note You can also right click in the Department Sub Department window and sd Delete see Figure 178 Department Sub Deparnment x L3 BOOKS FICTION pe ee SENE stat amp HIGHLIGHT Gebietes IP AKEP 3 If you wish to delete a department you must remove all sub departments from the department before it can be deleted see figure 179 Delete Rename gt CLARINS SKINCARE FOR MEN Figure 178 4 Also all products must be removed from a sub department before it can be deleted _ Modify Department Sub Department Cannot Delete Dep
129. LACKWOOD 123 PHARMACY STREET screen will appear select the correct customer from the search list as shown in Figure 64 and press the OK button to continue BN Primary Account Customer vaNote If the customer is not listed mee MN QE E NSW roren Ok m you can add them by selecting New Person For more information Figure 64 on how to add a new person refer to section 8 1 Creating A Customer In The LOTS Database Account sale Note Primary account customers are displayed in dark blue text and linked account customers are displayed in light blue text 9 This customer has an account Do vau want ka charge this sale bo their account 3 To finish the sale and charge it to the customers account select the plus Figure 65 key 4 A prompt will appear asking you to Customer Account confirm if you wish to charge the sale to the account see Figure 65 Customer Account ADAM BLACKWOOD 5 Ifyou select Yes the Customer Account screen will appear This will prompt you to confirm whether the sale Account ID 196860 should be charged to the allocated Account Bal 0 00 customers account This will also Balance excluded overdue charges display the customer s current account balance as shown in Figure 66 Note Pressing F7 will bypass the Ca Account sale screen taking you directly to the Customer Account window Figure 66 Figure 66 CHARGE TO CURRENT
130. LOVE NAPPY CRAWLER 44 2000 C Multiples of 200 14998 BABYLOVE NAPPIES JNR 24 X4 200 O C None BABYLOVE CRUISERS BABYCARE 508 Trigger Value Exclusive Points Loyalty Message to appear on Screen Baby club member rewrds with gifts Figure 390 i Remove Suppliers Product Group Stock Items Scripts Clubs GIFTS Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 271 of 292 8 Upon sub totalling the sale a prompt will appear asking if this is a club sale Answering Yes prompts for the customer name 9 Upon totalling the sale the Club Summary window Figure 391 appears listing e POINTS How many points are being accrued from this sale e Tally The customer s current points balance including this transaction e Next gift The next trigger point for this customer to earn a gift In this example the customer is eligible for a gift as their tally exceeds the next gift trigger 10 The choice of gifts available is displayed see Figure 392 11 In this example the top option with a trigger of 1000 points is unavailable as the customer has only 430 points see Figure 393 12 Select the preferred gift from the available gifts by selecting the line number i e 2 for the Babylove Nappy Club Summary CLUB POINTS Tally Next gitt 16 BABY CLUB 4s EI Figure 391 w The point limits for this club have been exceeded The point limits for this c
131. Lay by Report OK Cancel Figure 91 Option 4 Bescipin Full Sales Listing This option will list all transactions that have been keyed into the till for the end of day period sorted by receipt number Summary of Sales This option provides a breakdown of sales as follows recommended All Non Account Sales broken down into GST Items and Non GST Items All Account Sales broken down into GST Items and Non GST Items Total Sales including and excluding GST and total GST from sales Stock Transfer Sales broken down into GST Items and Non GST Items Cash Lift Summary The shows all the cash lifts that have occurred for this end of day period Details include Date Time Register Staff Member Type and total Excluding Float Club Sales This lists all the club sales for the end of day period Member Sales This lists all the member sales for the end of day period Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 65 of 292 Opin Beseipin summary of Receipts Report recommended Detail of Receipt Report recommended Profit and Loss Analysis recommended Hourly Sales Report oales Staff Analysis Daily Intensive Analysis Lay by Report Corum Health Services This option provided a breakdown of receipts as follows Non Account Sales Received on Account Total Agency Sales Paid Out This option provided a breakdown of receipts as follows Cash EFTPOS Cheque Credit Card Other Payments
132. M SPFIRULINA ORGANIC 17 00 a LSTREAM SPIPULINA T 1000 7 0 20 2 L STREAM SPIRULINA T 200 17 00 3 F LETREAM SPIRULINA VEGISAP 25 54 4 select the Open menu 5 QSILICA COLLOIDAL SILICA C 100 11131 2 i l QSIUCA COLLOIDAL SILICA C 5 20 58 button to display the order l QSILICA GEL SUOML VALUE PACH 2 31 19 Alternatively you can double click on the order with the mouse to open it Br Totals J4 Limas B5 4 n8 74 pots 57 3455 1 1575 Transmi Orser Fax Order Pret Supplier Copy Print ntamal Copy Demoa Prefered Suppliers OR Cancel 5 The items on the order will Figure 286 be displayed as shown in Figure 286 IE Edit Item Name PDE Ta 6 The product you wish to modify i EHGEEX ELKIN CEES IN by highlighting it and pressing Ordering in Retail Units List Cost Markup Real Cost Markup GST Retail Carton Size Order Multiple Qty Total SOH Enter Otherwise the same action could be achieved by History Supplier Pricing double clicking on the product Sales History for the last 12 months in packs 7 Highlight the field you wish to change and key in the correct information as shown in Figure 287 Fields you can change are Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug EXP 500 SOH e List Cost L Last Years Sales Bl Expected Sales for Month EJ MTD Sales BI Stock on Hand B Stock on Order e Real Cost Additional I
133. Menu 1 Pricing 2 Stock Flags 3 Ordering 4 Labels 5 Promo gt Stock Cards Item Clubs 2 n Stock Cards use the Stock Search window to display the product that you wish to add companion text to Companion Items ee eee will now see a Companion Text section see Figure 139 v Prompt at POS v Prompt at Dispense 4 Tosetthe companion text that will be Companion Text displayed on the customer display p screen for the defined companion EL NU items click on the Select button 5 This will display the Add Edit Companion Text window see Figure 140 6 This window will list all the default companion texts you have set The companion text you set in Tools gt Options gt Companion Sales will be highlighted in yellow Figure 139 Add Edit Companion Text T To add new companion text select New This will display the New Companion Text window Companion Text Ask us about specials with saleitem Would you ike to E Iempaneniont 8 Use this window to enter in your companion text and select OK see Figure 141 9 You can also modify any existing Default Companion Text can only be updated using LOTS Options companion text by simply __ Head Office Companion Text can only be updated by Head Office highlighting the text and selecting i New Modify Delete Use Default Select Exit dn coe oes one oeoa omen o onm Figure 140 Not
134. Mumber 123456 Total Cost 163 69 Total GST Paid 16 38 Date 47 Jul 2008 Description Invoice for Delivered Order Supplier Mame SWAPS Delete Record Cae Figure 203 LOTS POS User Manual 137 of 292 4 8 Bonus Buys Bonus Buys provide a discount or incentive for targeted or specific items for example e Purchase 1 shampoo and get 1 conditioner free e Purchase 1 shampoo and get 20 of a conditioner 4 8 1 Setting Bonus Buy Details 1 To set up a new Bonus Buy navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Multi buys 2 his will display the Multi Buys setup window see Figure 204 3 To create a new Bonus Buy select New 4 Under Type ensure Bonus Buy is selected 5 Then enter in the following e Multi Buy Name The name of the Bonus Buy e Message at Till This is the message to be displayed at the till when the bonus buy is triggered This will advise the sales people to companion sell the bonus item e Start Date The date the Bonus Buy is to begin e Finish Date The date the Bonus Buy is to finish e Suspended If for any reason you need to suspend the Bonus Buy before the Finish Date you will need to tick the Suspended tick box e g waiting for more stock e Max Occurrences Per Sale This is the maximum amount of times the Bonus Buy is allowed to be sold per sale Note Once a multi buy or bonus buy is created its Multi Buy Name will be li
135. NEB MASK CHILD SET 1 20 95 433540 A SEARCH NEB MASK CHILD SNGL 1 9 95 in the shelf queue Select All gt Print 411785 A SEARCH NEBUCLEAN DSFCT500M_ 1 1745 Selected Labels or delete all items in the 433490 A SEARCH NEBULISER BOWL SGPK 1 13 00 Select All gt Delet 026278 A SEARCH NEBULISER BOWL TWPK 1 20 95 queue Select A Delete 433557 A SEARCH NEBULISER TUBING i n 720417 A SEARCH PEAK FLOW MET B ALOW 1 37 45 RNC Eila 130526 ANSEARCH VENT FILTER POREXG 1 43e 18 The last option in the File menu Is the 130518 A SEARCH VENT FILTER PRXCP6 1 8645 Find option gera MEN qp cB Bn r DEn AN ST 19 Select Find and the Find Product in Shelf Label Queue screen will display as Figure 153 shown in Figure 154 20 Enter in the Description PLU or Find Argue ty oig if Lebal tuau Barcode of the product that you wish Enter Product to search for Description PLU Barcode to search for Cancel 21 Select the OK button to begin the search CB BF 9 Figure 154 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 106 of 292 3 14 Printing Shelf Labels From The Shelf Label Queue 1 Navigate from the LOTS 100 items in Shelf Label Queue Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt E Tradename Print Shelf Labels 903639 05 BR LOCKABLE DIARY 903 Eu E C SUL Anr a 2 2 Before printing shelf labels from this location you must select
136. NSING BAF 1 Printed 23 1 2 2008 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS Retail 14 95 14 95 39 95 5 95 5 35 3 90 3 50 15 50 15 50 13 45 12 00 9 95 4 35 5 60 2 50 5 45 66 00 70 00 10 95 3 95 32 20 310 00 5 55 6 00 5 95 13 95 7 50 26 95 10 35 11 35 21 00 7 50 SOH MTD F2 C CO Oh RR t i A E C BR Ho MM C i Ss 4 RB t3 C0 r0 0C Cj oOo oOo oOo oO oO oo oo vo vo ov on vo vo oo eo cov oo vo eo ono fo no Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Avg 0 0 0 D 0 0 15 0 0 0 1 40 0 0 0 3 O 12 0 15 15 0 0 4 14 35 14 T t T 0 t B 0 4 B 4 0 8 8 4 0 0 3 2 2 0 2 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 t 0 0 0 0 13 1 10 T 1 10 10 10 5 10 5 0 0 4 B B B 11 11 B 22 B 2r 28 0 0 11 0 3 3 3 3 5 3 0 0 1 0 22 16 5 5 0 0 4 aa T T B B 1 310 2B g 17 3 q J T 4 12 12 B 12 B 18 B B a 1 14 14 13 14 5
137. New Retail Old amp New GST Yes No or Free and Recommended Retail Price IE e List Cost List Cost Mark Retail Retail GST Real Sugg P Old Mew Up Old New TERE Cost Retail 246107 360 DEGREE SENSITIVE T B 3 94 438 38 8542 SbE5 Yes 394 0 00 235018 A SEARCH AVEO TSD A SNORE AID 128 77 128 40 50 193 16 192 60 Free 128 77 80 00 Q 654310 A SEARCH B ALERT PF METER LOW 31 00 3185 33 4133 4240 Free 3100 0 00 654302 A SEARCH BYALERT PF METER STD 29 67 31 86 3356 38 56 4240 Free 20 B7 80 00 212881 A SEARCH BLOOD P DIG AL432B 8392 95 37 4356 120 01 150 00 83 92 0 00 444758 A SEARCH DAC PREM PILLOW COVER 20 30 28 04 65 4835 850 90 828 30 0 00 Figure 256 11 The New List Cost Markup New Retail and Recommended Retail Price fields can all be edited Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 165 of 292 12 Each product listed also has a legend to indicate its status Legend Description New Item Item With Price Decrease Item With Price Increase Items to Display 13 By using the tick boxes provided Figure 257 you can choose products you wish to display New Products M Select Price Increases M Q Select 14 You will also need to choose which option to set your retail to there are two options see Figure 258 Price Decreases v Select e Use Supplier s Sugg Retail
138. Note Entering nothing will display all waiting scripts 4 Once you have entered in the patient name select OK This will display the Search for Person see Figure 36 window highlight the patient and select el RS Ls OK J Rx420624 20 AMOXIL 250MG C RX420625 60 LOPRESOR 100MG T 5 The scripts will display within the New Sale screen as shown in Figure 37 TOTAL 2 items AMOXIL 250MG C SCRIPTITEM XC Paani JAMES CITIZEN MEARI DETAIN EFTPOS 1 Ee iP L Patiesi Tatsi f 1 37 0397 aed CHivei Figure 37 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 35 of 292 2 2 2 ScriptLink LOTS Complete How to enter a Script at the till Scriptlink Enter patient name CITIZEN 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu Sales 2 lostart a new sale select the New Sale button Cancel 3 Atthis point you may now either t e Key in any script items by pressing Figure 38 the key to display the Scriptlink window Figure 38 T XPENTUSNE e Enter in RX followed by the script number File Edit View Sale Price Change Total Sale LOTS into the stock item field see Figure 39 e Scan the dispensary barcode Salesperson Corum Health Note There is 1 barcode allocated for each batch of scripts per customer If you wish to sell scripts to multiple customers within 1 sale you must scan the barcodes for each patient
139. OTS A daily backup of your LOTS database should be performed every day The backup will backup your entire LOTS database including both dispense and POS data The backup also performs other tasks such as re setting the audit trails and enabling POS standalone functions Corum recommends using at least two different backup disks preferably seven one for each day of the week and alternating them so in the event of a data recovery there are at least two generations of backups to return to The backup should always be performed on the LOTS Master computer with LOTS exited completely on every Slave computer 1 From the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Backup LOTS 2 The Insert Backup Disk Now x window appears prompting you to DO NOT USE LOTS an any other machine while performing a Backup enter your backup disk into the IF vau do any transactions during a Backup your Backup will be unsuccessful drive and ensure that LOTS is not Please ensure your backup disk is in the drive selected on the next screen in use on any other computer as shown in Figure 417 Figure 417 3 Check that the correct backup type EEE NEN selected then click Backup as sho m Backup LOTS DataBase only Daily Backup j C Backup AI LOTS Program Files Monthly Backup Backup to cd Finished es Figure 418 4 The Finished window appears i Backup completed successfully notifying you that the backup has completed su
140. P TO LOOK UP AN ITEM TOTAL 412 81 f Finish scan or type in the BARCODE Type in the NAME or PLU of the item Press to Finish Transfer Abandon Transfer Figure 73 3 If you enter a quantity that exceeds your current SOH then you will be prompted with the INSUFFICIENT STOCK INSUFFICIENT STOCK window see Figure 74 i Stock on Hand 11 4 in the INSUFFICIENT STOCK window enter in Quantity Ordered 13 the quantity of stock you wish to supply and uantity Oraere select Ok Gluantity to Supply if d x Note If you proceed with a quantity larger than you Stock on Hand your Stock on Hand will become a negative value Cancel 5 The GST column will provide information as to Figure 74 whether a particular product is GST free or not Any product that carries a GST liability will have a tick placed in the box as shown above Figure 73 GST Status Note If the store you are transferring stock to does not have the same ABN as your pharmacy then ensure you tick the End iv End Consumer Consumer tick box in the GST status section see Figure 75 Figure 75 6 Tocomplete the transaction select Finish and an Invoice will print out automatically Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 53 of 292 2 12 2 Stock Transfers Reprint invoice To reprint a stock transfer invoice f i i simply select the File drop down Re Print Invoice menu gt Reprint Invoice or press meu deua atc m
141. PI Product Group 4 Once you have selected the product set the Trigger Qty Supplier 5 For example if you wanted to give a bonus product to someone who brought 2 items then you would set the trigger quantity to 2 c LE Default Values 6 If you accidentally enter an unwanted n trigger or bonus product simply highlight Lu the product and select Remove Sell at Discount 10 Alternately to remove all products from the list select Remove All SE 7 Selecting Add will display the Stock Multi Figure 206 Search window for the bonus items see Figure 206 8 This stock multi search window has a Bonus Products 10 Default Value section which will apply RIM SHINE TEMPTATION LIPSTICK either a discount price or percentage to the LT BIM SHINE TEMPTATION LIPSTICK bonus product selected RIM SHINE TEMPTATION LIPSTICK Remove All RI SHINE TEMPTATION LIPSTICK zaNote When you select the Bonus product you can either sell it at a set price or at a Figure 207 percentage discount If you wish to give the bonus item for free set the Sell at Price to 0 00 or the discount to 100 9 Once you have chosen your filters and set the Default Value select OK This will display a list of products to choose from 10 When you return to the Multi Buys window set the Bonus Qty see Figure 207 zaNote The Bonus Quantity is the number of bonus items the customer can recei
142. PLU price lookup number Trade Name descriptions of each item Department Sub Department Product Sub Group Months to Sell SOH stock on hand and the Extension Cost List Cost multiplied by the Stock on Hand The last page of the report displays the Total Extended Cost and the Total Required Cost for all items within the selected criteria Handy Hint This report can help you to optimise the LOTS inventory systems by eliminating products that you have too much stock of or that are simply not selling This can help you determine products that are not selling and therefore you could put them on special to make room for newer items that could be selling well This report should be run regularly to keep track of excess stock on hand and the dollar values that are tied up in these particular items 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Reports gt Stock Reports gt Overstocked Dead Items Over 5tock Dead Items 2 The Overstocked Dead Filter Report On Items screen will be Department Over Stack Mat Dead Items displayed as shown in Figure 345 csub Department Dead Items Product Sub Group 3 This is where you select Gupplier g your filter s for the search Item Mame E 4 You are able to select more Suppress Items where Cost SOH less than 25 00 than one filter however you Months Considered Over Stacke
143. POD 2 PEAS IH A POD Mths to Sell Unk novun Unk mown Unk niin Unk novun Unk mown Unk niin Unk novun Unk niovun Unk niin Unk novun Unk raun SOH Extn Cost P10 76 P10 76 Fiz 17 50 pO 5 43 To 28 To cu P 15 40 10 00 i 3 a a a a K bk b EJ Total Extended Cost 103 99 Total Required Cost 0 00 Fes De on PLU This displays the product PLU price look up number which is either the wholesaler s PLU or a system generated PLU for supplier lines H This displays the name of the items selected within the report Sub Department This displays the Sub Department for all items within the report Department This displays the Department for all items within the report Months to Sell This displays how many months the system estimates it will take for you to sell out of these items taking into account the months considered over stocked or dead SO This displays the current stock on hand for each specified item You should frequently perform stock takes to ensure that your stock on hand is correct Extended Cost This is the list cost multiplied by the Stock on Hand for each item within the Over Stocked Dead Items report Total Extended Cost The Total Extended Cost is the total of each product within the report s Extended Cost and is displayed on the final page of the report The Total Extended Cost will vary depending upon the number of months that you have selected as
144. POS User Manual 25 of 292 2 Sales LOTS Sales gives authorised access to every day transactions including New Sales Returns Price Check Account payments Stock Transfers and Lay Bys BLOTS Point of Salo 2 1 New Sale Fle Edk Yew Pepots Options Hele LOTS 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Sales 2 o Start a new sale select the New Sale button as shown in Figure 16 3 The LOTS New Sale screen will be displayed as shown in Figure 17 START ANEW SALE 4 Atthis point you may now key in Pies TC Iv pint u Recupt fw the selected Ti Use thi ARROW KEYS fo mire aruit any OTC items using one of the following methods e Scanning a product if a barcode exists is the most efficient method e Typing the products PLU number into the Stock Item field e Typing in part of the product description in the Stock Item field press the Enter key and select the appropriate product from the 757 TOTAL 0 00 list presented HM IT ENTER STAFF ID Cash EFTPOS e Press an appropriate Hot vee Eee Key if set up refer to Hot Other Keys in the Stock Card amp E FORO Figure 17 e Searching via a wildcard search 5 The stock item description quantity defaults to 1 retail unit price discount if applicable subtotal and GST status will then be displayed as shown in Figure 18 LOTS New Sale File Edit View Sale Price Change TotalSale LOTS Sale
145. Report 01 06 2007 to 09 06 2007 Corum Health Services T BUSINESS PARE DRIVE NOTTING HILL VIC 3158 Date ota ID Hem Cost Stockh Adj Adj value Oi 2O0T 08 OPTI FREE REPLEMISH 300ML 2 67 5 67 Oin iir 08 ULTRAZYME REMOVER TAE 10 13 83 27 70 1N 5 2007 8 EAR CLEAR DRY amp CLEAR 40ML 5 51 a 5 51 1N 5 2007 Oe VI INE TRUE TEARS EYE DROP 13ML 3 83 T TO 1N 5 2007 8 MURINE REVIT AL EYES 5 84 5 84 0105 2007 Og BAL SEYE DALY CLEANER 30ML 14 59 29 78 Oide iT 08 LOMIDE 0 1 EYE DROPS 10ML 5 70 5 70 Oide i T 8 MIZORAL SHAMPOO 195 100HL 2 53 17 06 0105 2007 8 HEAD amp SHLD COND RMENHTH 200H 4 15 15 50 10 6 2007 8 KPe4 LICE SPRAY SOML 7 86 7 56 0106 2007 08 Eloa SELECT FISH OIL 400 17 01 17 01 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 246 of 292 Stock Adjustment This is the number of items adjusted This can be a positive or negative number depending on a stock increase or stock reduction respectively Adjustment Value This is the stock adjustment value for the item This is calculated by multiplying the Cost by the Stock Adjustment This is the reason for the stock adjustment Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 247 of 292 10 10 Staff Time Analysis The Staff Time Analysis Report allows you to produce a report that will show you either sales by hour or staff sales 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Reports gt Sales Repo
146. S Debtors module will look much different and contain limited functionality refer to your RPM User Manual for debtor instructions 8 1 Creating A Customer In The LOTS Database A customer may be created within LOTS through the Debtors Module Some or all of these customers may be made into a debtor account customer To add customers to your LOTS database Patient Search 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Debtors gt Tools drop A Enter Search Information down menu gt Edit Customer 2 A Patient Search screen will Name Barcode 4j appear select the New Person button as shown in Figure 312 JE 3 The Patient Details screen will be Institutian pe displayed and you will be in the Personal tab as shown in Figure New Person Ok Cancel 313 l l Figure 312 4 Ensure that you key in the following fields when creating a customer FP Patient Details within the database File Edi Title pes e First name Title MR ID 24546 e Family name First Name JOHN ABN e Address Family Name CITIZEN Medicare 28962288911 Address 123 PHARMCY STREET Expiry Date 30 11 2011 e Suburb and Postcode Suburb IPHARMTOWN Postcode 3000 Membership Phone D O B um Email Compensation No 5 The remaining fields e g Date of z38 O Birth Phone Number and End Consumer M Compensation details etc are 3 moo i Use Mailing Address T optional for extra information m DEn
147. Stock Information Product Name HAIRYLEMON40S 1 Pricing 2 Stock Flags 3 Ordering 4 Labels 5 Promo PLU 430641 UPI 10354 Hot Key Pricing List Cost Excl GST 12 47 Department VITAMINS amp SUPPLEMENTS 9 86 Sub department ENERGY Real Cost Excl GST Average Cost Excl GST Product Sub Group none Retail Including GST 14 95 Manufacturer DERBY PHARMACEUTICAL Retail Excluding GST Interaction Category Recommended Retail POS Message Show Average Retail ommen Markup on List Cost 9 Barcodes Partcode Markup on Real Cost 9403092300262 API 430641 API NSW 430641 Gross Profit n API QLD 430641 GST Amount API SA 430641 v Discount Price or 0 00 Sales History Purchase History Sales vs Purchases GST Rate 10 Type Standard X Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar MTD Exp SOH Biss Years Sales Iris Years Sales Dssies MTD ESI Sales this Month Bistock on Hand Figure 131 Below is a brief description of each field shown in the stock information tab Field Besctpton O o O Product Description of the product This should also include the quantity and metric Name measurements if applicable PLU Price Look Up number that may be used to search for a product and usually corresponds to the main wholesaler s PDE This will be the same as your primary wholesaler s PDE number or if unavailable from your primary
148. Support Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual FE Supplier Details New Supplier1 Supplier Settings 62 Supplier New supplier Address Chem Street Pharmtown 1234 VIC Phone Number D123458788 Fax Number 234587890 supplier Ref pa Advanced Settings Advanced General Options Price Update Options Cost Price Include GST lanare Order in outers as 1 for this supplier order using unit quantities Order using barcodes Figure 308 iw Update list cast f Change retail t Dont change retail recalculate markup iw Update Real cost Figure 309 199 of 292 7 17 Reports Menu Options LOTS Orders has one major report called Order Invoice Item Detail Report This window see Figure 310 provides many filters such as e Search For Orders or Invoices e Status Current or completed e Date Range You can also choose how you wish to sort by Order Invoice Date or alphabetically by Item Once you have made your selections select OK to generate the report Figure 311 Order Item Detail Report C arum Health Services 7 BUSINESS PARE DRIVE HOTTING HILL WIC 3165 Order Date Ha rmi AGAR OL LAS VA zOONWL AlM TTPASTE as ORISINAL AIROMIRE AL TOHALER 200 DOSE AIROMIR AL TOHALER 200 DOSE AIROMIR INHALER 200 DOSE AKAMIN SOS T ARKIN AMTIOXIDANT DAY CRM SUME AKIN BODY WASH Sooo zesWLbL ARKIN BO S3 WASH UNSCENTED zz5ML AKIN FACIAL SCRUB 75ML AKIN
149. There may be some products you do not wish to show up on the Name on customer display tick this option to stop the product s name appearing Customer Display on the customer display if connected Item Image You can add an image to a product s stock card This image displays when the companion sale prompt appears within sales and can be displayed on a customer display screen Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 95 of 292 3 6 5 Promo Tab Field iesription y Item Clubs This window will list all the clubs that the product is associated with Companion Items This window will show all companion Items associated with the product To add or delete a companion Item right click in the window and select either e Add Companion ltem button e Delete Companion Item button You can also select if you would like the item to prompt as a companion item at POS or Dispense Alternatively you can tick both Companion Text This option allows you add to multiple Companion Sale texts and assign them to different Companion Items Alternatively you can continue to assign the same Companion Sales text to all Companion Items This option allows you to set product specific companion text for more information refer to section 3 8 Set Product Specific Companion Text Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 96 of 292 3 7 Supplier Partcode Window This module is where you setup each supplier s individual ord
150. Triggers 2 Members 3 Reports Club Triggers iA Rios z Sub Department friggar Malus Points Retail Sub Department C Greater than 0 U HAIRCARE 0 C Multiples of gt peor ERY None Exclusive Points Loyalty Message to appear on screen Edit Remove Exit Suppliers Sub Department Scripts Clubs Figure 372 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 265 of 292 11 5 3 Stock Items Cy ER 1 Select the Stock Items tab along the bottom of the Club 1 Triggers 2 Members 3 Reports window see Figure 373 Club Triggers BABY CLUB x Stock Items 2 To add a Stock Item select the Trigger Value gt eames eee ee Cran Add button C Greater than E C Multiples of p 3 This will display the Item to lieb add drop down list see Figure Exclusive Points 374 select the product you Nus wish to add followed by OK Message to appear on screen 4 f you wish to add every single OTC item select All OTC Ite ms Add Edit Remove xi Suppliers Sub Department Stock Items Scripts Clubs GIFTS 5 Ifthe Point Value is set to 1 and the Points Related to retail Figure 373 Points x retail option is ticked Figure 375 then the system will equate 1 00 to equal 1 point enabling you to track club members total Item to add spending pF oC 6 Do not tick the Points Related to retail Points x retail All
151. Voucher This option provided a breakdown as follows Total Sales excluding GST Government Recovery expected PBS payment C O G S Cost Of Goods Sold Gross Profit jo Of Gross Profit on Sales Number of Customers Average Sale per Customer Government Incentives Abandoned Sales This option provides an hourly breakdown of sales i e 10 00am 11 00am etc including number of customers This option provides a listing of all staff with a breakdown as follows Number of Customers Staff Customer Count Sales excluding GST Average Sales Profit The Daily Intensive Analysis report is broken up into two sections Dispense and OTC The Dispense and OTC section are broken down further by department This option provides a breakdown of sales by department as follows Department Name Quantity Sales Government Recovery Average Sales Profit Gross Profit Sales This option provides a breakdown of Lay By Sales as follows e Sales Excluding GST e Sales Including GST e Deposits e Payment This option also lists all Lay Bys by Lay By number LOTS POS User Manual 66 of 292 Opin 4 DBeseiptin Discount Report This option provides a breakdown of Quantity of discounts given Dollar Value of discounts for non account sales Dollar Value of discounts for account sales Total Dollar Value of discounts given Detailed Discount Report This option provides a detailed list in dollar amount for the following
152. Zero Account This allows you to clear the debtors total account balance back to Zero Select the Zero Account option You can also add a message to describe the reason for the change e Message Only This allows you to enter a message that will appear on the debtors account statements Simply select Message Only option and type the desired message into the Message to appear on statement field 6 To save either one of these changes simply Click the OK button then the Yes button when prompted if you are sure you would like to apply this change va Note If you need to apply a Journal entry to all of the listed debtors select Tools gt Group Journal Entry Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 206 of 292 8 6 Options Statements Tab Debtor Options The Statements tab allows you to choose Statements options that will be viewed on your statements Simply place a tick in the tick box of the option that you wish to activate x Always Print Statements for Active Accounts Mininum Balance for Printing statements 0 00 View Before Printing Statements xl 1 n Debtors navigate to the Tools drop down menu gt Options x List tems on Statement Tear off Remittance Advice on Statement x Display POS Messages for Diebtor Dispensing Transactions 2 he Debtor Options screen will appear as shown in Figure 321 I show Pharmacy Mame on Statement Header x sho
153. abel Queue Add Mew Items ta Shelf Label Queue This will add all new items to the shelf label queue Figure 266 New Item Options relates directly to the Stock Flags options in Undate Stock Cards These option are Update This option should only be activated Goods Labels ticked for sites that are part of a Checkout Head AskPrice Office set up with a head office store and branch es Goods Labels If ticked this option will generate a seasonal label displaying the product description barcode and Only Order if Megative SOH PLU number If you wish the retail price to also be displayed on the goods label then the Price on Re Order Label option must also be ticked Ask Price Stock items like photo processing repairs hire charges which can have a different Allow Discount price each time they are sold should have Ask Price ticked Therefore each time one of these items is sold the salesperson will be asked to enter the price for this sale Figure 267 Seasonal This option is only ticked in situations where the sale of specific products varies dramatically from one season to another e g Sunscreen in Summer Only Order if Negative SOH if this is ticked it will only order when the SOH is less than zero Re Order Normally ticked If not the item will not be reordered and will not appear on stock take sheets and certain reports Used for discontinued lines that you want to run
154. account holder wants to charge something to their account at the Point of Sale the system still enables you to charge it to Their account but it is actually charging to the Primary account holder s account This prevents the Linked family members from getting individual monthly debtor statements as their transactions will be now associated to the one account and therefore one debtor statement will be sent for all Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 204 of 292 8 4 Pay Account 1 Navigate from LOTS Debtors gt Account Payment Tools drop down menu gt Pay Account Account Mo 195995 Balance 13 76 MEN Name CORUM PRIVATE HOSPITAL 2 This will display the Account Address 7 BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NC Payment window for the selected debtor see Figure 318 Pay Account 3 Enter in the payment amount and the number o receipts you wish to Payment Amount 13 50 print and then select Ok E x Note It is recommended that the Number of receipts to print 0 for no receipt p majority of account payments are performed within the LOTS Sales Cancel module This option is typically used by LOTS Figure 318 Dispense only customers who don t have a sales system Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 205 of 292 8 5 Journal Entries Journal Entry for a debtor allows staff to Debit or Credit amounts off accounts clear a debtor s total account balance back to zero or enter Message
155. al weeks butter stack pharmacy s needs you can modify the liquidity setting To change the liquidity settings navigate to the 5 Create New Order window Edit drop down menu gt Set Liquidity Figure 278 see Figure 278 The default liquidity setting is 50 which is designed to achieve maximum efficiency of both labour and capital The liquidity setting can be adjusted at any time as required for example you might adjust the liquidity to allow for pre post tax payment time cash availability A lower liquidity setting of 40 or 30 indicates to LOTS that you re trying to scrape through a recession period of business without reducing excess staff You have excess labour and a capital shortage so LOTS will run the stock lower releasing capital at the expense of more frequent smaller orders A high liquidity setting of 60 or more indicates to LOTS the pharmacy is more liquid and LOTS will expand the stock where appropriate LOTS will suggest fewer bigger orders The orders will more often rounded up to the wholesaler s pack quantities which generally attract a better cost price and staff need spend less time unpacking fewer orders Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 176 of 292 7 3 4 Rounding Threshold The rounding threshold defines the percentage at which the order quantity will be rounded up or is most effective for carton and minimum order Rounding Threshold quantities Used for rounding order quantit
156. ales section allows you to define all POS discounts see Figure 3 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing Script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details start Menu Figure 3 Option Discounts for Sales Apply Stock Card Discounts Script Discounting at POS Corum Health Services Discounts for Sales Discounts for Sales Standard Discount F4 10 96 Special Discount F5 20 96 Apply Stock Card Discounts C To All Sales To Member Sales Only Check Settings on Members Tab C To NO Sales Script Discounting at POS iw Discount NHS Scripts iw Discount Private Scripts Description Standard Discount F4 This option allows you to set your own standard discount amount for the F4 Function keyboard key when making a sale The default is 1096 Special Discount F5 This option allows you to set your own special discount amount for the F5 Function keyboard key when making a sale The default is 2096 This option allows you to specify if you would like discounts to apply To All Sales
157. allation Filename Installation Date Computer Name Note If you only want to show see Figure 436 L2016R00 EXE D0803R00 EXE Program Update Program Update Program Update Program Update Drug Update Drug Update 01 04 2008 8 20 AM 01 04 2008 8 00 AM 27 02 2008 8 03 AM 27 02 2008 8 09 AM 01 03 2008 8 12 AM 01 03 2008 7 50 PM DISPENSE1 DISPENSE1 TILL1 TILL1 DISPENSE1 the installation history of the current PC go to the View Installation History on that PC and tick the This Computer Only tick box You can also filter for just Program Updates or just Drug Updates by using the tick boxes located at the top of the window as shown in Figure 437 This Computer Only Figure 436 View Release Notes 3 You can view the original PDF Release Notes by highlighting the installation in the list and LOTS Installation History Double click a column heading to sort the list Double click again to sort in reverse order Iv Program Updates V Drug Updates clicking View Release Notes see Figure 437 Installation Filename L2016R00 EXE Update Type Program Update Program Update Program Update Program Update Drug Update Installation Date 01 04 2008 8 20 AM 01 04 2008 8 00 AM 27 02 2008 8 03 AM 27 02 2008 8 09 AM 01 03 2008 8 12 AM Computer Name DISPENSE1 DISPENSE1 TILL1 TILL1 za Note If no Release Notes are found for a selected release the Vie
158. allow the product to be discounted at the Point of Sale If the product is a Nett item whereby you don t want to allow the customer to receive a discount you need to ensure this is not ticked This will prevent LOTS from applying discounts on these specified products Shelf Label If this option is selected when a retail price change occurs LOTS will automatically send a shelf label with a new retail price to the shelf label queue Shelf labels can be printed in bulk by navigating from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Print Shelf Labels zaNote If a product is not displayed on a shelf or does not have a barcode on the packaging then a Goods Label may be required see above Discontinued Ticking this option will mark the item as discontinued from the wholesaler To be able to mark a product as discontinued the Re Order option must be unticked Once an item is marked as discontinued it cannot be added to an order Corum Health Services 4xLOTSPOSUserManual gt 920f29 Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 92 of 292 Feld Deseipin 4240 O Stock On Hand What the program believes is the actual stock on hand value This amount can be adjusted when a stock take is performed and is continually adjusted as products are sold and order delivered using the LOTS program If this value is edited by the user it will require a reason to be entered Expected Calculated by the sy
159. amp Credit Limit This will allow you to set a credit limit or a discount based on the by Class debtor s class This allows you to set certain debtor to have higher lower credit limits and discounts Options This allows you to set certain debtor options For more information refer to sections e 6 6 Options Statements Tab e 6 7 Options Rollover Tab e 86 8 Options Overdue Tab Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 214 of 292 9 Stocktake For preparation for the end of financial year you need to ensure that your stock on hand is accurate within LOTS This can be achieved via any of the following methods e PharmaScan e Rolling Stocktake Print Outs e Scanning Stocktake A description of each of the stock take methods and instructions are contained in the following sections Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 215 of 292 9 1 Rolling Stocktake The Rolling Stocktake utility is a method of stocktaking whereby you generate a set of print outs to take to the shelf for counting The print out displays the current SOH and allows space for you to write the correct SOH if different After counting the section and writing the correct values on the print out return to the LOTS utility and enter any changed values zaPlease Note If the store is open and trading this must be done without delay The recommended procedure is to perform regular rolling stocktakes Having a process of regular rolling stock
160. and dakini aj e me QJ Make a new folder selecting Save Selections Publish this folder to the a Stock 2009 06 01 C5 eg Hit this Folder a rr 2 While the export will automatically take ag E he aa place at the start of each month this Senin et gums z 7 ExportedReports r Stoc 10 01 can also be run manually at any time dus Pal ear ore cel Comma t y 1 495 KB To manually run the report select Load S My Computer amp My Network Places Selections and then Run Export Now When Load Selections is selected the ur screen will change to match all the StockReports File Folder filters that were set the last time Save isa Selections Was used September 2009 10 32 AM Y My Computer Note Load Selections will only work if Figure 344 you have saved a selection x Note Unlike other reports created by LOTS these will not be overwritten unless two reports are created on the same day as the files are saved with a date stamp e g 2009 07 01 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 232 of 292 10 4 Overstocked Dead Items An Over Stocked Dead Items report displays a listing of any items that the system considers as overstocked or dead An overstocked item is an item that has a stock on hand quantity that is too high according to sales history A dead item is an item that has not sold in the last three to six months Included in the report is the item
161. armacy attendant sells Berocca enter the Quantity as 3 and then press Enter An extra line is added to the sale indicating that one of the items will be given free Note Once a Bonus Buy has been activated the text of the Bonus Buy items turn green Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 142 of 292 4 8 6 Bonus Buy Example Il Buy 1 amp Receive 50 Off A Second One This example explains how to setup a Bonus Buy where when the customer purchases 1 Aspro Clear the customer can purchase another one for half price 50 off 1 When setting up the Details Details section of the Bonus Buy Multi Buy Name Aspro Clear 50 Off window ensure that the l m Message at Till Prompt the customer a second Aspro Clear for half pri Message at Till text explains to the pharmacy attendant that the Figure 212 customer will receive a second Aspro Clear for half price see Figure 212 2 Ensure the Bonus Buy radio button is Trigger Gy E Trigger Products 1 checked and that you have entered a start ASPRO CLEAR TABS 24 and finish date Add 3 For this example you need to Add Aspro Remove Clear as the Trigger Product and set the Remove All Trigger Qty to 1 see Figure 213 4 The Bonus Product also needs to be Aspro Figure 213 Clear and the Bonus Qty to be set to 1 5 In the Bonus window set the Sell Bonus Qty 1 Sell at Sellat at Disc 96 to 50 see Figure SI Price or Di
162. artment x AN Cannot delete Department that contains Sub Deparkments Please remove all the containing Sub Deparkments First zaNote Products cannot be deleted only moved from one sub department to another Figure 179 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 119 of 292 3 18 4 Modify Department Filters The filters in this module are very powerful and can be very helpful when moving products between departments sub departments The filters also allow you to narrow down the products that you are displaying for a certain department sub department For example if you are viewing the Baby department sub department by typing AVENT in the Description filter will limit the list to just AVENT products in the Baby department sub department Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 120 of 292 3 19 Storage Locations The functionality exists in LOTS to be able to allocate physical location identifiers to stock within the store theses identifiers are know as Storage Locations Storage location codes can be printed on dispensary labels for easy of stock location 3 19 1 Setting Up Storage Locations amp Allocating Products To Them 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Storage Locations 2 his will display the Storage Locations window as shown in Figure 180 LOTS Storage Locations Name Full Code A Bay 1 B1 B1 f
163. ash amount received Figure 27 e EFTPOS Enter in the EFTPOS payment for LOTS Integrated EFTPOS Credit Card refer to section 2 1 6 LOTS Integrated EFTPOS Credit Card e Cheque Enter in the cheque amount received e C Card Enter in the Credit Card payment for LOTS Integrated EFTPOS Credit Card refer to section 2 1 6 LOTS Integrated EFTPOS Credit Card e Other Use this field for all other payments e g bank transfer voucher etc Note You can also process a sale using 2 or more methods of payment Select the first method of payment and type in the amount applying to that field then simply use the arrow keys to transfer the rest of the payment to another field Press the plus key to finalise the Sale 4 After entering the desired amount in the field press the key a second time to display the change required 5 LOTS will open the cash draw and print a sales docket simultaneously Figure 28 6 Select the OK button to continue as shown in Figure 28 7 Alternately if the cash tendered is the exact amount simply press the F12 key to ring off the sale to cash in one step Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 30 of 292 2 1 5 Finishing A Sale Cash Out 1 To apply Cash Out to an EFTPOS sale manually add the desired amount onto the sales total For example if the customer wanted 50 cash out and the sales total was 18 30 simply type in the total of the two 68 30
164. begin to install see Figure 424 Figure 424 11 The install will then proceed to update the Database Layout o see Figure 425 Database Location Database to be Updated MESENNEPNSNESINSDNSNEENOINS Update Database Layout Source Database Updating Database Layout Figure 425 12 Once the Database Layout has been updated Eam DER the Upgrade Database window will appear see Figure 426 zaNote The database upgrade may take several Your database is being upgraded minutes depending on the size of your database Please wait a few moments Copying Table SalePayment Figure 426 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 288 of 292 13 When the Database Upgrade is Database Upgraded complete you will receive a confirmation de see Figure Finished upgrading database in 6 min 33 sec 427 Select OK to proceed J Original database can be Found in c ilotsbak Figure 427 14 You will then be brought to the Completing Setup LOTS 3l screen see Figure 428 Select PHARMA Completing the LOTS Setup Finish to complete the Dist m Wizard installation p is Setup LOTS Setup has finished installing LOTS on your computer Click Finish to exit Setup 15 The installation is now complete and you can now begin the program update installation on each slave computer Figure 428 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 289 of 292 14 4 Installi
165. bel queue will now display see Figure 149 3 To edit the labels select the Edit drop down menu at the top of the screen 4 The available options from this menu are e Insert Ins The Insert option inserts shelf labels directly into your shelf label queue e Delete Del The Delete option deletes labels from the queue e Select All Ctrl A The Select All option selects all of 7545 items in Shelf Label Queue Edit Insert Delete Del Select All Ckri A VAGINAL JELLY 1006 1 DMG T 5D Find CHHT EBM FOAM WASH 738948 ACNEDERM LOTION 242055 ACQUIN SMG T 30 242071 ACQUIN 10MG T 30 242128 ACQUIN 20MG T 30 659347 ACTACODE UNCTUS 100ML 540943 ACTIFED 2 5MG EDMG T 631352 ACTIFED CC CHESTY C 200ML 724211 ACTIFED CC DRY COUGH 100ML 725188 ACTIFED CC DRY COUGH 200ML 597317 ACTILAX MIXTURE 500ML 836908 ACTIZYME PELLET 450G 699233 ACTONEL SMG T 699446 ACTONEL 30MG T WAS ACTIE C oRAPHIE ANA T p Pack Retail Print Selected Labels Cancel Figure 149 the labels in the queue to either Add to Shelf Label Queue delete or print e Find Ctrl F Select Find particular item s listing in the queue 5 he Insert option this will display the Add to Shelf Label Queue screen as shown in Figure 150 6 Enter in an item description or a barcode to search for a particular item Select OK T The Select An Item screen will display as shown in Figure 15
166. ccess the Auto Specials This allows you to Add Edit or Delete an item from being on auto special Order Item Selecting the Order Item button enables you to add items to be ordered via the reorder file Note The items will only be added to the reorder file You need to ensure that when generating an order that you tick Add Reorders tick box Exit Pressing the Exit button will display a prompt asking Are you sure you wish to exit LOTS Stock Cards If you select Yes then LOTS Stock Cards will be closed If unsaved changes exist for the current stock card you will be prompted to save before exiting Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 101 of 292 3 10 Creating A Stock Card To add a new Stock Card 1 2 Stock Search Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu Search for gt Stock Cards Name PLU Barcode EBD From the Stock Search window Supplier Partcode select New Card as shown in Figure 144 A screen will be displayed asking you if the stock item will be Figure 144 dispensed as a drug select the Yes or No button accordingly A blank stock card will be displayed on the screen Key in all of the stock information making sure that you key in a PLU specify a Department and add in all Suppliers and their part codes as this is essential for ordering purposes Once you have finished click Save to save the changes Corum Health Services LOTS POS U
167. ccessfully Select OK as shown in Figure 419 x Note Corum has a backup solution Corum Backup to give you complete peace of mind that your valuable data is being protected Corum Backup will backup all your Corum applications in addition to other folders you may wish to backup such as documents and emails The backup will run automatically overnight and will send an email to Corum Support if the backup encounters errors or doesn t run Figure 419 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 286 of 292 14 LOTS Program Updates 1 When a Program Update is detected you will see Figure New LOTS Update Available 420 when you start up LOTS A new LOTS Program Update has been downloaded and is ready to be installed i ANEW PROGRAM UPDATE IS AVAILABLE 2 View Release Notes will display Release Notes in PDF format You will need Adobe Install This Update Now Reader installed to view the Select this option ta install this update Release Notes For now which may take a few minutes Install Now recommended information on how to install When you next restart LOTS on each Adobe Reader contact slave this update will be automatically Customer Support on 1300 installed 760 022 x Note The Release Notes can be Figure 420 printed from within the Release Notes window It is strongly LOTS Backup recommended that you print the Release Notes so all staff can read them and be familiar with new fu
168. ck Size Auto Manual PY CARPINE 3 EYE DROPS 15ML 1 o n4 1 5 E 053449 DISC SHIS STM DISTINGUISH MASCARA DS 15 00 057517 WATER FOR INJECTION SML AP Wor 057517 WATER FOR INJ PAS SML 5 1533 2 10 061669 JOBST SHEER T HI BGE SML 119377 53 25 061669 JOBST SHEER T HI BGE amp LG 119380 13 25 066761 FOMGITAR LIQ SCALP CLEANS 150ML 14 55 066761 ATHL SUSPENSORY 15 MED SUPREME 17 70 077429 THERMOMETER BASAL FERTILITY BD 17 05 077429 LYN DEO COLOGNE 100G s OGODOO 5 95 087066 CODRAL ORIGINAL COUGH COLD FLU CAP 24 13 45 087066 PROTEC VIT E CREAM 2506 9 95 185141 RIMOSTIL TAB 30 DISCONTINUED 30 65 095141 CATHETER 18FG SCC SILASTIC 18 90 Merge Options All Manual Proceed Print Exit Figure 165 ololololoalol lola So eso S oy aso a c ea o e amp he 8 his screen lists all stock cards that contain duplicated PLU s You have the option to choose to automatically or manually merge the stock cards The stock card that is to be retained appears in the white lines whilst the stock card that is to be deleted will appear in the grey lines By default any duplicates where both stock cards have zero stock on hand will be ticked to merge automatically whilst where one or both are active the Manual option is selected Tick the auto or manual columns if desired to select which stock cards you would like merged automatically or manually Alternatively select the
169. cked or Dead period that you have specified Dead Items are defined as items that haven t been sold for the period specified Over Stock Items CORUM HEALTH SERVICES T BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NUOTTING HILL VIC 3158 Fh 03 8541 5888 Fax 03 8541 6989 TradeHame BEROCCA PERF EFF ORI 46 HIFP SIFT TAGS UBRAINVISIB 10 WANS SUP POLAR SERENE TISSUES ZPL Corum Health Services Sub Dept Department Mths to Sell SOH Extn Cost Virtarnire cards Feminine hygiene Paper Prods Witamine cards Feminine hygiene Paper Prods pe 2425 qo 35 2 20 Total Extended Cost Total Required Cost 324 03 34 34 LOTS User Manual POS 234 of 292 Dead Stock Items CORUM HEALTH SERVICES T BUSINESS PARE DRIVE NUOTTING HILL VIC 3158 Fh 03 8541 5888 Fax 03 8541 6959 TradeHame 2 PEAS CANDLE BLOOD ORAN 2 PEAS CANDLE CUCUMB F 2 PEAS HOME SPRAY 1z5lL 2 PEAS LAUNDRY WASH SACH 2 PEAS LILAC UNEN WATER DISC 2 PEAS CLEAN SOOhL DISC 2 PEAS CUCUMBER BAT DISC 2 PEAS CUCUMBER BOD DISC 2 PEAS EAU DE FRANGIPA DISC 2 PEAS EAU DE VANILLA DISC 2 PEAS PUMP ATTACHMEM Sub Dept 2 PEAS IN A FO z FEAS IN APO 2 FEAS IN APO 2 FEAS IN A FO z FEAS IN A FO 2 PEAS IN APO 2 PEAS IN APO 2 PEAS IN APO 2 PEAS IN APO 2 PEAS IN A FO z FEAS IN A FO Department 2 PEAS IM A POD 2 PEAS IN A POD 2 PEAS IN A POD 2 PEAS IM A POD 2 PEAS IN A POD 2 PEAS IN A POD 2 PEAS IM A POD 2 PEAS IN A POD 2 PEAS IN A POD 2 PEAS IM A
170. club This will display the Add Gift window see Figure 395 6 Search for the stock item you wish to add to the list of Gifts Points Required 200 Note The gift you wish to add to the club gt must be setup first as a Stock Card Available to all Clubs T Insert the Points Required before the OF E customer will be eligible to receive this gift ee Ss x Note When setting up the Stock Card for the Figure 395 Voucher ensure that under the Pricing tab in stock cards that the GST Rate is set to 0 and GST the GST Type is set to Free to End Consumer ty Rate 0 Type Free to End Consumer see Figure 396 8 If you wish to set up various vouchers Figure 396 continue to add them to the GIFTS tab using the Add button w The point limits for this club have been exceeded 9 When aclub item is sold in Sales an icon indicates which items are club items The point limits for this club have been exceeded Baby club member rewrds with gifts 10 Upon sub totalling the sale a prompt Will Club TEUER BABY CLUB Ten 200 appear asking if this is a club sale Mame BILL SMITH Customer Points 230 Lifetime Total 780 11 Answering Yes prompts for the customer eeoa Ports Select Gifts name 10 VOUCHER 200 p TFE T Customers Gifts Points 12 Upon totalling the sale a window
171. clude items that have been dispensed and collected at the Point of Sale Include RX Sales When you select this option the report displays a monthly breakdown of the actual sales for the items selected This report also displays the Retail Price Stock on Hand Sales Month to Date and also for all months of the year At the end of each column the average sales for each item along with the total of sales for the entire year are displayed The last page of the report displays the total sales for each month from the selected search Unit Sales When you select this option the report displays a monthly breakdown of the sales in dollars for the items selected This report also displays the Retail Price Stock on Hand Sales Month to Date and the number Sales of sales for all months of the past year At the end of each column the average sales for each item along with the total of sales for the entire year are displayed The last page of the report displays the total sales for each month for each product When you select this option the report is generated reflecting the actual real cost of the goods sold The report also displays the Retail Price Stock on Hand Sales Month to Date and totals for each specified item for all months This is the real cost at the time of each sale multiplied by quantity sold per month for each specified item for each month of the year At the end of each column the average sales Cost of Goods for each item alo
172. d 117 pee sh 1151154 Figure 275 Create New Order 6 Use the Item Selection options f to filter for products you wish to Supplier to Order from order Alternatively by ticking the Supplier JAP OTC Items or the Dispensary Item Selection Items tick boxes you can specific what type of products you wish to place an order for Period to order for Until end of billing period 30 C Specify Period weeks Department C Blank Order Sub Department E E z Z Inclusions is C Replace Items Sold Stock Group iv OTC items iv Dispensary items Note For information regarding Reorders flagging stock items as OTC or Dispensary see section 3 4 3 Ordering Tab Rounding Threshold Quantity must be at least 50 Used for rounding order quantities more specifically applied to carton sizes and or minimum order amounts Cancel Exclusions iv Exclude Items with no sales in current month plus O months iv Exclude quantities already on order T Place a tick in the Add Reorders option if you would like to add your wholesaler s out of stock products to the order Figure 276 8 Select a Period to Order for by selecting either of the below two options e Until end of billing period e Specify Period number weeks Both these options will give you a suggested order which is calculated by LOTS looking at your current SOH Sales History and Expect
173. d or Dead 3 must select from either Overstocked or Dead items Figure 345 Fitters Beo Department By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you will be able to select a department from the drop down list Sub Department By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you are able to select a sub department from the drop down list You will only be able to select a sub department that is assigned to the department you selected If you have set up your stock cards with Product Sub Groups you are able generate this report via product sub groups By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you able to select a product sub group from the drop down list Product Sub Group By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you are able to generate this report via Supplier Once you have Supplier selected this option select the supplier from the drop down list The report will display over stocked and or dead items for the supplier you have selected Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 233 of 292 Fes Beo Item Name Suppress items where Cost SOH is less than Months considered overstocked or dead Over Stock Not Dead Items Dead Items By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you are able to generate this report for a specific item You only need to key in the part of the item name as
174. d when the Debtor Dispensing script is automatically charged Transactions Show Pharmacy If this option is ticked then the pharmacy name will be printed on the Name on Statement statements header Header Show Pharmacy If this option is ticked then the pharmacy name will be printed on the Name on Tear off remittance slip Slip Show Owners Name Prints the owners name on the statement on Statement Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 207 of 292 Opon Bein Pre Printed If you wish to use pre printed statements or statement templates tick this Statements option If you are using blank A4 paper it is recommended to untick this option Print Tax Invoice on Tick this option if you wish to print a tax invoice on the statement Statements If this option is ticked it will show the GST and the Balance when viewing the list of Debtors statements excludes current statement If unticked only the balance of the statement will be shown Show GST when Listing Non Current Statements Identify Individual Customers on Statements If this option is not ticked then the debtor statement will just print the name of the debtor at the top of the statement Although if this option is ticked it will use linked debtors to print the name of the person who was charged for each of their individual transactions Show Drug Name for If you wish to show the drug name for all the prescriptions on the patient s Prescriptions s
175. ded or deleted by several different methods Highlight the barcode you wish to remove then press the Delete key Likewise if you want to insert a new barcode simply press the Insert key when the barcode field is highlighted Right clicking in the barcode field will allows you to add or delete a barcode A barcode can also be added or deleted via the Edit drop down menu gt POS When selling an item that contains a POS message the message will flash up on Message the screen to prompt the staff to read it Simply enter your POS message in this field it can be up to 50 characters in length For example for cough medicines you could enter in a companion selling message Barcode Supplier Within LOTS there are no restrictions to the number of Suppliers that can be Partcode added to any particular stock items This listing of the suppliers also contains their Window part codes allowing you to easily order these products through LOTS Ordering If you prefer to order this product directly from the supplier or your representative you can mark the supplier as the Preferred Supplier Adding the suppliers name to the list of suppliers and indicating that they are the preferred supplier will do this By right clicking in the Supplier Partcode window you can select one of three options e Add Supplier Partcode e Modify Supplier Partcode e Delete Supplier Partcode These options are also available from the Edit drop down menu gt Supplier Pa
176. ditor e Amt of GST Paid If GST was paid to the creditor enter in the amount into this field e Date of Invoice What date did you receive the invoice This defaults to the current date but can be change to any past or future date e Supplier Name Enter in the creators suppliers name supplier Mame 4 When complete select Save Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 136 of 292 4 7 Edit Creditor Transactions 1 To edit a previously entered creditor s transaction navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Edit Creditor Transaction 2 This will display the Expenses window see Figure 201 There are two options to chose from e All Dates If you cant remember what date the creditor s transaction was entered select this option to list all creditor transactions Expenses Select Transaction Dates To Report C All Dates Date Range Start Date 17 Jul 2009 End Date 17 Aug 2009 e Date Range If you know Figure 201 when the transaction you wish to edit was entered select this Expenses option and enter in the date range This utility allows the user to view edit or delete any item from the creditors list Double click on any item in the grid below to modify Reference No Description Total Cost Total GST Paid Date Supplier Name 3 Once you have selected your option select OK 93805159 Invoice for Delivered Orde 394
177. e Search Criteria to filter for the stock cards you wish to change 3 Use the Category to Change to filter for the stock cards you wish to change to 4 For example if you want to change the all items in the Stock Group Baby Formula to the Product Sub Group Baby formula then you would follow the example show in Figure 190 le Change Stock Cards LOTS Change Stock Cards Search Criteria Category to Change Department V BABYCARE sub Department v BABYCARE aub Department M BABYCARE E Praduct Sub Group W BABY FORMULA Product Sub Group I ACNE Add Supplier stock Group W Baby Formula m Ramove Supplier supplier a BPPTYLID ss Preferred Supplier Item Name E Ll Manufacturer Comments hessadge Zera SOH Figure 190 Note Please be careful when using the Zero SOH option as zeroing your stock on hand cannot be undone It is recommended that a backup of the LOTS database be performed before this task is undertaken 5 Once you have made your selection s select Search Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 128 of 292 6 The Stock Cards to be Changed screen will appear Figure 191 showing every item that is about to be changed All items will have a tick in the Change column tick box by default If there are items listed that you do not wish to change remove the tick from the Change column tick box zaNote The type of change or changes ab
178. e e View POS Audit Trail Files This option will list the current POS audit trial file By double clicking on the file or highlighting the Figure 358 file and selecting View File it will display every POS action that occurred since the last POS audit trial file 4 The audit trials are identical in layout one just records Dispensary actions while the other records POS actions They both have five columns see POS report below e Action This might be New Script or New Sale e Date amp Time The exact date and time the action occurred e Staff Name This is the name of the staff member who performed the action e Computer This is the name of the computer that the action was performed on e Information This provides more information about the action For the action of New script it would list the Drug being dispensed and Patient and for the action New Sale it would list the item being sold and the cost and tender type Te Audit trail listing Point of Sale POSAUDIT LOG Date amp Time Staf Mame Computer Information BEROCCA PERFORM ORAN EFF TABS New Sale 544782 14 05 2008 11 35 43 AM Corum Health VICWIKSDUE PANACHE TALC 200GM ACCOUNT 149 55 BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 New Sale 544781 14 05 2008 11 33 50 AM Corum Health VICWWKSO06 POCKET FILE BANANA LIBLUE 1947 ACCOUNT 40 54 BR GILL SENSOR EXCEL G P New Sale 544780 14 05 2008 11 32 45 AM Corum Health VICWWKSO06 BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 ACCOUNT 18 54 B
179. e Sales History displayed is for the last 12 months only OLast Years Sales Bl Expected Sales for Month E MTD Sales BI Stock on Hand E Stock on Order Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug EXP 500 SOH Additional Information 1 5 You will retu rn to the Ed it 0 retail units on order 0 retail units owing to customers Order screen 16 Repeat steps 13 15 until Figure 284 you have added all the products that you wish to order 17 Once your order is completed select the OK button This will save the order and return you back to the Orders Main Menu 18 To modify this order refer to section 7 6 Modifying An Existing Order Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 179 of 292 7 5 Creating A Replace Items Sold Order A replacement order is an order containing all the products sold as defined by your selections zaNote It is not a predictive order it simply orders what was sold without taking into account your SOH or expected sales For generating suggested orders it is recommended you use the Until End Of Billing Period or Specify Period In Weeks order types instead for more information on these options refer to sections 7 3 1 Until End Of Billing Period amp 7 3 2 Specify Period In Weeks 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Ej Create New Order Menu 2 Orders Supplier to Order from Period to order for Supplier SIGMA Y Until end of billing period 30
180. e Figure 333 To zero your stock on hand refer to section 4 2 Bulk Stock Card Changes Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual Cancel 219 of 292 9 3 Special Stocktake The Special Stocktake module is normally only used by a third party stocktake company who wish to perform an external stocktake of your store and the read the stocktake back into LOTS Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 220 of 292 9 4 Scanning Stocktake A Scanning Stocktake is a quick and easy method of being able to modify stock on hand values This utility is useful for scanning items that are at hands reach and being able to quickly and easily amend stock on hand levels Stock Search 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities Search for 2 scanning Stocktake Mame PLU Barcode Eo 2 The Stock Search screen will appear as shown in Figure 334 From this ET point you can either scan the item key in the PLU PDE of the item or key Figure 334 in part of the description 3 Select the Search button to proceed mw Stock Details 4 When the item is displayed Figure 335 on the screen you can amend the stock Name IBEROCCA PERF EFF ORIG 45 on hand to be the Actual Stock on Hand m emo PLU 794594 5 his program also allows you to change the retail price which updates the stock SOH ng Retail 21 35 cards accordingly 6 Select the OK
181. e The Default Companion Text highlighted in yellow can only be w New Companion Text modified in LOTS Options This text is displayed on a Customer Display if connected when a sale item is selected that has a companion itern set up Use saleitem where you want the x Note When any companion text is sale item description ta be placed and companionitem where you want the modified this will modify the companion Spanien ftem description to be placed text on every stock card that uses it Ask us about specials with saleitem 10 To delete a companion text OK Cancel highlight the text and select Delete see Figure 140 Figure 141 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 99 of 292 Note By deleting a companion text this will remove that particular companion text from every stock card that uses it You cannot delete the Default Companion Text as this must be done from LOTS Options 11 To set companion text to your companion item simply highlight the text in Add Edit Companion Text Ask us about specials with Companion Text window and 4 saleitem click on Select Figure 142 Companion Text 12 This will close the window and display your selection in the Companion Text section see Figure 142 Note You can revert to the default companion text at anytime by selecting Use Default followed by Select 13 When a sale item is being sold the companion item window
182. e Stock List and Value report also has a Automatic Monthly Export module If you tick the Enable Automatic Monthly Exports option see Figure 343 then a report will be automatically generated at the start of each month prior to the Monthly Forecasting taking place These monthly reports are automatically saved to a folder called StockReports see Figure 344 The StockReports folder can be located by navigating from the LOTS Start Menu gt Reports gt Exported Reports Automatic Monthly Export Load and edit previously saved selections or save current selections to be used in the automatic monthly export performed Load Selections Save Selections Run Export Mow before Monthly Forecasting Click Run Export New to perform a manual export nov Monthly Exports are saved as CS files in Enable Automatic Monthly Exnarts V OTSExportedReportsvstockReports on Master y P Figure 343 1 Use the main screen to set the filters that you would like the monthly report to be based on Once set select Save Selections You will then be prompted to enter your Staff ID StockReports File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Qs QJ 27 C Search Folders i x Note Only one selection can be saved L d Address C C LOTS ExportedReports StockReports but this saved selection can be changed at E A eeano A A ile and Folder Tasks A x Microsoft Office Excel Comma any time by changing the filters
183. ecause your expected sales is 8 you will only be able to give the store 4 This is calculated by Stock on Hand Expected Sales 12 8 7 4 In this case you have set the percentage of your available stock to be supplied as 50 So 50 of 12 12 is your available stock is 6 If Include expected sales when calculating available stock is selected then you would subtract your Expected Sales in this case 8 from your Stock on Hand 12 which would make your available stock 4 5096 of 4 equals 2 Charge Options Ordering Options Include expected sales when calculating available stack Figure 72 1 Once you have defined your charge options identify the name of the account customer this will need to be set up previously in the Debtors module LOTS will then display details of their address and current balance see Figure 73 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 52 of 292 2 You are then required to enter in the stock items to be transferred and their corresponding quantities Scan or enter in the product you wish to transfer i Stock Transfer Corum Health File Edit Options GST Stat Account Name DOWNTOWN PHARMACY Address 7 BUSINESS PARK DRIVE peas NOTTING HILL 3168 i End Consumer Balance 1350 38 Charge at REAL COST ITEM us Ord EM Disc Ext els SOH a GST BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 154 50 PANADEINE TAB 24 pad Ad BANDAID FLURO STRIP 20 p22 72 SUN SENSE CREAM SPF 30 PLUS 100G 196 55
184. ect the product Discount F4 modify the price and then select E seid n the Price Change drop down menu Salespersc gt Change Price On Stock Card P ced auc Ee as shown in Figure 25 The shortcut for this option is Figure 25 Ctrl P Change Price On Stock Card Ctrl P A confirmation message will display asking you to confirm your permanent price change select Yes to apply the change This price will be changed on the stock card once the sale is finished GST is automatically added to all POS products according to the settings on the stock card though you can remove the GST by unticking the GST tick box zaNote Australian law clearly states that all PBS scripts cannot be charged GST Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 29 of 292 2 1 4 Finishing A Sale 1 Once all products have been scanned into the sale the transaction may then be completed simply by pressing the key located on the right hand side of the keyboard as shown in Figure 26 NUM CAPS SCROLL LOCK LOCK L CK i TII 2 3 b i Lee e A sipir cjHizik t ENOGOODOONBSHUEE Eau To Figure 26 1 2 a End l a Dr x el F 2 At this point the sale will be transferred into the Cash field 3 Key the amount of cash tendered into the Cash field or arrow down to the payment method s you require see Figure 27 The five different payment fields are e Cash Enter in the c
185. ed Sales for the month for more information on these options refer to sections 7 3 1 Until End Of Billing Period amp 7 3 2 Specify Period In Weeks 9 Select the OK button to generate your order 10 To modify this order refer to section 7 6 Modifying An Existing Order Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 173 of 292 7 3 4 Until End Of Billing Period Select the Until end of billing period order option to generate your daily wholesaler order This type of order is used for generating a daily wholesaler order It looks at the SOH and the expected sales per month for each item available from the selected supplier to determine what stock requires ordering In addition it also considers whereabouts in the billing month you are and takes this into account when ordering thus an order generated at the start of the billing period will be vastly different to an order generated near the end of the billing month At the beginning of the billing period the orders tend to be larger tapering off as the month progresses as LOTS considers the trading terms you have with your wholesaler and maximises the amount of time you have the stock in the pharmacy before you need to pay for it If you find that the suggested orders are a little too generous or conservative for your pharmacy s needs you can modify the liquidity settings for more information on this option refer to section 7 3 3 Liquidity Setting To
186. eipt Voucher Message Present this receipt to recive 10 off all Photographic Developing and Printing Valid 3 months from receipt date Description This is the message that will appear on the bottom of all POS Till receipts If you wish to apply a voucher or special offer to appear on the bottom of your POS receipts tick this option see section 12 1 to setup this feature This field will allow you to set an amount that the customer must spend in one transaction before the voucher special offer will be printed on the receipt If you wish to allow private scripts to be included in the Trigger Amount tick this option This is a message that will appear on all receipts that are eligible for the voucher special offer It is advised that you specify the pharmacy name voucher amount special offer and expiry date if necessary on the receipt Press Alt Enter to begin a new line LOTS POS User Manual 13 of 292 1 6 Customer Pole Display The tab Customer Pole Display allows you to enable your customer pole display and set your customer pole display till message see Figure 6 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole
187. ement Allow Overdue If this option is ticked this will allow you define and apply overdue changes to Charges statements Statements Use this drop down box to determine how many overdue statements 1 2 or Overdue Before a 3 are to be rolled over before charges are incurred Charge is Incurred Overdue Define the charges incurred Either a percentage interest per annum or a fixed dollar amount If you have selected Interest P A then enter in the interest rate to be charged calculated at each rollover dee If you have selected Fixed then enter in a fixed dollar amount to be charged to the account Estimate Overdue If ticked when viewing a debtor s current balance an estimate of the overdue Charges on Current charges accrued will display at the bottom of the list on the statement Balance Overdue Message This field will allow you to print an overdue message for example Account on Statement Overdue please pay immediately Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 210 of 292 8 9 Perform Rollover Performing a rollover is the process of aging debtor statements before Statement Date printing It concludes one statement period and brings the balance forward to the current period Current 30 Mov 2008 To perform a rollover on monthly statements 44 Oct 2008 31 Aug 2008 1 From the LOTS Debtors screen before rolling over the statements 24 luL2nna you need to make sure you choose the right statement da
188. ems in a certain Date Range SPECIALS REPORT CORUM HEALTH SERVICES T BUSINESS PARK DRIVE BOTTING HILL VIC 3158 Fh 03 8541 5388 Fax 03 8541 6989 Promotion Corum Catalogue From 07 03 2010 To 30 03 2010 PLU Item SOH Oty Sold Spec Cost Spec Retail GP Total Sales 917077 Bum SeG zINSIT TAB 100 3 7 33 12 85 096 0 00 571616 BEROCCA DRINK ORIG 250ML 3 3 2 15 3 50 34 13 00 571624 BEROCCA DRINK ORNG 250ML 2 1 40 00 3 60 100 3 60 794560 BEROCCA EFF PERF ORIG TAB 30 3 0 00 15 85 0 6 0 00 794584 BER OCCA EFF PERF ORIG TAB 45 5 14 35 22 85 0 6 0 00 640573 BER OCCA EFF PERF TAB 30 4 B 10 38 15 95 35 101 7 T35785 BEROCCA EFF PERF TAB 45 14 74 22 85 56 0 00 794556 BEROCCA EFF PERF TROP TAB 30 0 00 15 85 96 0 00 794556 BER OCCA EFF TROP TAB 30 14 71 24 28 96 0 00 794552 BER OCCA ORIG EFF TAB 15 5 55 3 35 95 0 00 917076 Bog GLUCOSAMINE 1500MS 30 5 14 27 123 85 O 0 00 507376 CETAPHIL MOIST CRM 100 13 5 20 5 35 95 0 00 631685 HLE 2046L 1 TETA SHINY TOCA GUNMETA 18 3 10 38 3 95 15 43 75 831583 HLE SHARPYISION GOLD BLACK 20 3 6 46 9 95 26 223 85 900870 MYLANTA 11 TABLETS 20 10 3 0 00 4 65 100 24 25 F28574 MARCAS BACK PAIN 24 TABS 0 00 85 35 96 0 00 Total 25 45 227 15 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 134 of 292 4 5 Goods amp Shelf Label Printing The Labelling program will allow you to bulk print labels goods o
189. enerate a report on all Panadol products you would select the Item Name option and key in Panadol as the product name The system will produce a report displaying all items starting with the word Panadol Select this option if you want to report via Units Sold for the Top Items Report the report will list the Trade name PLU Product Units Sold Group Product Sub Group and Units Sold for the specified search criteria including items that have been stocked have stock on hand and have sales history Select this option if you want to report on Top Worst Items Report via Sales Value for the top items sold the Trade name PLU Sales Value Department Sub Department Product Sub Group and the Value Sold for the specified date range will be displayed The value sold is the quantity sold multiplied by the retail price Select this option to generate a Top Items Report using profit The Profit report will list the Trade name PLU Department Sub Department Product Sub Group and Profit Excluding GST for the specified search criteria Select this option if you want to generate a report to reflect the Worst Return on Capital Items upon Return on Capital The Return on Capital is the List Cost multiplied by the Stock on Hand Product Sub Group Select this option if you want the report to be sor
190. ent Hire Deposit and Scripts Ask Price etc If this option is ticked the cursor will default to the Retail price field ready for you to enter in the correct price Seasonal This option is only selected in situations where the sale of specific products varies dramatically from one season to another e g suntan lotion in tourist destinations and allergy tablets during hay fever season and is used when generating orders as it affects the forecast calculations of Expected Sales for this Month Where expected sales are normally weighed towards the previous three months sales history marking an item as seasonal means forecasting will look at sales history this time last year instead Only Order if If this option is selected the item would only be included in an order if the Negative SOH SOH is less than zero The Order algorithms will order a quantity to bring the SOH back up to zero E g If the SOH was 2 then the quantity ordered would be 2 Re Order This option will always need to be selected if you wish for LOTS to include this product in suggested orders You can however still order the product manually if it is set to not re order but the system will never prompt to automatically reorder the item if it is not ticked This option is not ticked for items that are discontinued or for items you no longer wish to stock Price on Label See the Goods Label option above Allow Discount This option is to be selected if you
191. ent details it also shows the number the date and the balance of each statement You can view a statement by double clicking on it Stopped This option will display a list of all debtors whose accounts have been set to Stopped Credit Limit Exceeded This option will display all debtors who have exceeded their credit limit but whose accounts are not necessarily set to Stopped By Class or Institution This option will allow you to display debtors by Account Class or Institution When searching you will also have the option to exclude debtors whose accounts have a balance of zero Monthly Totals This option will display the combined debtor totals for each statement period Transaction Report This option allows you to view debtor transactions of either All Debtors Debtor by Name or Class Regardless of what option choose you will also need to select a date range Debtor Balances This option will display all debtor balances includes payments received and changes over the last three rollover periods This also shows the class institution that the debtor is associated with if any Non Zero Debtor This option will display all non zero debtor balances includes Balances payments received and changes over the last three rollover periods This also shows the class institution that the debtor is associated with if any Control Accounts This option displays all control accounts e g
192. er 7 6 1 Remove Preferred Suppliers T T Adding Items To An Order 7 8 Adding Unknown Items To An Order 7 9 Deleting A Product From An Order 7 10 Printing A Copy Of An Order 7 10 1 Print A Supplier Copy 7 10 2 Print An Internal Copy 7 10 3 Print A Fax Order 7 11 Transmitting An Order 7 12 Collecting an Electronic Invoice 7 13 Editing an Electronic Invoice 7 14 Order Delivering An Order 7 15 View Menu Options 7 16 Edit Menu Options 7 16 1 Change Supplier For Order 7 16 2 Add New Supplier 7 17 Reports Menu Options 7 18 Tools Menu Options 8 DEBTORS 8 1 Creating A Customer In The LOTS Database 8 2 Turning A Customer Into A Debtor Account Holder 8 3 Linking Family Members 8 4 Pay Account 8 5 Journal Entries 8 6 Options Statements Tab 8 7 Options Rollover Tab 8 8 Options Overdue Tab 8 9 Perform Rollover 8 10 Printing Statements 8 11 View Menu Options 8 12 Tools Menu Options 9 STOCKTAKE 9 1 Rolling Stocktake 9 2 Electronic Stocktake 9 3 Special Stocktake 9 4 Scanning Stocktake 9 5 PharmaScan 10 REPORTS 10 1 Exporting Reports 10 2 12 Month History Report Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 180 181 182 183 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 202 203 204 205 206 207 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 218 220 221 222 223 223 224 5 of 292 10 3 Stock List amp Value Report
193. er Lay By Payment window see Figure 85 zi Enter Lay By Payment Options Customer ADAM BLACKWOOD Salesperson Corum Health Lay By No 3 Payment Date 4 09 2008 Start Date 04 09 2008 Balance 47 00 Finish Date 04 12 2008 Message on Receipt 2nd payment statement Cancel Figure 85 4 On the left hand side of the Enter Lay By Payment window it will display the customer name and the details relating to the Lay By 5 Enter your Staff ID into the Salesperson field 6 Enter the amount the customer wishes to pay a minimum payment will be shown see Figure 85 T Inthe Total Payable field enter in the payment amount select the tender type and select OK zaNote The minimum payment displayed beside the Total Payable field in the Enter Lay By Payment is defined Lay By options Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 60 of 292 2 13 3 Removing An Item From A Lay By 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Sales gt Lay By 2 his will display the Lay By screen Enter the Customers name followed by the Lay By No to retrieve the Lay By 3 Once the correct Lay By is displayed highlight the item you wish to remove and select Remove Selected Item From Lay By as shown in Figure 86 Note If there is only one item on the Lay By this cannot be done and you will need to cancel the Lay By instead refer to section 2 13 4 Cancelling A Lay By
194. er will appear in the same format as a supplier copy Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 187 of 292 7 10 1 Print A Supplier Copy SAirr LE Edit Process i Stock Name Qty Pack List Cost Real Cost Retail Subtotal SOH PrefSupp 1 From the Ed it Order screen as BEROTEC INHALER 100MCG 1 1 22 x 0 00 3 98 wI shown in Figu re 295 select the BEROCCA EFF PERF ORIG TA 10 1 7 07 680 10 90 8800 22 BARRETTS DISTRIE 529893 NUROFEN 200MG T 12 12 278 278 8250 33 36 20 AMCAL SIGMA VIC Print Su ppl ler Copy button on PANADEINE 15 CAPLETS 12 1 398 3398 545 4778 Wr VENTOLIN CFCFREE INH 200 580 580 1040 56960 the bottom of the screen MYLANTA12 HOUR 150MG TA 12 1 569 569 845 55828 2 529 16 2 he copy of your order will print out to your reports printer 3 After you have selected the Print Supplier Copy button the system will prompt you to mark the order as being Ordered API Totals 7 323 08 320 14 5484 00 EBL rinown tems Transmit Order 4 Select Yes to proceed Eax Order Prnt Supplier Copy Print intemal Copy Remove Preferred Supplier x Figure 295 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 188 of 292 7 10 2 Print An Internal Copy 1 From your Edit Order gt Edit Order 28 Edit Process screen as shown in Figure S Stock Name Qty Pack List Cost Real Cost Retail Subtotal SOH PrefSupp 296 select the Print
195. erated and any additional items have been added the order needs to be printed and given to the supplier or transmitted electronically An order can only be transmitted from a computer that has been set up for electronic ordering 1 From the Orders screen select the press order you wish to transmit by File View Send Receive Edit Reports Tools LOTS highlighting it 2 Select the Transmit button I g i Supplier Date Time Staff Value Status It will start to electronically transmit SIGMA 224 00 Ordered the order to the selected wholesaler x Note You can also open the order and select the Transmit Order button 3 Once the order has been sent you will return to the Order screen and LU the Status of the order would Figure 299 have changed from New to Ordered as shown in Figure 299 x Note for wholesalers that are not set up to transmit electronically you need to change the status manually To do this you need to select the order so that it is highlighted and choose Edit Mark as Ordered or right click and choose Mark as Ordered Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 191 of 292 7 12 Collecting an Electronic Invoice 1 Toocollect an electronic Invoice from the Orders screen simply select the order you wish to collect by highlighting it 2 Select the Invoice button POLS File View Send Receive Edit Reports Tools LOTS LOTS may display items
196. erge file in your word processing program or printed Corum Health Services as Clubs Reports File View Print Modules LOTS Club Transactions for CLUB MEMBER 02 04 2008 14 30 REV HI amp DRI A P R O 75ML 02 04 2008 14 31 REV HI amp DRI A P R O 75ML GIFT LOYAL CUSTOMERS GIFT BODY LO 300 02 04 2008 15 00 REV HI amp DRI A P R70 75ML 02 04 2008 15 01 REV HI amp DRI A P R O 75ML GIFT LOYAL CUSTOMERS VOUCHER ISSU 200 02 04 2008 15 25 CURASH BABY PwDR A RASH 100 02 04 2008 16 13 LC CONC E LONGUE TEN AMBRE Figure 409 LOTS User Manual POS L4 Export to File 1 LOYAL CUSTOMEF 1 LOYAL CUSTOMEF 1 LOYAL CUSTOMEF 300 1 LOYAL CUSTOMEF 5 1 LOYAL CUSTOMEF 5 1 LOYAL CUSTOMEF 200 1 BABY CLUB 1 PHARMACY CLUB 45 AZL Print Current h ime Report SA Exit 279 of 292 11 12 3 Club Analysis 1 To perform a Club Analysis report select View gt Club Analysis 2 Within the Club Analysis section there are different types of reports you can obtain depending upon the information that you enter in 3 The first tab Members figure 410 allows you to search on various member filter s to produce a report zaNote For example produce a list of everyone residing in a particular suburb who s having a birthday in a particular month or who is about to reach the next trigger 4 The second tab in Club Analysis see Figure 411 enables you to report on club activity
197. ering options for the item The business rules for Carton Size amp Order Multiple are as follows e If the Carton Size is greater than 1 and the Order Multiple equals 1 then the order quantity is rounded to the nearest carton size e Ifthe Carton size is 1 and the Order Multiple is greater than 1 then the order quantity is rounded to the nearest order multiple 1 Access the Supplier Partcode IB Modify SIGMA Product Details window from Stock Cards Edit SIGMA drop down menu gt i z Mame Fartcode Supplier Partcode gt Modify BEROCCA PLAIN EFF 15 701011 Su ppl ier Partcode see Fig ure Ordering in retail units Must be ordered in multiples of 5 but must order more than 10 1 32 User Settings Preferred Supplier I Order Multiple 15 Min Order Qty 3l Supplier Settings Note The Supplier Partcode window Order Multiple Min OrderQty 10 can also be accessed by double clicking Carton Size 1 on th e su p pl ie rname Changes to these supplier settings will be overwritten when a price update is run for this supplier Pricing Level Quantity Price Effective Stat Effective End z 102009 STANDARD 2 The Name field is the description EU STANDARD of the product as set by the eee alla ake p y 19 02 2009 STANDARD supplier This gets automatically populated by the price update or RPM if a head office site Created on 19 04 2009 Last updated on 19 02 2009 Cancel Figure 132
198. erts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details start Menu Figure 11 Option Always create an account Prompt to create an account default Never create an account Charge scripts automatically Prompt to charge to an account Corum Health Services Institution Accounts When a patient is first linked to an Institution Always create an account f Prompt to create an account default C Never create an account iw Charge scripts automatically Prompt to charge to account New accounts will be set up as own account credit limit of 0 00 no limit allow shop items on account allow prescriptions on account Description Select this option if you want an account to be created automatically as soon as you assign a patient to an institution Select this option if you want a prompt to appear asking you if you want to create an account for this patient as soon as you assign a patient to an institution or not Select this option if you do not wish for an account to be created for patients who get assigned to an institution Tick this option to charge all
199. es include Bulk Stock Cards Changes Special Pricing Labelling functionality and much more 4 1 Group Price Changes The Group Price Changes utility enables you to make group changes of prices These can be performed for changing markup changing retail by rounding retail prices and changing prices for list cost real cost and retail 2 Group Price Changes Use the search criteria to filter for the item you wish to change Search Criteria Price Change Options 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start a Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Sub Department C Change Retail by fo Stock Utilities gt Group Price Product Sub Group Round Retail Prices Changes Stack Group Change Prices T i List Cost 2 This will display the Group RN Price Changes window see Item name I Real Cost Figure 188 V Retail 12 95 3 Use the Search Criteria options to define the products you wish to change then use Figure 188 the Price Change Options to define what price changes s4 Group price change for 6 Items of stock you want to make pe PELi List eae ES New Mk New Retail ui BEROCCA PERF OF 7 80 12 95 4 For example If you wanted to BEROCCA PERF OF 13 86 12 95 h B d t BEROCCA PERF RE 9 00 12 95 C ange a erocca pro UCIS BEROCCA PERFOR 12 19 12 95 to have a retail of 12 95 you BEROCCATROPICA 1338 11 14 1 14 50 would tick the Item Name tick box and type in Berocca You would
200. ete Security Levels LOTS will not allow you to delete a security level that has staff members assigned to it To be able to delete the security level check you must remove all staff members by changing their security level 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu select Tools gt Utilities gt Staff Utilities gt Edit Security Levels 2 This will display the Security Levels window see Figure 237 3 To delete a staff member highlight the staff member you wish to delete then select Delete 5 This will display the Delete Security Level prompt see Figure 238 x Note You can not delete the Administrator security level Ja Security Levels security Level New Modify Delete OK Figure 237 Delete Security Level 3 Are you sure you want to delete this Security Level Figure 238 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 157 of 292 5 4 Diary Function 5 4 1 Activating Diary Alerts The Diary functionality has been integrated into LOTS to allow pharmacy staff to send messages to each other based on the recipient s staff ID x Note Diary Alerts can be used between LOTS stores and head office via RPM 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Options gt Diary Alerts 2 In the Diary Alerts tab select Enable Diary Alerts see Figure 239 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Diary Alerts Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts
201. f Sales 2 The 12 Month History sub Department p screen will be displayed NOBIS EIDQUS roduct Sub Group see Figure 338 C 8 Gross Profit Supplier 3 Use the filter to define you Stock Group Sort By search options You will also need to define what LUI VA UP Item Name you want to report on using Active Stock Only I c ALU the Show History as hdssedee mM options 4 Finally choose to sort by Item Name or PLU Cancel 5 Select OK to generate the Figure 338 report Each filter is defined below a Den Department By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you will be able to select a department from the drop down list Sub Department By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you able to select a sub department from the drop down list You will only be able to select a sub department that is assigned to the department you selected If you have set up your stock cards with Product Sub Groups you are able to filter this report via product sub groups By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you able to select a product sub group from the drop down list Product Sub Group Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 224 of 292 Fe Bein By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you are able to filter this report via Supplier Once you have selected this
202. fication to be taken directly to the LOTS Product Update window Figure 250 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 163 of 292 6 3 Performing The Price Update 1 To perform a Price Update agency or wholesaler navigate from the LOTS Main Menu gt Tools gt LOTS Updates gt Price Update zaNote If you are a Head Office site you will receive the following message see Figure 251 You should check with your Head Office to see if you should be running your price updates 2 his will display the LOTS Product Update screen see Figure 252 3 If you do not order through PharmX then the first time you open the LOTS Program Update the screen will be blank 4 Tolink new suppliers click on the Show All button this will display the Matching Suppliers window see Figure 253 5 After selecting Show All you will then need to link the Corum Defined Suppliers to your Local Suppliers by clicking in the Local Supplier field see Figure 254 Corum Health Services Head Office Detected All products maintained at your RPM Head Office will revert back with your next Head Office transfer Are you sure you want to continue Figure 251 LOTS Product Update aE Listed below are the suppliers currently set up to process price updates A New File In order to process a price update your local supplier must be linked to a Select the supplier t
203. for the instance by information e Sale ID POS Audit Trail Only This allows you to e Payment Type POS Audit Trail Only This allows you to search for the instance by payment type e g EFTPOS CASH CHEQUE etc 4 Once you have set your search options select OK to view the results To revert back to the full Audit Trail use the binocular drop down arrow and select Show All Items Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 258 of 292 11 Clubs LOTS offers many additional features that take Point of Sale beyond simple sales and stock control LOTS Clubs is a powerful marketing tool that can greatly enhance the profits and margins in any business A customer loyalty club is a marketing feature within LOTS Clubs are a very powerful means of marketing for a pharmacy Invitations to club member only special showings of new ranges that they use with a free gift can bring in up to 75 of the people mailed A cosmetic oriented pharmacy can increase its turnover by 1596 from using clubs enthusiastically 11 1 Before Creating A Club Before you set up a Loyalty Club you must have a clear plan of your objectives e What products are to be included in the club e Will issue a gift a voucher or provide a discount e What will be the trigger for a discount gift or voucher redemption e What conditions will apply to the club e Are all my staff familiar with the club s objectives and procedures Throughout this
204. from the wholesaler and additional invoices have been returned in that electronic collection For example if an order was placed over the phone to the Wholesaler these will be delivered to your LOTS system as an additional acknowledged order Reorder This is when a wholesaler cannot fulfil an order and the system generates another order which may consist of all the out of stocks and items that are on back order You can also place items on re order manually by selecting the order item button in stock cards see section 3 9 Stock Card Menu Buttons Items in the re order file can be incorporated into a new order when created Delivered To be able to view completed orders and orders that have been delivered from the main Orders screen select the View drop down menu and choose the option of Completed This is when an invoice has been order delivered and the ordering process is complete This order will disappear from the current Orders screen in both the Orders and Invoices tab Backorder Indicates to LOTS that these products have been placed on backorder and will be placed into an order with status Backorder When backorder stock is released the Additional Acknowledged invoice will match to the appropriate product in the backorder file and remove it Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 172 of 292 7 3 Creating An Order An order can be created from any computer it does not need to be sent fro
205. g all uncollected scripts ie View Delete Uncollected Scripts Script Patient Name Address Drug Price Private 526554 JOHN CITIZEN 123 PHAM STR 30 LIPEX 10MG T 32 85 Mo Delete Print Exit Figure 114 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 76 of 292 2 16 2 Set Up Customers for Direct Charging 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu TUNE Help LOTS gt Sales gt Options drop down list gt ScriptLink gt Set Up Customers view Delete Waiting Scripts for Direct Charging see Figure Receipts After Sale 115 Cash Drawer Enabled Touch Screen Enabled 2 This will display the Set Up Customers from ScriptLink window 3 To setup a customer for direct charging select the Edit gt Add Customer see Figure 116 4 This will display the Person Search window Figure 116 see Figure 117 LU Person Search A Person Search 5 Enter in the details of the person you wish to set for direct charging and select OK ee 71 Address Institution ALL INSTITUTIONS 6 Once selected the patient will be shown in the OK Cancel Set Up Customers from ScriptLink window where you will need to enter in the customer Figure 117 patient number from their dispense program into the Account No filed see Figure 118 Doing this will link the patient from their S Set Up Direct Charging from ScriptLink dispense program to LOTS POS File Edit Name Address Accou
206. g down the Ctrl key click on the agency you wish to retain as shown in Figure 57 Figure 56 m Agencies 3 Select Merge Medi Bank Medibank Private Red Cross Appeal Indonesia Figure 57 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 45 of 292 2 7 4 Delete An Agency 1 To delete an Agency select the Edit sw Agency Payment button as shown in Figure 58 Figure 58 2 From the Agencies screen w Agencies highlight the agency you wish to delete Figure 59 3 Select Delete Add Rename Merge Delete Exit Figure 59 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 46 of 292 2 8 Paid Out The Paid Out module is to be used for instances where cash is to be taken out of the cash drawer for minor purchases e g to top up petty cash 1 To record pay outs select the Paid Out option from the LOTS Point of Sale screen as shown in Figure 60 2 The Paid Out screen will appear Figure 61 enter the e Salesperson This is your saff ID Figure 60 e Description Enter in a description of I aap what the payment is for Paid Out e Amount Enter in the amount Salesperson Pharmasol Note All three above fields are required iption Milk and Coffe 3 To complete the transaction select the OK button to open cash drawer and print a receipt Figure 61 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 47 of 292 2 9 Printing Addit
207. ge Options or press Ctrl O Choose the particular Account Class that you wish to setup and select the price to use when Charge Options Ordering Options j i Price to be charged charging see Figure 71 oat e Retail naa e List Cost x List Cost E Real Cost e Real Cost Lx e Ave Cost y 1 Ave Cost Other options in this tab allow you to e Include RETAIL on Invoice This option will add an extra column to the tax invoice displaying Surcharge on price 0 the product s retail price e Exclude from sales figures this will not include the stock transfer sales in your sales figures i e End of Day However the SOH will be reduced Stock transfers are itemised separately on the EOD Report x1 Exclude from sales figures Figure 71 Furthermore you can add a surcharge onto the price ofthe EPa T items being charged using the Surcharge on price field Account Class The Ordering Options tab see Figure 72 will allow you to pharmacy include or exclude expected sales when calculating available stock This only applies to shop to shop transfers via modem where the transfer is performed automatically Therefore when you process an order from another store via stock transfer if this option is ticked if will take into account your expected sales for the current month If your e Stock on Hand 12 Allow 50 96 of available stack e Expected Sales 8 to be supplied e Request from other store 10 Then b
208. gg on the sales receipt when this staff fe e Staff ID Enter in a unique staff ID No two users can have the Staff Mame same staff ID e Password A staff member s Staff ID password is their primary security measure and also Password defines the amount of functionality available to them security Level Junior via security levels It is essential that all staff members ok Cancel kept their passwords confidential e Security Level This allows you to select one security level from the list LOTS comes with four default levels Administrator Manager Senior and Junior but more can be added deleted For more information on security levels refer to section 5 3 Edit Security Levels 6 Once you have entered in changed the staff members details select OK Note You can also print a list of the staff members by selecting the Print option Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 149 of 292 5 1 2 Modify Existing Staff Member 1 Corum Health Services Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu select Tools gt Utilities gt Staff Utilities gt Modify Staff This will display the Modify Staff window see Figure 227 To modify an existing staff member highlight the staff member you wish to modify and select Modify This will display the Add Edit Staff Member window see Figure 228 Modify the field or fields that you wish to change If you change the passw
209. h Corum Defined Sub Department Note however that the choices you make now will be stored in the system for future updates Select a local subdepartment for each Corum Defined subdepartment Corum Defined Local LOTS System Sub Department CLARINS MISC Department Sub Department OTC PHARMACY OTC OPEN FOODS CREAMS amp LOTIONS POWDERS SHAMPOO amp OILS VITAMINS BABY GENERAL AIDS BOTTLES FEEDING NONE NEW SUB DEPARTMENT A THERAPIES ANTI OBESITY A THERAPIES HEALTH amp SPOR A THERAPIES HERBAL SUPPLE A THERAPIES PRACTITIONER C A THERAPIES PRACTITIONER C NUIT Figure 262 Select Sub Department The list below shows all the Corum defined subdepartments used by items which are about to be added to your system If you would like the items contained in this update to be imported into particular subdepartments within your system please choose the local Sub Department for each Corum Defined Sub Department Note however that the choices you make now will be stored in the system for future updates select from a list of your defined sub departments as shown in Figure 262 Select a local subdepartment for each Corum Defined subdepartment Corum Defined Local LOTS System Department Sub Department Sub Department CREAMS amp LOTIONS POWDERS SHAMPOO amp OILS VITAMINS BABY GENERAL AIDS BOTTLES FEEDING TEATS amp SOOTHERS DISPOSABLE NAPPIES ACCESSORIES amp TOYS NONE BABY MOTHERS AIDS NONE
210. he GST tick box Figure 20 will be ticked if you select 0 the GST tick box will not be ticked x Note Once you complete the sale it is recommended that you navigate to LOTS Stock Cards and add the unlisted item This way the next time that you need to sell the item you can simply scan it in or select it from the Stock Search window To add a new stock card refer to section 3 10 Creating A Stock Card Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 27 of 292 2 1 2 Discounts A discount may only be applied to products that have the Allow Discount checkbox ticked in the products stock card If this is the case a discount may be applied to all by using the function keys F4 Standard Discount F5 Special Discount or simply by typing in the desired discount in the Disc field as shown in Figure 21 zaNote Discounts will not be applied to prescriptions unless turned on in LOTS Options refer to section 1 3 Discounts For Sales 1 A dollar discount may be applied instead of a discount Simply type in the sign and the amount you wish to discount into the Disc field as shown in Figure 21 LOTS New Sale File Edit View Sale Price Change TotalSale LOTS Salesperson Pharmasol Customer Stock Item Quantity Retail Disc Subtotal GST EGO SUNSENSE ULTRA 500ML 30 1 36 95 10 33 26 oO CALTRATE TAB 600MG 60 1 11 75 2 00 9 75 wv Figure 21 2 F3 Is a Variable Discount that allows you to
211. hes between the loaded images every so many seconds as defined in the Show images for lt gt seconds each field LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details start Menu Figure 7 Option Idle Images full screen New Sale Images half screen Add Remove Move Up Corum Health Services Customer Display All images are stored in LOTS POSImages on the Master PC Images are displayed as a slideshow on the Customer Display screen Idle Images are displayed in full screen in the order shown below New Sale images are displayed in the order shown below when entering a New Sale or Returns and appear below the list of sale items Idle Images full screen New Sale Images half screen Image File Name Idle Image Preview Idle image ratio is 4 3 800x600 pixels Show images for seconds each Description This tab allows you to set the full screen images you want to be displayed when the screen is in idle not being used The ratio for idle images is
212. however that the choices you make now will be stored in the system for future updates Department window Figure 261 will appear if you have new products to Department Sub Department Sub Department process SKIN CARE amp MEDICATION HAND amp BODY CARE NONE This window will allow you to define SKIN CARE amp MEDICATION CLEANSERS NONE sub departments for new products to be allocated to Corum Defined Local LOTS System Figure 261 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 166 of 292 19 For the purpose of grouping similar products Corum has classified each product into a Department and Sub Department These are displayed on the left hand side of the window 20 If you would like the items contained in this update to be imported into particular sub departments with your system please choose the local sub department for each Corum defined sub department 21 To link on of your defined sub departments to a Corum Defined one double click in the LOTS Sub Department field This will display a drop down box allowing you to ANALGESICS ANALGESICS BABY BABY BABY BABY BABY BABY BABY Select Sub Department The list below shows all the Corum defined subdepartments used by iterns which are about to be added to your system If you would like the items contained in this update to be imported into particular subdepartments within your system please choose the local Sub Department for eac
213. ier e g Arrow In situations like Edit Gift Triggers this you could change the Point Value field to 5 Trigger JAPI 7 We suggest that you leave 7o Point Value i Points Related to retail Points x retail Discount on Sale at zero 0 unless your club type is a Yo Discount an sale o discount club 8 Press OK to save Exclude this item from club Figure 365 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 262 of 292 9 You can continue to add additional suppliers to the list by selecting the Add button again 10 When adding any trigger to a club you will notice the option called Exclude this item from club see Figure 366 Ticking this option permits you to exclude a particular trigger from a club For example you may want to exclude products from Faulding earning points 11 The excluded supplier will be shown in red strikethrough text see Figure 367 w Edit Club Triggers Club Mame Trigger value BABY CLUB 0 Trigger Type Supplier Points are used exclusively Message Edit Gift Triggers Trigger Faulding Excluded from Club iv Exclude this item fram club Figure 366 12 Press the Exit button to save and exit Clubs Clubs Triggers File Edit LOTS 1 Triggers 2 Members 3 Reports Club BABY CLUB Triggers Suppliers Trigger Value C Greater than C Multiples of None E Exclu
214. ies more specifically applied ta carton sizes For example if the minimum order quantity of a and or minimum order amounts particular item is 10 and the system generated order quantity is 7 then because is more than Figure 279 50 of the minimum order quantity 10 will be ordered In the above case all quantities above 50 i e 5 and above will be ordered and quantities below 509 will not be ordered Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 177 of 292 7 4 Creating A Blank Order To create a blank Order 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Orders 2 The Orders screen will be displayed select the Create menu button 3 The Create New Order screen will then display as shown in Figure 280 4 Inthe Supplier field select the supplier that you wish to use by selecting them from the drop down list provided 5 Under the Period to Order for field select the Blank Order option 6 You will notice that once the Blank Order option is selected all options under the Item Selection heading will become greyed out 7 Select OK to proceed generating your order 8 Your blank order will then display on the screen as shown in Figure 281 9 To add items to your blank order select the insert key The Stock Search window will display as shown in Figure 282 10 Type in the PLU description or scan the barcode of the E Create New Order Edit Peri
215. igure 326 Current 5 3 ISO ionic 31 May 2010 ou also have the option to 30 Nov 2003 e Print All Statements Selecting Print All Statements will print 31 Oct 2003 all the statements for the statement period you have selected 30 Sep 2003 e Print Current View Selecting Print Current View will print the 31 Aum 20na debtor list as shown in the window oe 31 Jul 2003 e Print Selected Statements To print individual statements from a statement period highlight the debtor s statement s and then 30 Jun 2003 select Print Selected Statements 31 May 2003 30 Apr 2003 3 You can also print by class or institution using the By Class or Institution option from the View drop down menu tiha Perform Rollover Un Print All r Statements Bs Print Selected et Statements fa Print Current View Figure 326 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 212 of 292 8 11 View Menu Options The below options can be selected from the View drop down menu Overdue gt 2 Statement This option will display all debtors who are two statements over due Overdue gt 3 Statement This option will display all debtors who are three statements over due This Statement This option will display the highlighted debtors statement for the Statement Date period Statements for this This option will display a list of every statement for the selected Account debtor Along with some pati
216. imultaneously if desired 7 Once counted you are able to correct the SOH in the Actual SOH column as shown in Figure 329 8 Once you have entered all of the correct stock on hand figures choose the Save SOH Values button or alternatively select the Save SOH amp Clear Stocktake button if you have completely finished working on that rolling stocktake 9 Updating the correct SOH value in this column will update the SOH in the stock cards 10 To continue with the next section of the products in the same Department Sub Department Supplier or Stock Group continue steps 1 9 Select the same Include option All Stock or Active Stock Only the number of products you wish to display the filter but this time change the Starting Point to End of Last Stocktake hence rolling stocktake This will generate the next 60 products 11 Continue this process until every product in your selection has been completed Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 217 of 292 9 2 Electronic Stocktake The Electronic Stocktake allows you to use a handheld device PDE machine to perform your stocktake 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Electronic Stocktake 2 his will display the Stocktake window see Figure 330 You will need to setup your handheld device select the Settings drop down menu to do this 3 Selecting setting will display the
217. in Figure 45 Returns 2 This will take you to the Return of stock screen You will be L_ prompted to enter the transaction date or the receipt invoice Figure 45 number that needs to be entered before you can proceed 3 Key Scan in the product s into the Stock Item field as you would for a new sale 4 The Quantity Retail and Total values will be negative to display a return of stock and a refund of money as shown in Figure 46 5 To finish the return press the Plus key choose the refund tender type then press Enter to open the cash drawer Return of stock File Edit View Sale Price Change TotalSale LOTS Salesperson Pharmasol Customer Stock Item Quantity Retail Subtotal GST EGO AQIUM GEL 1 LITRE 1 18 30 18 30 1 4 95 4 95 O GST Status TOT AL End Y Consumer TO LOOK UP AN ITEM Enter the BARCODE PLU or description of the item or type in RX followed by the script number TO TOTAL THE SALE PRESS Abandon Sale Figure 46 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 40 of 292 2 6 Exchanges The LOTS Sales module can also easily handle exchanges 1 2 To exchange an item in LOTS simply navigate to the New Sale screen Enter in the product s you wish to return and if necessary the product s you wish to purchase For each product they wish to return enter in a negative quantity into the Quantity column see Figure 47 Tender the sale as
218. in option on the Till Recon Enable Cash Lift Reminder window is Enable Cash Lift Reminder Once this option is ticked you must Remind when cash in drawer reaches 2000 00 choose one of two options either Remind at this time e Remind when cash in drawer reaches This will prompt you to perform a cash lift when the money in the till reaches the specified amount see Figure 106 Ww Enable Cash Lift Reminder e Remind at this time This will t Remind when cash in drawer reaches f prompts you to perform a cash lift at e the specified time see Figure 107 Remind at this time 2 00 PM Figure 106 7 Once the options are set select OK Figure 107 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 72 of 292 2 15 2 Cash Lift Drawer Swap A cash lift is an operation whereby cash is removed from a trading register to a typically more secure location There are two ways in which this can occur partially cash lift or completely drawer swap zaNote It is necessary to perform a cash lift before performing till reconciliation 1 From the LOTS Sales screen l t Cash Lift select Cash Lift Select Register Select Cash Lift Type Note If you set a cash lift VICWKSO06 f Cash Lift reminder you may be prompted to Last Cash Lift 15 02 2008 11 54 AM do a cash lift Coins E Individual Total 2 his will display the Cash Lift 5 window see Figure 108 Se oS 175 00 26 3s 41
219. ing Print Receipt Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 83 of 292 2 17 4 View Sales On Hold 1 From the LOTS Point of Sale screen LOTS Point of Sale navigate to the View drop down menu File Edit view Reports Options Help LOTS gt Sales On Hold as shown in Figure 128 Display Other Days Sales Display Last Months Sales Bv Unit Display Specific Receipts This function allows you to view all sales alec Sales On Hold on hold the date they were put on hold and which staff member placed the item on hold Price Check Chrl Figure 128 You can then Retrieve or Abandon the sales as you normally would do for sales on hold Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 84 of 292 3 Stock Cards Each product OTC items and Drugs have their own stock card Stock cards contain all relevant information relating to this product Product name list cost retail price suppliers PLU number are a few examples of these details The information on these cards can be accessed changed at any time 3 1 Accessing Stock Cards amp Stock Search Each stock item requires a stock card Search For which is a card in LOTS that contains a Mame s PLU Barcode range of information on each product To access a Stock Card Supplier PartCode 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Stock Cards Mew Card Shelf Figure 129 2 The Stock Search window will display as
220. ion is ticked then new stock cards will not be allowed to be of new stock cards created This option is often ticked for sites connected to a Head Office Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 8 of 292 1 2 Pricing The tab Pricing will allow you to define all of the POS pricing options see Figure 2 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Pricing Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP Up Down Nearest None Up Down Nearest CMI Printing Rounding POS Rounding Dispense ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing Single Price script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing C Retail Stockcard Discount Price PBS Online POS C Retail Club Member Price POS Options 8 Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options Brema E POS Receipts Label Type Thermal Roll 31mm x 25mm 3a x 1d Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details Start Menu Prices on Goods Shelf Labels Retail Recommended Retail Figure 2 Option Description Rounding POS This section allows you to set the rounding rules for all of your POS transactions Up Down or Nearest 5 cents zaNote The ACCC strongly recommends that POS and Dispense rounding is set to Nearest Rounding This section allows you to set the rounding rules for all of yo
221. ional Receipts If you wish to reprint a receipt for a previous transaction select the relevant transaction from the list in the LOTS Point of Sale screen 2 Once you have selected the transaction by highlighting it Print either select the Print Receipt option as shown in Figure 62 or press the R key Receipt Figure 62 3 Alternately you can double click on a sale from the list of today s sales to see a preview of the docket on the screen without printing You then have the option to print if desired by clicking the printer icon ve Note You can print out a receipt that was processed on a previous day To do this navigate to the LOTS Point of Sale screen gt View drop down menu gt Display Other Days Sales gt keying in the appropriate date dd mm yy of the sales that you wish to view and selecting the OK button Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 48 of 292 2 10 Account Sales The Account Sales option allows you to add a sale to a customer s account by a single key stroke 1 To place a sale on a customers account simply enter in the sale items then press F6 Pressing F6 will take the cursor to the Customer field located at the top of the screen see Figure 63 Enter the Figure 63 account customer s name and press Enter 8 Search for Person First Name Family Name Address ADAM BLACKWOOD 123 PHARMACY STREET 2 The Search for Person 2 MISS JACKIE B
222. iple of 3 assuming 3 across labels all the whole rows are printed The remaining labels will be held in memory and printed when either subsequent labels are requested or the Stock Cards module is exited Shelf Labels Selecting the Shelf Labels button advises the system that at a later time you wish to print out a shelf label for the product This facility enables you to queue multiple shelf labels in the labels printer and print them out in batches when you wish to instead of one at a time The shelf label queue can be found by navigating from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Print Shelf Labels Stock In This function can be used for entering in bonus stock from a supplier Enter the quantity coming in modify the Real Cost and the Total GST Paid and then select the OK button This will update the SOH to reflect this amount and the average cost will be recalculated to reflect these bonuses for this product Note For bonus stock the Real Cost and GST will need to be set to zero Branches This button is only activated for sites that are part of a head office set up with a head office and branches If this button is activated it allows you to view various pieces of information for all of the branches e g SOH Sales History and costs for particular items depending on rights set from Head Office Add Special Selecting the Add Special button is a shortcut way of being able to a
223. ispensary Label Layout window as shown in Figure 185 z Dispensary Label Layout Fields Field Details Field Name xcd Pavone Nan No lines 1 Pela jo dd mmm yy Date Dispensed 8 25 20 8 mm from Left Bald Black NHS Code 28 25 15 26 Rana Tok s Italic C Red Approval Number Centered C Yellow 50 mm max Narrow C Blue 45 25 15 Add Delete Font size Only Print an Blank Labels Label 5ize a Width Height i Main Label Position Top 31 Bottom 56 P dd mmm yy DNHS Cod Approval SafetyMet Re Num and F Lett 10 Right 58 satan DRUG Nune 2000 aci COO rug Name Barcode Position Sosa SOS aa Ses SOS M Dn NHS Co au Left p9 Top 3 DX SS nt e Rx Mum 0 00 Pat SECEDE EN NUN UN EEE UN NUN RR Pha ddimrmnwy Options or 0 00 i Drug NarnessgRAX Blank Labels Fix MUS deir iv Bald Patient Mame Pha C amp A Cod Include Patient Price Fated mp REC He pA ie RERO D W Include Barcode Use Small Barcode Label Roll Direction ee amp E Restore Default Undo Restore OK Cancel Figure 185 3 Inthe Fields section of the window select Add 4 Clicking Add will create a blank row in the Fields section and clear out all values in the Field Details section 5 From the Field Details drop down menu select Storage Location See Figure 186 rz E Dispensary Label Layout EI Field Details Field Marne Y Storage Location Mo lines
224. isplay listing all products that anu ListCost Real Cost SOH Real contain the string moxil in the re description as shown in Figure ZE OLS c TI 161 64749 L DPS 100MG ML 20ML 4 13 640607 OXIL DUO 1000MG T 16 29 011767 OXIL FORTE SYR 250MG 5ML 100M 3 00 831719 LINJ 16M 12 89 096584 OXIL POWDER SACHET 36M 229 w Note This wildcard search can also be used in the Sales Module 011676 OXIL SYRUP SF 125MG SML 100ML 243 rugs Use the Up and Down arrow keys to scroll Press 1 9 to select an item when searching for products rese eee n B Active Stock Figure 161 IO o I cm Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 111 of 292 3 16 Merging Duplicate Stock Cards Merge Duplicate Stock is a program whereby you can merge two duplicate stock cards in your database You can search for duplicate stock cards that have the same PLU Price Look up Number Partcode or Description Alternatively you may manually select two cards to merge It is recommended that you perform the Merge Duplicate Stock utility on a weekly or fortnightly basis to maintain your stock cards efficiency and save yourself time zaNote The Merge Duplicate Stock program can ONLY be performed on the LOTS Master 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Merge Duplicate Stock Confirming Major Wholesaler Eg vo Is SIGMA your cu
225. isplayed as shown in 7 Figure 290 E Select an ltem from the list below PLU Name Pack Manu List Cost Real Cost Retail 677751 BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 1 BAYER F EN aBa meas 20 4 15 9 124 20 9 468776 124 i 20 9 BAYERF 739 589 124 246921 BEROCCA S F PERF TROF 1 BAYER F 12 67 10 09 To select press 1 9 or double click For next group press 0 or PaDn p group p Cancel Figure 290 9 Highlight the product that you would like and select the OK button alternatively you could also press the enter key to select the product Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 183 of 292 10 Once you have selected your product the Edit Item screen will display as shown in Figure 291 11 Key in the quantity you wish to order and then select the OK button Note The Sales History displayed is for the last 12 months only 12 You will return to the Edit Order screen 13 Once your order is completed select the OK button This will save the order and return back to the Orders Main Menu Edit Item ies Name PDE EN BEROCCA PLAIN EFF 30 794560 Ordering in Retail Units List Cost Markup Real Cost Markup GST Retail Carton Size Order Multiple Qty Total SOH History Supplier Pricing Sales History for the last 12 months in packs Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug EXP SOO SOH L Last Years Sales Bl Expected Sales for Month E
226. ist 2 The will display the LOTS Report Stat Date 10 05 2009 End Date 10 06 2009 Engine window see Figure 355 3 Select either a date range or an End Of End Of Day OR SELECT M Day period Level of Detail For each End Of Day 4 Then select the Level of Detail you Report Type Details of Receipts wish to show either e For each End Of Day This will show the results by End Of Day This option is commonly used for Figure 3505 date ranges that span several End Of Days e For each Sale This will display each sale individually 5 Finally select the report type you want displayed either e Details of Receipts This will show you how payment was made for each transaction e g Cash Cheque EFTPOS etc e Summary of Receipts This will display whether the transaction was a non account account or agency sale 6 When complete select OK to generate the report Bank Reconciliation Report Details of Receipts Date From 11 05 2007 Date To 11 06 2007 For each End Of Day End of Day Details of Receipts Integrated EFT Debit Visa Mastercard Bankcard Sub Total Amex Diners Other CC Total EFT Manual EFTPOS Service EFT Provider 11 05 2007 3 954 55 3 227 17 7 181 72 12 05 2007 1 216 65 2 241 98 3 458 63 13 05 2007 103 20 d d d i d 337 31 440 51 1405 2007 2 234 05 i J i i 2 976 39 5 210 44 15405 2007 1 956 62 A 4 d 1 A 2 991 01 4 947 63 16 05
227. k cards that have had a barcode scanned accidentally into the Product Name line within the Stock card Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 108 of 292 3 15 2 Using The Symbol When Searching For Products By using the symbol in your product searches it will display all products that contain the criteria that you put after the symbol For example if you type in Gift then the search will be reduced to all items that have the word gift anywhere in their description 1 From the Stock Search amp Stock Search Screen type in a 96 symbol into the Search For description field Type in Name PLU Barcode I GIFT the criteria afterwards that you would like to search C oU for As an example we will search for all description UPI that contain gift as shown in Figure 158 2 Select OK to begin the search Figure 158 3 The search results will Select an Item from the list below display listing all products that contain the word gift i 307957 BABY GETS amp ACCESSORES i inen AS SNOWY IN Figure 159 207367 GFT e 208650 Git Voucher h mE Notes This widcard search Bor INNOXAGET t 1217 0 00 20 10 908404 LEWINNS 24HOUR GIFTSETD N 80 83 000 12450 Cana SO be use d In th e S al es Drugs Use the Up and Down arrow keys to scroll through the choices a Inactive Stock OK Cancel Active Stock To select Pres
228. l 103 of 292 3 12 Producing Shelf Labels For A Stock Card In LOTS you have the ability to produce a shelf label for any item that has a stock card To produce a shelf label for a stock card a Stock Search 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Search for Stock Cards Mame PLU Barcode NENNEN 2 The Stock Search prompt will display Supplier Parteode as shown in Figure 148 3 Use the search options to find the stock card you are after Figure 148 4 The items stock card information will be displayed on the screen 5 Select the Shelf Labels button 6 A prompt will display telling you that the label has been added to the Label print queue Select OK Handy Hint This facility enables you to queue multiple shelf labels in the labels printer and only print them out in batches when you wish to instead of one at a time T To queue additional labels use the Search button to find the products you are after and select the Shelf Labels button Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 104 of 292 3 13 Editing The Shelf Labels Queue LOTS allows you to edit Shelf Labels before they are printed to save wasting label stationery The labels can be viewed and or deleted directly in the print queue before they are printed To edit your shelf labels 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Print Shelf Labels 2 Your print la
229. l Aug Osales WFurchases If you place your mouse over one of the bar graphs additional information will be displayed see Figure 10 3 2 The information displayed is e Purchases This is the value of the purchases for the month as represented by the red bar e Sales This is the value of the sales for the month as represented by the yellow bar This is calculated by using the retail price at the time of the transaction e GP This is the gross profit in dollars GP Sales Ex GST Real Cost e GP This is the gross profit as a percentage GP GP Sales Ex GST 100 Sales vs Purchases urchases 26 79 cales 37 25 P 15 01 GP 40 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 90 of 292 3 2 1 Pricing Tab Fed Description List Cost Excl GST Wholesaler s worst buy price for the product not including GST this may not necessarily be true for Head office sites This is used as a basis for recommended retail pricing as your list cost and the mark up creates the Retail Price This will usually change every few months when and if your Wholesaler increases or decreases the price List cost is updated via price updates and depending on your options may be updated when supplier invoices are downloaded Head Office site may receive list cost prices from their Head Office depending on their options Real Cost Excl GST Actual price paid for the product not including GST i e
230. l be removed from the order so that LOTS can of these reasons are listed below learn to order mare correctly please indicate the reason it has been removed e The item isn t required at this time This will remove the item from the order just for today This item may come up for t Wrong Supplier Should be reorder the next time you enerated an order nini Supplier Should be t The Stock On Hand is incorrect it should be You can select an alternative Da not order until 01 Feb 2008 supplier in the drop down menu for this product Once selecting amp the new supplier this product 7 Px E will be removed from the current order you are editing Check the Figure 294 changes that happen to the stock card when selecting this option It will remove the orders supplier from the stock card and add the correct supplier e This item has been Discontinued Never order again If you select this option the item will be removed from the current order you are editing and the Re order option in the stock card will become unticked As this option applies the item will never be automatically ordered via LOTS however you will be able to manually add the item into any order This is also the case for discontinued which you can t add so strictly its not the reason e The Stock On Hand is incorrect it should be You can fix up the actual stock on hand in this field and removing this line from the order e Donotorde
231. lar department sub department will display totals for each individual product in that department sub department You can drill down further to view the particular product individually Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 240 of 292 Using the Date Range option the report shows Product Name Quantity sold Total Sales NHS value This is the number of times this item was sold during the date period GST amount The total GST for the item during the date period The total sales revenue for the item during the date period The total NHS sales revenue for the item during the date period od Gross profit The gross profit as a percentage for the item during the date period Stock value This is the stock value for the item calculated on real cost Stock on hand This is the current stock on hand for this item Return year The return per year on this item in dollars This is calculated by Total Sales number of days in date range selected 365 Stock Value This is the product description and only populated when drilled down Gross profit The gross profit as a dollar value for the item during the date period The return per year on this item as a percentage This is calculated by Qty number of days in date range selected 365 SOH Return year Department Report 06 Dec 2007 to 06 Jan 2009 CORUM HEALTH SERVICES T BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NOTTING HILL VIC 3158 Fh 03 8541 6988 Fax 03 8541
232. le to filter your criteria by Department Sub Department Product eles Re Order Yes No Sub Group Stock Group Supplier Item MALUS eu Ask Price YesiNo Name and or stock items with or without Discontinued Yes No a Barcode 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start ENSE Search Exit Menu to Tools gt Utilities gt Stock F 168 Utilities gt Stock Card Options Mus 2 The Setting Flags screen will be displayed as shown in Figure 168 This is where you set flags Stock Flags for all the stock card options Update Re Order 3 Use the filters to allow you to set ROC dicii ix ud dd flags for a specific group of stock Ask Price Allow Discount cards T Seasonal Shelf Label 4 The flags relates to your Stock Only Order if Neg SOH Discontinued Flags tab in Stock Cards see Fi 1 Figure 169 gre Tes 5 Once you have set your filters Wi Setting Flags 14626 items select the flag you wish to Trade Name PLU Department Sub Department Barcode Labels change Then click Search ANGEL XMAS DECORATIONS SILVER 782914 XMAS DECORATIONS XMAS DECORATION No YES ANGOLA SHOPPING BAG BROWN 798101 acland holdings acland holdings No ANGOLA SHOPPING BAG GREY 798102 acland holdings acland holdings No ANGORA GLOVES BLK BEG LILA CLAR Cl 797372 handbags scarves gloves handbags scarves glc No i i i i 6 The Setting Flags window will be ANGORA SCARF BLK BRN BEIGE 342BL 797370 handbags scares gloves handbags scarves glc displayed
233. lection to all items with an Invalid POE Figure 307 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 198 of 292 7 16 2 Add New Supplier The option will allow you to add a new supplier to order with Once you add a Supplier Name add other details if applicable you must select Save before you can set the Advanced options The Advanced Settings have two tabs The first tab is General Options Figure 308 this tab allows you to set three different options e Cost Price Include GST When collecting an electronic invoice from you wholesaler the 10 GST is removed so that the correct prices are added to the stock card for list real and retail if ticked e Order using barcodes Tick this option if you would rather send the barcode of your product to supplier than Partcodes The second tab is Price Update Options Figure 309 this tab will allow you to set two different options e Update list cost If you want your list cost to be updated when receiving an electronic invoice tick this option You must then choose to either change the retail price to match the markup or to recalculate the markup to match the retail price e Update Real cost Tick this option if you want the Real cost to be updated when receiving an electronic invoice The Settings tab allows you to set your order details based on the connect type you select To set these options for your supplier please contact Corum
234. lp ensure that staff order products from the correct supplier 1 Determine if any preferred suppliers are indicated in the preferred supplier column Note You may wish to sort the order by the preferred supplier column by clicking in the column heading so that you can view all the products from each preferred supplier together 2 fthere are any products from a preferred supplier that you do not wish to remove from this order you simply highlight them by clicking with the mouse 3 Select the Remove Preferred Supplier button You will be prompted to select which supplier s you wish to remove 4 After selecting the supplier s you wish to remove if any preferred supplier lines were highlighted you will be prompted to retain then in the order Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 182 of 292 7 7 Adding Items To An Order To modify an existing order BB eit Order 16937 dt Eroni CUSTOM SUPPLIER 111 t 1 l F Dencriptsan A y List Gost Rial Cost t GST Frtail Subtotal SOH Prefered Supplies 1 x N aV l g ate fro m th e LOTS 2a ARIN ANTICEUANT DAY CRIM Soh 1 EI 588 EXL A3 EU E35 35 240 44 dr AKIN BODY WASH LAVENDER 22 2 7 10 47 10 E71 12 50 14 20 Sta rt M e n u gt Ord e rs Ju AMIN PURE EMERGENCY GEL YS 1 1124 7 i12 Ta 11 5 i 5 i 47 fs Z7 ALCHEMY DU LAGRASS SHRP Z pTLA 1133 11 os fel be ALCHEMY DUO LAY SHMP AVG 7 nis 11 33 1 13 mag 73 31 I ALCHEMY DUD LAY SHMP MAL 1 J 11133 1113 i13 11955 A
235. lub have been exceeded Baby club member rewrds with gifts Club Name BABY CLUB Club Limit 200 Name BILL SMITH Customer Points 430 Lifetime Total 780 Select a Gift Paints Select Gifts BABYLOVE NAPP Usiue Cube BABYLOVE NAPPIE BABYLOVE CRUISI Clear Gifts Select Other Gift 7 Later Figure 392 Note If you wish to select another gift item that is not listed press 0 to select a different gift 13 Select Now to issue this gift now Select a citt BABYLONE MAPP zn 14 Select Later to issue this gift later if the customer wishes for points BABYLOWE NAPPIE 200 to continue accruing 15 When the gift is issued this is recorded on the customer s receipt BABYLOWE CRUISI 50 Select Other Gift Figure 393 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 272 of 292 11 9 Loyalty Club With A Voucher Click on the Multiples of and key in your trigger amount For example when you spend 200 you get issued a 10 voucher 1 Create a club and set up club triggers refer to section 11 5 m Trigger Value Triggers C reaterthan Multiples of 2 Set the trigger type to Multiples of see Figure 394 None 3 Setthe trigger value to be the minimum spend for a gift to be Figure 394 issued 4 Click on the GIFTS tab to setup the gift s w Add Gift 5 Press the Add button to add a gift to the Club BABY CLUB 10 VOUCHER ain ream k
236. m Department Products 1642 SOH 1181 00 Value 31 380 50 Description LU SOK LitCost RealCost ACTIVITY FUN WATER TEETHER ALWAYS LEARN 3 STACKTABLE ALWAYS LEARN CUP HANDLES ALWAYS LEARN FEED BOWL amp SP ALWAYS LEARN FORK amp SPOON ALWAYS LEARN TRAIN BEAKER j ALWAYS LEARN WEANING SPN 1 AMOLIN BABY BATH 200ML AMOLIN BABY CRM 100G 1 AMOLIN BABY CRM 50G AMOLIN BABY LQUID TALC200 A AMOLIN BABY MAS MOUSE 150G AMOLIN BABY SHMP 200ML AMOLIN BABY WIPES 80 U SCENTED AMOLIN BABY WIPES U SC 160 1p ANYWAY UP MIX amp M LID 2PK AQ BABY SKIN CREME 50ML AVENT 044 TWIN THERM BTL HOLDR 11 AVENT 12063 EXP MICRO STER O AVENT 158 3M SIL STH N TME 2P 11 AVENT 158 SOOTH LTX 6MTH PLN AVENT 207 BC MAGIC TALC 125ML 1 AVENT 301 KIT BAG BLK 11 AVENT 302 URBAN BAG TWN FLAP AVENT 303 URBAN BAG TWN FLAP 907333 663776 663646 663689 663913 663662 664219 612739 043505 060525 736413 736405 612721 617001 911737 711004 847145 030858 794628 754811 912716 912687 914430 908653 914426 HE Product Sub Group F Corum Sub Department F 7 Figure 172 3 Select the sub department you wish to move products from 4 Highlight the products you wish to move then drag and drop them into the sub department you wish them to be placed in Note You can also use Cut Ctrl X and Paste Ctrl V options from the Edit drop down
237. m Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 121 of 292 8 Selecting Add Stock will open up the 9 Stock Search Stock Search window as shown in Filter Figure 181 Name PLU Barcode v supplier PartCade 9 Use the filters to help select the product UPI you are after Once added they will show up under the location Department aub Department Praduct Sub Group 10 To print a list of the locations select Print supplier stock Group Active Stack Only 11 If you want to print a list of the locations and the stock associated with them select Print Stock Listing 12 Selecting Print Stock Listing will ask you to chose the level of detail see Figure 182 either e No Breakdown This will show each product and its SOH Max Qty Facing and Unique Code e By Sub Location This will show each product and its SOH Max Qty Facing and Unique Code by sub location Figure 182 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 122 of 292 3 19 2 Applying A Stock Locations To A Stock Card You can also set up the code of the item in Stock Cards 1 Navigate to Stock Cards via LOTS Start Locations Menu gt Stock Cards Location Code Facing Max City Fosition 2 When in Stock Cards search for the product and go to the 2 Stock Flags tab 3 Inthe Location section of the tab Figure Figure 183 183 click on the plus symbol 4 Clicking on the plus symbol will display the Location
238. m the Master computer To create an order 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Orders 2 The Orders screen will be displayed as shown in Figure 275 Ae ee sendfheene far Pepa fea LOTS T4 rake pen Tpanaedt Wetec Diriats baer es Supple CUSTOM SUPPLER 200 Reorder AP ARI API API API CUSTOM SUPRPLIER 141 CUSTOM Supe ER 111 Shiela API SRS SMA SOMAT CUSTOM SUPPLER T ees M recie Frames DateTime 27 Now 13 53 17 Dec OF 11 058 31 Dee OF 1354 31 Dec OF 1532 00 Jam OB 15 48 OC Jan DB 15 42 i Jan 0a 0345 D Jan 05 0946 03 Jon 05 OR T zb twm 1551 iz New DG 10 24 TE Hir De 11202 tz Jan 0 115r zr Martes 14 35 DB Apr US 14 02 nc Merge ST TANYA TANYA hobe Generated JESSICA JESSICA JESSICA Whnblersler Generated CATHERINE CATHERINE Hots Corum Heath Corum Heath Corum Heath Corum Heath Corum Heath Tetal valug Sates Ar 753 49 Ordered 3 601 73 Roonter de4 82 AdditionalAcknowhedse 1 100 88 Acknmwiedged 12414914 Acknmaledqed 14242 Acknmledqud Eara Addtionalacknowtiedged 452 d3 Ordered 4l E 30 Hee fp Nee 305 70 Dack Cindered 2010 11 Hee SAC OD Ordered 411 14 New il TOO et Undead 3 Select the Create menu button 4 The Create New Order screen will then display as shown in Figure 276 5 Inthe Supplier field select the supplier that you wish to use by selecting them from the drop down list provide
239. member costs in invoice are ex GST e Check retail prices making changes if necessary xNote If your LOTS system is connected to a Head Office you will also have a N I S Nett into Store column indicating the price entered via Deal Sheet Your cost price will be coloured green matching red N I S exceeds real cost or blue N I S is less that real cost You need to compare these values to the real cost and take whatever action as directed by your Head Office with regards to exceptions 4 Order deliver your order line by line and when complete select Order Deliver as shown in Figure 304 This will update the products SOH and Cost in stock cards 5 Before the Invoice is completed you will be prompted to key in the Expense Details as shown in Figure 305 It is important that the total Cost ex GST and Amount of GST paid is correct for reporting purposes It is also important that the Date of Invoice is entered as the date on the paper invoice supplied by the wholesaler NOT the day of processing Corum Health Services Order Deliver Figure 304 LOTS POS User Manual EH Matched Bl Under Supply NE No Supply Le Price Change Bill OverSuppty E Delivered BE Additional tems HE To Follow C3 Deliver iw Update Prices Highlighted Items Enter Expense Details Invoice Details Invoice Reference No Cost 22 40 i27 Feb 2008 Save Exit Amount of GST Paid Date of Invoice Fig
240. menu or by right clicking on the product see Figure 173 Corum Health Services Close Modify Department Sub Department File Edit LOTS POS User Manual D Figure 173 Ctrl s Ctrl Delete Select All Ctrl 4 Create Mew Department 117 of 292 3 18 2 Add Edit Department Sub Department 1 To add or edit a department sub department Modify Department Sub Department navigate from the LOTS Main Menu gt Tools gt Utilities Stock Utilities 2 Modify Departments File Edit Undo D Chr z 2 o add a new department or sub department select Create New Department or Create New Sub Department depending on the one you want Select All Chrl 4 to create see Figure 174 austen becker Create Mew Sub Deparkment Figure 174 Delete Note You can also right click in the Department Sub Department window Department Sub Department and select New gt Department or E93 BOOKS FICTION New Sub Department see Figure 175 CJ CLARINS BLUSHERS amp HIGHLIGHT a ELP Delete 3 To rename a department or sub Rename department right click on the department sub department select Rename and then type over the text see figure 176 Department Sub Department 4 To move a sub department highlight CS BOOKS FICTION Secus epa Mn id 9 CLARINS BLUSHERS amp HIGHLIGHT move then drag and drop it over the department you wish it to be placed 2 CLARINS EYE amp LIP MA
241. move Figure 379 select either 3 Private _ Private scripts Supplies Sub Depatment Stock Items Scripts only e NHS NHS scripts only Figure 378 e All Scripts Both Private and NHS scripts m Script Trigger 4 Select OK 5 Ifthe Point Value is set to 1 and the Points Related to retail Points x retail option is ticked Figure 380 then the system will equate 1 00 to equal 1 point enabling you to track club members total spending Figure 379 6 Do not tick the Points Related to retail Points x retail va Note If you wish to give more points to people who purchase scripts then you can increase the value in the Point Value field T option if you want the sale of an item to count as 1 point For example Edit Club Triggers your club might be Buy five baby products and get the sixth baby product free In this instance the sale of an item only needs to count as one point rather than the dollar value Edit Gift Triggers Trigger PRIVATE Club Name BABY CLUB Trigger Type Scripts Trigger value O Points are used exclusively Message Discount an Sale T We suggest that you leave 9o Discount on Sale at zero 0 unless Exclude this item fram club your club type is a discount club OK Cancel Press OK to save Figure 380 Press the Exit button to save and exit Clubs Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 268 of 292
242. n Receint Date Tire Stat T Payment Type 5 The Running total End of Day SU ipfe 459PM Fma TU Manual EFT P P 5r6010 1 amp Feb S07 PM Fran B TILL Manual EFT report will load see Figure 94 STEMI 19 Feb 504PM lan Taor TILL2 Credicard press the Print or Exit button sos ires sorpM lan Taylor TU i WHO 14Feb xU PM Fran B TILLZ to continue EA 19 Feb S08 PM Fran B TILL2 SENS 19 Feb S10PM SUSAN M TILL etie 19Feb S11 PM SUSAN M TILL 575017 13Febp S12 PM lan Talo TILL 5r6018 19Feb SISPM Fran TILL Figure 94 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 68 of 292 2 14 3 Closing Off Tills Z Reading 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Sales gt Reports drop down menu gt End of Day as shown in Figure 95 2 The End of Day Report scree displayed see Figure 96 3 To close off a single till select the till you wish to close off from the list of tills under the heading Current End of Day Then under the heading Selected Till select Close off zaNote You may be prompted to reconcile you tills Select Yes to reconcile or No not to reconcile 4 The End of Day Report will be displayed as shown in Figure 97 Simply press the Print or the Exit button to continue 5 Ifthe till you are closing off is the last to be done then you will be prompted to print out a combined End of Day report as shown in Figure 98 6 Select Yes if yo
243. n hand reflects the same figures in your stock cards How to perform a Stock List and Value report 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Reports gt Stock Reports gt Stock List and Value 2 The Stock List Report screen will be displayed as shown in Figure 339 t Stock List Report Filter Report Based On Department List Cost Average Cost C Real Cost cub Dlepartment Robotic Dispensing Filter Product Sub Group fe chowAll Stock Group show robotic dispensed items only displays SOH from robot Supplier C Show non robotic dispensed items only Item Marne Sort By Active Stock Onl ctive Stock Only TradeName Ascending PES Reform Cat Grouping Group by No Grouping Exclude negative SOH Exclude negative costs Automatic Monthly Export Load and edit previously saved selections or save current selections ta be used in the automatic monthly export performed Load Selections Save Selections Run Export Mow before Monthly Forecasting Click Run Export Mow ta perform a manual export now Monthy Exports are saved as CSV files in C Enable Automatic Monthly Expartz V OTSExpartedReportzvstackReports on Master pred y E Figure 339 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 229 of 292 3 This gives you the option to specify whether to generate a report based on a number filters including Department particular Item Name You can also choose to include Active S
244. nclude Include Completed Orders Include Current Orders Date Range Supplier Product Staff ID Greater than Order No Invoice No Filter Order Invoice Display Completed Orders Invoices iv Current Orders Invoices Date Range Fram 01 08 2009 To 12 08 2009 Supplier BPPTYLTID e Product P PLU barcode or description Staff Annette Greater than nal Order Mo PO Invoice Mo PO Cancel Figure 306 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 196 of 292 7 16 Edit Menu Options The below options can be selected from the Edit drop down menu Opin Bein Delete Order This will allow you to delete any order that has a status of New Merge Order This will allow you to merge any two orders that have any status other than Ordered If you merge together two orders with different suppliers the merged order will not be set with a supplier Mark as New This option allows you to mark any order with a status of Ordered or Back Ordered to New If you want to delete an order with a status of Ordered you will need to Make as New before you can delete it Mark as Ordered This option allows you to mark any order with any status of New or Acknowledged to Ordered Mark as Acknowledged This will allow you to mark any orders that have any status other than Reorder to Acknowledged Change Supplier for Order See section 7 16 1
245. nctionality 9 Please ensure you have run a backup before installing this update Vo f Install update now 3 After viewing the Release Notes the update screen Figure 421 will reappear with all three options still active Figure 421 Note The following steps only relate to the Install Now option on a Program Update 4 Install Now If you choose Figure 422 Install Now you will be prompted with a warning ensuring that you have ile Setup LOTS erformed a backup see ure 422 P gt PHARMASOL Welcome to the LOTS Setup g l LOTS Wizard Dispense This will install LOTS upgrade for LOTS Point of Sale and LOTS Dispense on your computer 5 If you have performed a backup proceed by selecting Y tis recommended that you close all other applications before Yes continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup 6 After selecting Yes a warning will appear asking you to ensure you are out of LOTS on EESTE all machines see Figure 423 Installing Please wait while Setup installs LOTS on your computer Note It is also advised that you close all other applications running Extracting files on your PC before performing the age ee update COUT igure 4 7 Once you have checked that you have exited out of LOTS ona 8 The Setup LOTS window is the Corum Health Services 9 Select Next to continue 10 The program update will then
246. nformation Retail 0 retail units on order 0 retail units owing to customers e Qty e SOH Figure 287 Note Do not enter your new invoice list and real cost here New costs from new invoices are entered into the Invoice Analysis prior to order delivery for more information on order delivery refer to section 7 14 Order Delivering An Order 8 Once you have made the required changes to the product select the OK button to save and go back to the order that you are editing 9 Repeat steps 6 8 to continue editing products in your order as required 10 If you are finished with your order select the OK button to save the changes to the order Note By selecting Cancel you will lose all the changes you have made to this order Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 181 of 292 7 6 1 Remove Preferred Suppliers When editing an order you will note the last column Preferred Supplier This column indicates which supplier if any has been marked as the preferred supplier for this item in Stock Cards doe more information refer to section 3 7 Supplier Partcode Window Note If your LOTS is connected to a Head Office the Preferred Suppliers may be set up and maintained by your head office The Remove Preferred Supplier button is an instant way to remove from an order all the products that are preferably ordered from a different supplier This feature is a powerful tool to he
247. ng LOTS Program Update On Slaves 1 OpenLOTS on your slave com puter Install Update 9 A LOTS Program Update has been downloaded and is ready to be installed on this PC tu 2 You Will be prom pted With the Click OK to install now or Cancel to quit Install Update message see r cancel Figure 429 Select Ok Figure 429 3 he slave will then copy the installation files from the Master computer as shown in Figure 430 Copying Installation File to this computer One moment please Figure 430 4 After the files have been copied do is Setup LOTS Setup Wizard screen will be displa fiiia 3 PHARMASOL Welcome to the LOTS Setup 5 Click the Next gt button to LOTS Wizard continue Dispense This will install LOTS upgrade for LOTS Paint of Sale and LOTS Dispense on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to eat Setup Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 290 of 292 6 The next screen to appear will be the LOTS installation screen Installing as S h own In F 9 ure 432 Please wait while Setup installs LO TS on your computer C Extracting files CALOTS LOTS exe Figure 432 7 Once the install has been S Update Database Layout completed the Update Database Database Location Layout window will be displayed as shown in Figure 433 Saranane i
248. ng with the total of sales for the entire year are displayed The last page of the report displays the total real cost dollar value of sales for each month from the selected search zaNote The totals in each column are rounded dollar values which have either been rounded up or down accordingly Eg if the total for a particular month is 211 then the Cost of Goods Sold excluding GST is actually between 211 00 and 212 00 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 225 of 292 Fe Ben When you select this option the report is generated displaying the history of sales via dollar value on gross profit excluding GST The report also displays the Retail Price Stock on Hand Sales Month to Date and also for all months of the year At the end of each column the average sales for each item along with the total of sales for the entire year are displayed The last page of the report displays the total retail dollar value of sales for each month from the selected search Gross Profit Note The totals in each column are rounded dollar values which have either been rounded up or down accordingly Eg if the total for a particular month is 211 then the Gross Profit excluding GST is actually between 211 00 and 212 00 If wanting to determine the non rounded Gross Profit totals via Product Group these actual values can be found in the Product Group Report for the nominated month range and select the product group that
249. nt No JOHN CITIZEN 123 PHAM STREET 123456 Figure 118 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 77 of 292 2 16 3 Receipts After Sale 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Options Help LOTS Menu Sales Options drop ScriptLink down list gt Receipts After Sale Receipts After Sale Ld zero dese ao Cash Drawer Enabled w 1 Receipt as shown in Figure 119 AM Touch Screen Enabled Z w Additional Receipt On Account Transaction 2 There are several different Additional Receipt On EFTPOS Transaction options relating to the Receipts wv Additional Receipt On Credit Card Transaction After Sale i Line Feeds After Receipt w Unit Identified On Receipt The options are as follows Club Enirts on Rereipt Customer Identified on Receipt Far non account sales w Drug Names on Receipt Figure 119 option Desplio Additional Receipt On Account An additional receipt will automatically print out for Transaction e tems that are sold on an account e Account payments Additional Receipt On EFTPOS An additional receipt will automatically print out for Additional Receipt On Credit An additional receipt will automatically print out for Credit Card Transaction Card sales Line Feeds After Receipt This option enables you to request additional blank lines to feed upon completion of printing of the receipt till the transaction was performed at Club Points on Receipt When this option is selected and you have a Club set up
250. number will be returned Giving a discount is the least desirable method for rewarding club members as it only reduces gross profit and forces you to compete on price Competing on price only provides short term benefits until local competitors reduce their prices Giving discount at the time of sale provides no incentive for the customer to return to your shop Other methods for rewarding club customers for their loyalty include gifts and vouchers Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 259 of 292 Vouchers are the most popular method for rewarding club customers probably because a voucher method is easier to implement though this method does not necessarily obtain the best result Future purchase vouchers are better because e It brings them back into the shop exposing them to your merchandise again or offers the opportunity to start building towards their next total e You get the warm fuzzy goodwill benefits twice once when they receive the voucher and once when they cash it in e A percentage of vouchers will not be cashed in allowing you to be more generous than an on the spot gift or discount A printed professionally produced voucher is well worth the investment A gift method is a common alterative to the issuing of vouchers The type of gifts can vary dramatically depending on the type of club that has been established Gifts are better because e The perceived retail value is more than the real co
251. o not require the cash to be counted as soon as the cash lift is performed If you require a second operator to watch and sign off on the cash lifts being performed then tick this option A second operator will need to enter their User ID and password LOTS POS User Manual 18 of 292 Option Description Enable Cash Lift Tick this option if you want to be reminded to perform a cash lift A Reminder cash lift will allow you to set an amount that when reached will prompt you that the cash in the till should be removed Remind when cash If this option is selected then enter in a dollar amount that when in drawer reaches reached will prompt you to perform a cash lift Remind at this time If this option is selected then enter in a time When that time comes a prompt will appear asking you to perform a cash lift This may be particularly useful for pharmacies that close late but perform their till reconciliation earlier e g 5 00pm Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 19 of 292 1 10 Companion Sales The section Companion Sales allows you to set up a default companion text which will be displayed on your customer display unit s at the till see Figure 10 For more information refer to section 3 8 Set Product Specific Companion Text LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Companion Sales Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP We recommened the use of companionitem when purchasing
252. o process Corum defined equivalent To do this click Show All Already Processed Supplier Last Processed Latest File Show All i Figure 252 Resume Saved Session Process Exit a Matching Suppliers e Select the Suppliers files you wish to process The below list contains all the suppliers the column on the left that updates are available from To process an update you must first choose a local supplier the column on the right ta import into Corum Defined Supplier AP OLD API SA Local Supplier NONE NOME APT MA ATHERTON PHARMACEUTICALS FETSIEETERESIE AUST THERAPEUTIC SUP BADEN P MORRIS PTY LTD BAY ONELLE AFI AFI aLD AFI SA APTA APISANT PT LTD Help Figure 253 LOTS POS User Manual 164 of 292 6 On the left hand side Corum a Matching Suppliers Defined Supplier column highlight the supplier you wish to process Once highlighted the right hand side Local updates are available from To process an update you must first choose P 4 The below list contains all the suppliers the column on the left that a local supplier the column on the right ta import into Supplier column will display a Select the Suppliers files you wish to process drop down list allowing you to Corum Defined Supplier Local Supplier select a local supplier see AMCLA PTY LTD NONE Figure 254 API NSW API QLD 7 You must do this for all API SA suppliers you wish to process API V
253. o retrieve them Press N to start a new sale Exit Figure 125 zaNote Always remember that after you have viewed the information that you want you must return the screen to the correct date view This is done in exactly the same manner Select View drop down menu gt Display Last Months Sales By and the system will default to today s date If correct select the OK button and today s transactions will be displayed Performing a New sale will also return this list to today s sales Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 82 of 292 2 17 3 Display Specific Receipts 1 From the LOTS Point of Sale screen LOTS Point of Sale navigate to the View drop down menu gt Display Specific Receipts as shown Ele Edit view Reports Options Help in Figure 126 Display Other Days Sales Display Last Months Sales Bv Unit Display Specific Receipts l l Sales On Hold 2 This function allows you to search for a Specific Receipt Price Check Figure 126 3 The search screen will display as Enter Search Criteria for Receipt shown in Figure 127 Receipt Details LOTS Chrl e Receipt Number Po 4 In order to search for the correct Customer Mame pO criteria you will need to know the actual receipt number the customer s Receipt Date Search Exit name or the receipt date 5 Once you have found the script you Figure 127 will have the ability to reprint it by select
254. od to order for C Until end of billing period 30 C Specify Period weeks Supplier to Order from Supplier SIGMA id item Selection Department Blank Order Sub Department Replace Items Sold Stock Group m stack Group Since Last Replacement Order C Since Rounding Threshold Quantity must be at least 50 Used for rounding order quantities more specifically applied to carton sizes and or minimum order amounts Inclusions OTC items Dispensary items Exclusions Exclude Items with no sales in current month plus lo months M Exclude quantities already on order Figure 280 Description Qty Unis List Cost Res Cost MLS GST Retail Sublotel SOH Preferred Suppher BE Totals Lms 0 00 3 00 0 UU 0 00 Tranamet Order Fan Order Prini Supplier Copy Prini intemal Copy Remora Prefered Suppliers oF Cancel Figure 281 a Stock Search Search For Figure 282 product that you would like to add to your order and press Enter Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 178 of 292 11 A list of items matching what you have keyed in will be displayed as shown in Figure 283 If only one match is found you will be taken directly to the product Select an Item from the list below eu 735785 9640 BEROCCA PERF EFF TAB 45 1 16 65 14 81 quee o 794552 5441 BEROCCA PERF ORIG EFF
255. oducing Shelf Labels For A Stock Card 104 3 13 Editing The Shelf Labels Queue 105 3 14 X Printing Shelf Labels From The Shelf Label Queue 107 3 15 Useful Wildcard Searches Within LOTS 108 3 15 1 Using The Symbol When Searching For Products 108 3 15 2 Using The Symbol When Searching For Products 109 3 15 3 Using The Symbol When Searching For Products 110 3 15 4 Using a _ Symbol when searching for missing characters 111 3 16 Merging Duplicate Stock Cards 112 3 16 1 Automatically Merge 114 3 16 2 Manually Merge 115 3 17 Stock Card Options 116 3 18 Modify Departments 117 3 18 1 Move Products Between Sub Departments 117 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 3 of 292 3 19 4 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 0 2 5 3 5 4 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 7 3 18 2 Add Edit Department Sub Department 3 18 3 A Add Edit Department Sub Department 3 18 4 Modify Department Filters Storage Locations 3 19 1 Setting Up Storage Locations amp Allocating Products To Them 3 19 2 Applying A Stock Locations To A Stock Card 3 19 3 Storage Locations Dispensary Benefits 3 19 4 Adding The Storage Location Code To Script Labels UTILITIES Group Price Changes Bulk Stock Card Changes Stock Groups Add Edit Specials 4 4 1 Specials Report Goods amp Shelf Label Printing Add Creditor Transactions Edit Creditor Transactions Bonus Buys 4 8 1 Setting Bonus Buy Details 4 8 2 Adding Removing Bonus Buy Products 4 8 3
256. on this Lay By stack Item Date Added Quantity Retail Disc subtotal BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 13 05 2008 1 51 PM 100 00 155 100 00 Remove Selected Item From Lay By Payment Schedule for this Lay By 4 payments remaining ached Payment Date Amount Due Wed 27 05 2009 Wed 10 06 2009 Wed 24 06 2009 Ved 00772009 Enter New Payment Lay By Docket Print Statement Cancel Lay By Finalise Lay By Ok Figure 84 Note If a payment is made sooner than expected or the payment is more less than the expected amount the Payment Schedule will recalculate 13 When complete select OK 14 After selecting OK a docket will be printed and the customer will be required to sign it to confirm the Lay By zaNote When creating a Lay By for multiple items you will be prompted with a message asking if you wish to Combine all stock Items on one docket If you select No a separate docket will print out for each Lay By item Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 59 of 292 2 13 2 Making A Lay By Payment 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Sales gt Lay By 2 his will display the Lay By screen Enter the Customers name followed by the Lay By No to retrieve the Lay By zaNote Only customers who have active Lay Bys will be available in the customer search 3 Once the correct Lay By is displayed select Enter New Payment This will display the Ent
257. or untick the corresponding tick boxes and the end of day report will automatically update This action can also be performed for previous End of Days and EOD history reports Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 67 of 292 2 14 2 Running Total X Reading An X Reading allows you to see and print statistics for the selected computers without finalising the End of Day 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Sales 5 ae a gt Reports drop down menu gt End of Day as oe PLI Jf Ls shown in Figure 92 File Edit View RESTA Options Help LOTS Unit Nam ScriptLink Transaction Log 2 The End of Day Report screen will be Figure 92 displayed see Figure 93 Binal OF Day Poa pent TAn Previous End of Days Current End of Day ei 3 To perform a running total fora germ xm single till highlight the till you Thu 1 02009 459 PM want Select the Running total Tue 7 Feb 3008 450 PM button located in the Selected ECC CRIETU Thu 12 Feb 2009 4 55 PM Till section Wed 11 Feb 2009 4 55 PM Tue 10 Feb 4 56 PM Mon 08 Feb 2008 4 48 Pii Tii ceed off amp TII NOT closed off Fn E Feb XUUS 2 57 BM Thu 06 Feb 2009 4 52 PM amp elacted Till Wed J F Faha 44b PM i Tue 03 Feb 2008 5 01 PM Bunning ioiai Men D2 Fab 2009 4 44 PM l 4 To perform a running total for 2M Fiara 502 PM AI Tits the whole shop select the Running tea coat Running total button located in the All Tills sectio
258. ord you will prompted to confirm it see Figure 229 Modify Staff 7 Staff Members Staff ID Security Level B999 Junior CH Administrator J123 Junior RLT Manager RU Senior 551 Senior Figure 227 amp Add Edit Staff Member statt Mame Corum Health StaflD CH Password security Level jAdministrator OK Cancel Figure 228 Password Confirmation Once you have modified changed the staff Re enter password member s details select OK Figure 229 LOTS POS User Manual 150 of 292 5 1 3 Delete Staff Member 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu Modify Staff 7 Staff Members select Tools gt Utilities gt Staff Utilities gt Modify Staff Staff Name Security Level Beth Junior Corum Health Administrator Julie Junior Ron Manager Ryan Senior Sally Senior 2 This will display the Modify Staff window see Figure 230 New Modify Delete Print OK 3 To delete a staff member highlight the staff member you wish to delete then Figure 230 select Delete Delete Staff Member 9 1 e Are you sure vou want to delete this skaff member 4 This will display the Delete Staff P i i Member prompt see Figure 231 Figure 231 Note Once you delete a staff member that staff member s ID will remain against all past transactions and therefore will never be able to be assigned to another staff member Corum
259. orm ID Required ID Required is mandatory Dispense functions and password is optional General Sales This allows you to perform ID Required ID Required is mandatory general sales functions and password is optional Sales Abandon This allows you to abandon a ID Required ID Required is mandatory sale and password is optional Sales Account This allows you to make an ID Required ID Required is mandatory Payment account payment and password is optional Sales Agency This allows you to make an ID Required ID Required is mandatory Payment agency payment and password is optional Sales Discount This allows you to apply a ID Required ID Required is mandatory discount to a sale and password is optional Sales Returns This allows you to perform a ID Required ID Required is mandatory return transaction and password is optional Sales Temporary This allows you to perform a ID Required ID Required is mandatory Price Fix temperate price change and password is optional Stock Transfer This allows you to perform a ID Required ID Required is mandatory stock transfer and password is optional Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 152 of 292 Sales Paid Out This allows you to use the paid ID Required ID Required is mandatory out function and password is optional Description m This allows you to access the m Required E E Required is mandatory Orders module and password is optional Stock Cards This allows you to access
260. ote Lay By Terms and Conditions must be defined and provided to the customer by the store 2 13 1 Creating A Lay By 1 From the Sales screen select the New Sale button 2 From the LOTS New Sale screen enter the item s that you wish to place on Lay By 3 Select the Lay By button see Figure 79 or Ctrl L from the LOTS Point of Sale screen Figure 79 4 Selecting Lay By will display the Lay By window see Figure 80 Lay By status New Lay By Customer ADAM BLACKWOOD Lay By No z ADAM BLACKWOOD Sale Total 59 00 123 PHARMACY STREET start Date 04 09 2008 Less Payments 0 00 PHAMVILLE Finish Date oa 2 008 p Ins or dbl click to select date Current Balance 159 00 1 stock item purchased on this Lay By stack Item Date Added Quantity Retail Disc GIFT SET MINIATURES GIVENCHY O4 09 2006 4 05 Ph 23 00 155 Remove selected tem From Lay By Payment Schedule for this Lay By 13 payments remaining C Payment History Payment Schedule ached Payment Date Amount Due Thu 04 09 2006 Thu 11 09 2006 Thu 18 09 2006 Thu 25 09 2006 Lay By Docket Print Statement Cancel Lay By Finalise Lay By Figure 80 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 56 of 292 5 You will need to firstly select a customer to assign the Lay By to Type the customer name into the Customer field If the customer does not exist you can create a customer by clicking on the New Person button see
261. otifies you that the PTT TPL EEE EE barcode will not be added for the promotion product 6 Once the process is complete a list of Figure 269 products not in LOTS Stock Cards will be displayed see Figure 270 To match a product to an existing stock card select Select Matching Item Amcal BO Oct 2009 Promotion from 26 10 09 to 08 11 09 The following items were notfound in your stock file Click Select Matching Item to match to an existing stack item then click Add amp Continue to add the remaining selected items to the stock file amp Promotion Update 7 Usethe Add Item tick boxes to select Partcode Barcode Item Description Cost Retaill Add Item i i 09300615962603 CUSSONS I L SOAP 6 GNTL CTN12 40 49 35 99 which prod ucts you wish to add After 196466 862961 9300663460090 LYNX DEOD SPRY FEVER 100G 499 M selecti ng the prod ucts select Add amp 9300663458103 LYNX S GEL HOT FEVER 375ML 45 v 9300663456963 LYNX S GEL THAI MASSAGE 375ML vi Continue to add the prod ucts to Stock 0000093707725 MITCHUM A P R O HYPOALLERG 50 vi 47403 779595 0000000779595 NAIR PRETTY DUO SACH 15ML 29 M Cards 189962 860767 6937266700761 SCHIC WOM INTUIT PLUS SENS KIT 3999 M 189960 860809 6937266700778 SCHICK INTUIT PLUS MOIST BLADE vi 187536 854067 8886394602219 XNDO PUDDING BANANA 20X250G 5380 399 M 187538 854042 8886394602233 XNDO PUDDING CHOC BRY 20X2560c 5380 399 M 8 Once the prod ucts are added you
262. ou to set a recurrence type day week month first day of month or last day of month and a time Once again if the staff member is not working at that time the message will appear the next time they enter their Staff ID 9 Once complete click on the Send button 10 The message assuming Send Message was set to Now will appear on the PC that the staff member is logged on to 11 Staff members can at anytime view all the messages they have been sent in the My Messages new tab 12 Toreply to the message simply click on Reply button and this will open the new message window with the recipient the person who sent you the message already ticked Note While the recipient is already ticked you can also add more staff members to your reply 13 Any unread messages will be shown in your My late Sent Messages new tab with an orange star on top of a closed I 15 11 2007 4 38 PM envelope icon while a read message will be displayed CN ee ee with an open envelope icon as shown in Figure 244 Md 1E AL 1 2007 4 38 PM Figure 244 14 If you wish to delete a message after you have read it simply highlight the message and click on the Delete button This will remove the message from your My Messages tab 15 You can view all your messages including the ones you Date Sent have deleted by ticking the Show All messages tick box Weide E SLE fey The deleted messages will be shown as an unopened xy 1
263. out to take place will be listed at the top of the screen under the section Changes Notte You can select unselect all stock cards by ticking unticking the Select unselect all stock cards option 7 Once you are satisfied with your selection select Apply Changes S Stock Cards to be Changed 807 items found LOTS Change Stock Cards Changes cet SOH to Zero Count FLU TradeName Department cub Department Pref supplier Manufacturer Change 4355066 AVENT ISIS BREAST PMP amp BETLSTD BABYCARE BABYCARE 619437 AVENT ISIS BRST SHELLS 013 2PK BABYCARE BABYCARE 60215 AVENT ISIS IQ BREAST P ELECT BABYCARE BABYCARE 016223 AVENT ISIS PUMP OUTA ABOUT SET BABYCARE BABYCARE 406252 AVENT MAGIC CUP HANDLES 260ML 2Pk BABYCARE BABYCARE 406244 AVENT MAGIC CUPS 260ML 2P K BABYCARE BABYCARE 642553 AVENT NIPPLE PRTCT SML 2PH BABYCARE BABYCARE f5oo00 AVENT POWDERED MILE DISPENSER BABYCARE BABYCARE Be5 83 AVENT ROOM amp BATH THEMOMETER BABYCARE BABYCARE 642546 AVENT SEALING DISC BPE BABY CARE BABY CARE 293400 AVENT STARTER SET M BORMN BABYCARE BABYCARE 016207 AVENT STEAM STERILISER 420 240 BABYCARE BABYCARE 56734 AVENT STHR SIL 0 39 TRNSLC 2PK BABYCARE BABYCARE 7412560 AYENT STHR SIL b6M ANIMALPK BABYCARE BABYCARE 293639 AVENT TEAT TONGS 1PK BABYCARE BABYCARE 403246 AVENT TEAT TRAVEL PACK 2PK BABYCARE BABYCARE 055718 AVENT THERM SET BABYCARE BABYCARE wt Click a column heading to sort by that column Use spacebar to select or
264. pe the name or part of the supplier name in the search box Figure 248 Figure 248 6 When you have finished selecting all of the suppliers you wish to receive updates from select the Save button Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 161 of 292 T You will be prompted to save your selections Figure 249 To save your changes select Yes A confirmation message will be displayed Select OK to finish CMSupplier Are vol sure vou want to save your new selections 8 Ihe suppliers you have nominated will automatically be recorded with Corum Figure 249 Messaging and within 48 hours the new price files will be downloaded to your computer and can be applied using the normal price update process LOTS Main Menu gt Tools gt LOTS Updates gt Price Update Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 162 of 292 6 2 Price Update Notification When a new Price Update is received via Corum Messaging a notification will now Your POS and appear on the right hand side of the LOTS Dispense solution start Menu This Price Update Notification New Price Updates received ne similar to the drug update will appear as 25107 2009 API VIC sion 2019 50 2 flashing Blue text 28 07 2009 FALILDING VIC 28107 2009 LOREAL AUST PL MASTER By placing your mouse over the price 28 07 2002 SIGMA VIC update text a list of all new price updates Hew Price Updates will be shown see Figure 250 Click on the noti
265. play Add New Security Level window see Figure 234 mme 5 You will need to add a unique security level Salas Discount name in the Security Level field and then cales Paid Gut specify what functions this security level will have access to Sales Returns Temporary Price Fix otack Transfer Orders stock Cards B moo gt OK Cancel Figure 234 Avallable LI L LI LI 4 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 155 of 292 5 3 2 Modify Security Levels 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu select Tools gt Utilities gt Staff Utilities gt Edit Security Levels This will display the Security Levels window see Figure 235 To modify a security level highlight the security level and select modify This will display Edit Security Level window see Figure 236 You will have the ability to edit the Security Level name and what functions are available Note You can not make any changes to the Administrator security level Corum Health Services a Security Levels security Level General Sales Sales Abandon sales Account Payments sales Agency Payments cales Discount sales Paid Out Sales Returns sales Temporary Price Fix stock Transter Orders stock Cards UU x Figure 236 LOTS POS User Manual Avatlable EI ES GST GST Sd CSD CS IT FS IE E x e Cancel 156 of 292 5 3 3 Del
266. play Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details start Menu iv Enable OzBiz Accounting iw Prompt to Export to OzBiz after End of Day Till Reconciliation and Close Off Figure 12 Option Description Enable OzBiz Ticking this option will turn on OzBiz Accounting Accounting You will also need to contact you local state office to obtain the files required to activate OzBiz Accounting Export Folder Use the Browse button to navigate to a networked folder accessible on all computers This is the location of where the data files are saved to Open Folder The Open Folder button will allow you to open the folder of where the OzBiz files are being saved to this ensures the correct folder is being selected This option may also be quite useful if troubleshooting Prompt to Export to If you want a prompt to appear asking you to export the files to OzBiz OzBiz after End of after you perform an End of day Till Reconciliation then tick this Day Till option Reconciliation and Otherwise you can export the files when you like by selecting the Close Off Export to OzBiz button on the End of Day screen Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 22 of 292 1 13 Diary Alerts The tab Dairy Alerts allows you to turn on the diary module see Figure 13 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Diary Alerts Dispense Options Dispensing Prices
267. previous 24 months The table displays six columns they are e Date This is the date the invoice was received for the product in LOTS Orders Invoice This is the supplier invoice number Supplier This is the supplier Qty This is the amount in units Unit Price ex This is price Real Cost paid for each item Amount ex This is total amount paid for those items and is calculated by multiplying the Qty by the Unit Price Invoice Supplier Qty Unit Price ex Amount ex 1 01 03 2010 01032010 0103010 20 5 2008 0105008 26 04 2008 22 01 2008 2a 12 2006 08456 API 55432154 554321 343183 308254 2g fou 1813 8 192672 AFI AFI AFI AF API AFI AFI 1 H 1 1 1 15 03 15 03 15 03 15 03 17 58 17 88 1734 1734 15 03 15 03 15 03 13527 17 58 17 88 1734 1734 Doo oo 250 40 At the bottom of the Purchase History table a total is displayed for the Qty and Amount columns based on all invoices received in the past 24 months Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 89 of 292 Feld fDeseipin 0 0 0 0 0 oales vs The Sales vs Purchases graph Figure 10 3 1 displays the monthly sales Purchases alongside the monthly purchases for the past year The values are displayed in dollars and cents Sales History Purchase History Sales vs Purchases Feb Mar Apr May Jun Ju
268. ps Only see Figure 342 If this option is ticked only the department sub department subtotals will be shown If this option is not ticked every item contained in the department s sub department s will be shown Note The Show Groups Only option will only be active if either department sub department is selected from the Group by drop down list 8 Once you have chosen your criteria select the Search button to generate the report Below is an explanation of each of the cost filter listed in the Stock List Report window Definition List Cost When you generate your Stock List and Value Report you must specify a costing List Average or Real Cost LOTS automatically selects List Cost for the report but you can change the cost type if Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 230 of 292 desired List Cost is the highest possible price that you pay for the item when you order it from your Wholesaler or Supplier You should never change this price unless the supplier has amended it With your wholesalers these prices automatically update during the process of collecting electronic invoices or price updates The List Cost report reflects list cost excluding GST in relevant columns including the extended value and the total at the bottom of the screen Average Cost When you select Average Cost the Stock List and Value Report is generated to reflect the average costs of the goods The Average
269. quantity sold or the total dollar value of items sold depending on the search criterion The average is also included in this column for the average over the 12 month period Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 228 of 292 10 3 Stock List amp Value Report The Stock List and Value Report displays a listing of stock information dependent on the search criteria specified Included in the report are the item s PLU price lookup number Trade Name descriptions of each item List Cost Real Cost Average Cost Mark Up Retail Price SOH stock on hand and the Extended Value which is the cost that the report was generated via e g List Real or Average Cost multiplied by the Stock on Hand At the very end of the report the total stock on hand is shown for the selected search along with the extended value for all items Handy Hint This report is a quick and effective method of obtaining information of stock on hand and the actual costs of products that are covered by the selected search criterion Within the Stock List and Value Report you can obtain a listing of all stock on hand for the whole store Selecting Active Stock Only then Search when you are prompted to enter in the search filter will do this This is effective at the end of financial year for when you have to give your accountant all of your stock on hand values Remember You should constantly stock take the store to ensure that the actual stock o
270. r within the LOTS database 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Debtors gt Tools drop down menu gt Edit Customer Patient Search A Enter Search Information 2 A Patient Search screen will appear SS Key in the family members surname Name Barcode WANE VTTIEEN that you want linked to the principal account holders account Click the OK Address button to continue as shown in Figure Institution 316 3 Select the appropriate Person from the Mew Person O K O Canes e generated list and Click OK to did Lance continue Figure 316 4 The customers details will display SS Patient Details File Edit 5 Click onto the Account Tab and select the Other Account option Key n the name ofthe principal account L holder as shown in Figure 317 and CHIMIE press Enter No Account For example if you want to link Mrs C Own Account Jane Citizen to Mr John Citizen call Other Account JOHN CITIZEN up Jane Citizen and select Charge to Other Account and type in John Citizen zaNote John Citizen must have been previously set up as a debtor 6 Once you have selected the principal account holder it will then display the debtor options that were selected for the primary account holder T Select the OK button to save and return to the Debtors screen New Search OK Cancel Figure 317 Handy Hint Whenever the Linked
271. r Password is Options module required Both are optional Staff Utilities This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is Staff Utilities module required Both are optional Head Office This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is Options Head Office options required Both are optional Script Per Hour This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is Report Scripts Per Hour report required Both are optional Highest Volume This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is Patients Doctors Highest Volume Patients required Both are optional Report report owitch to Manual This allows you to switch No requirement No ID or Password is EFT EFTPOS to manual state required Both are optional EFTPOS This allows you to turn on off ID amp Password No ID or Password is Settlement you EFTPOS settlement required Both are optional statement Archive Data This allows you to archive your No requirement No ID or Password is data required Both are optional Drug Scan Audit This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is Report Drug Scan Audit report required Both are optional Sales Permanent This allows you to make a No requirement No ID or Password is and password is optional Price Change permanent price change to a required Both are optional stock card Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 153 of 29
272. r shelf 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Labelling Program 2 The will display the Labeller window see Figure 199 3 Use the Search Criteria to determine which products you wish to print labels for 4 You must then specify if you wish to print e Shelf Labels This will print one shelf label for every product in the search criteria e Good Labels If you select this option you will need to specify the maximum amount of labels to print see the tables below for example LOTS will print goods label equals to the SOH for that product Note Goods labels print only when they fill a row of labels For example if each sheet of goods labels has three Labeller Search Criteria Department cub Department Product Sub Group stock Group Supplier ltem name a Exclude tems with zero SOH Iw Label Type Maximum number af Goods Labels for each stockcard 20 Print this Quantity for every card Goods Labels t Shelf Labels Figure 199 labels per row and you are requesting five labels to be printed out the first three will be printed and the next two will print out when a sixth label is sent to the printer The reason for this is so labels are not wasted Rules e Maximum number of Goods Labels for each stock card 20 e Print the Quantity for every card Not ticked Product SOH Number Of Labels Printed Prod
273. r until You can tell LOTS not to order a particular stock line until a designated date LOTS will default with the 1 of the next month however you can override this date with whichever date you specify Removing Item From Order Reason for removing Item from Order This item has been Discontinued Never order again 4 Select a reason for deleting the product from the order by clicking on its corresponding radio option Note It is worthwhile answering these questions accurately as it enables changes to be made to your stock cards which will be reflected in subsequent orders 5 Once your reason is chosen select the OK button 6 You will be returned to the Edit Order screen to continue modifying your order Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 186 of 292 7 10 Printing A Copy Of An Order There are three different versions of your order that you are able to print These are Supplier Copy Internal Copy and a Fax Order e Supplier Copy A Supplier Copy of the order can be used to be given directly to your sales representative or faxed to the supplier e Internal Copy This format shows what is on the order screen For example it shows PDE Description of Product quantity pack list cost real cost POS retail subtotal SOH and preferred supplier e Fax Order This function allows you to fax through a copy of your order to your supplier if you have installed 3 party faxing software This ord
274. reate Fat super the new club Figure 361 6 Asanexample for baby club you may wish to set the whole of the Baby product Trigger Value group sub department as the trigger Alternatively you a oeaio her 7 7 may wish to set certain baby products MN Multiples ot 7 Select you trigger type Figure 362 f Mane Figure 362 Greater than The Greater than option is where you can nominate different gift triggers for example with 200 points you might be able to get a free perfumed soap with 300 points a body lotion and with 1000 points a bottle of perfume etc So basically the more points that you have the better your gift is Multiples of The Multiples of option is where you can nominate different gift triggers for example with 200 points you might be able to get a free perfumed soap with 300 points a body lotion and with 1000 points a bottle of perfume etc So basically the more points that you have the better your gift is The None option is selected when you don t have a trigger for your club but you want to record the club member sales This could be used by Friendly Society groups that offer memberships with member discounts upon presentation of a member card Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 261 of 292 11 5 Triggers Products can be setup as a club trigger individually or in bulk via Supplier Sub Department or any combination or multiple of these 11 5 1 Suppliers
275. rrent Major Wholesaler 2 The Checking Major Wholesaler screen will appear as shown in Figure 162 If the wholesaler shown is your major one select the Yes button 3 Ifthe wholesaler shown is not your major wholesaler select No 4 After selecting No select a wholesaler by using the drop down list as shown in Figure 163 Select your major wholesaler from the list then select the Ok ANT Y MATTER AFI APISANT PTY LTD APOTHECAR Y et al ARCOPHARMA AROS CARE PRODUCTS ARHUMABABYT ALUSE PTY LTD Arrow Figure 163 5 Once again you will be asked to confirm that your selected Options wholesaler is the correct one 6 The Options window will be displayed see Figure 164 Select which option you wish to merge by LOTS will search for duplicate e PLU Price LookUp number usually your main wholesaler Partcode Allows you search by PDE of all wholesalers e Description This generates a list of items that have duplicate product names e Stock Items Allows you to manually select two stock items to merge Figure 164 zaNote For the below example we are going to assume that the merge option selected was Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 112 of 292 7 Once your desired criteria is selected the Cards with Duplicate PLU screen will be displayed as shown in Figure 165 Iz Cards with Duplicate PLU s 214 5 duplicates SOH MTO Retail Pa
276. rtcode or by pressing the Insert Delete keys For more information refer to section 3 7 Supplier Partcode Window Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 87 of 292 Feld Desriptin Sales History Sales history information is generated over time as the Point of Sale system is used This history is displayed graphically showing monthly sales for last month compared with the previous year expected sales month to date and stock on hand Last year last 12 months Product Sales History for the last 24 months oc s zm Bl 2s sop ila aan m Hu a om May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Now Dec Jan Feh Mar Apr MID Exp 50H To be able to view the legend colour explanations click into View and View Legend IE Legend MM Last Year s Sales LJ This Year s Sales BH Expected Sales for this Month BE Stock on Hand LJ Sales MTD Mate All values are displayed in units x Note At the beginning of every month a program called forecast will automatically run which ages the current month s details and adds the total sold to the bar graph This is all done whilst forecasting a new Expected Sales for this Month value for the new month taking into account the most recent sales history Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 88 of 292 Feld J Descipin O Purchase The Purchase History table displays all the purchase history for the selected History product for the
277. rts Baebius gt Staff Time Analysis Report Date 2 The will display the Hourly Sales From 19 2008 7 Bar Graph window see Figure 354 To 4 09 2009 Line Graph 3 Firstly select the date range you wish to report on Report C Sales by Hour 4 Then select the report type become active Gtaff Sales e Sale by Hour If you tick this option then the total sales each Include Scripts Sold v hour the store has been open will be shown e Staff Sales If you tick this option then the sales made by each customer will be shown 5 When you select the Staff Sales E m Report type two new options Igure become active e Include Scripts Sold If you wish to include script sales then ensure this option is ticked ticked by default e Sort by You can now choose how you wish the report to be sorted This option allows you to select one of seven fields to sort by as well as allowing the report to be sorted in Ascending or Descending order The default is Staff Name and Ascending as shown in Figure 354 Du di sort by Staff Mame T C Descending 6 If you wish to include a graph to the report select Include Graphs and once ticked select either e Bar Graph e Line Graph 6 When complete select OK to generate the report Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 248 of 292 Average Hourly Sales Figures 01 06 2007 to 10 06 2007 Time Customers 3 15 21 24
278. s 1 9 or double click For next group press 0 or Page Down Module when searching for products and orders Figure 159 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 109 of 292 3 15 3 Using The Symbol When Searching For Products The asterisk wildcard search has exactly the same functionality as the wildcard search By placing an in the search field as shown in the steps above and writing a word or number after the then the search results will display anything with that criteria in the description amp Note This wildcard search cannot be used in the Sales module like the other wildcard searches because the is actually used as the Scriptlink key Use the 9o sign to perform a wildcard search in the sales module Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 110 of 292 3 15 4 Using a _ Symbol when searching for missing characters The _ symbol allows you to search for missing characters from a word For example if you type in moxil then the search will be for all items that have moxil in their description 1 From the Stock Search Screen type in a symbol Stock Search into the description field Type Search For in the criteria afterwards that Namie STEPS ETUR you would like to search for Using the above example we Supplier Partcode will search for descriptions that have moxil in them as shown in Figure 160 2 Select OK to begin the search 3 he search results will d
279. s that will appear on an account holder s statement 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt select Debtors gt Search drop down menu gt Search for Debtor B Customer CITIZEM 2 A Search for Debtor screen will appear Key in the debtors name as Account shown in Figure 319 Search for Debtor 3 Once you have located the debtor that you want to perform the journal entry for select Tools gt Journal Entry Figure 319 for this Debtor Journal Entry 4 The Journal Entry screen will appear including the details of the debtor n E Bl Mame J CITIZEM chosen as shown in Figure 320 Address 123 PHARMCY STREET 5 Toapply a new Journal Entry simply select one of the Action options eo Esdr B e Debit Amount This allows you to debit any desired amount onto Action c Debit Amount GST Rate t the debtors account Select the C Credit Amount Amount 10 00 Debit Amount option and Key the C Zero Account amount into the Amount field Message Only as shown in Figure 272 You Message to Debit Account 10 00 Yearly Fee can also add a message to SEIEN di describe the reason for the statement change e Credit Amount This allows you to credit any desired amount off zoe the debtors account Select the F 320 Credit Amount option and Key aie the amount into the Amount field You can also add a message to describe the reason for the change e
280. s the actual amount of stock cards v contained within your stock file Total number of Stockcards 22 943 The Stock cards with Drug information indicates the total number of stock cards that Stockcards with Drug information 5 432 contain the Drug information tab that allows betes EU you to dispense these drugs Figure 350 T Highlight the problem you wish to view and Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 242 of 292 select Details or double click 8 Selecting Details will display the problem window see Figure 351 595817 695033 l l 716340 9 From this screen you will 707159 only be able to print out the 630368 report You will not be able ee to make changes or view the 7757 stock cards from here 704754 64 61 10 Select the Print button to ie print out the report 607291 m Retail price of zero or less Trade Mame ABILIFY 10M5 T ABILIFY 15h T ABILIFY SOM T ACCUCHEK GO 50 ACCUCHEK PERFORMA 50 ACCURETIC 20 12 5M 5 T ACLOR SUSP 125MG 5ML 100ML ACLOR SUSP 250NG 5ML 7 5NML ACGQUIN SMG T ACGUIN 20M3 T ACTONEL COMBI 4 24 T ACTONEL COMBI D 4 24 T ACTONEL ONCE A4A VVEEK 35M T ACTOS 15MG T Figure 351 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS Retail a 40 00 0 00 0 00 40 00 40 00 0 00 0 00 40 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 40 00 0 00 w 243 of 292 10 8 Item Sales Report The purpose of the Item Sales f Item Sales Report Report
281. s value has been reached the product will be added to the supplier order the next time one is generated Note The order quantity provided it is greater than zero will be rounded to the Minimum Order Qty for the selected supplier Maximum The maximum SOH will ensure that when an order is generated this amount SOH is not exceeded optional Note There may be situations involving carton sizes where the maximum SOH may be exceeded E g if your maximum SOH is set to 12 and your current SOH is 10 and your carton size is set to 5 then 5 units will be ordered taking your SOH to 15 1075 Ordering The Ordering Category section will allow you to define when you wish to Category order the item e Include In Ethicals If this option is selected the product will be ordered when an ethical order is placed e Include In OTC If this option is selected the product will be ordered when an OTC order is placed Preferred This displays the supplier info for the supplier that is marked as preferred Supplier will be blank if no preferred supplier is set Info To make changes to these files you must double click on the supplier s name in the Supplier Partcode window e Order Multiple This is the incremental value you must order in For example if Order Multiple is set to 3 then you must order in multiples of three 3 6 9 etc Min Order Qty The minimum order quantity as set by your preferred supplier e Carton Size Thi
282. s value is the number of retail units per box that is received from the supplier Single Unit This section contains two fields that provide you with some additional Details ordering information e Items per Unit Dispense Only This field refers to the number of measures in a unit E g Amoxil 500MG 20 would contain 20 tablets e Brand This is the 2 letter PBS Manufacturer code Deal Pricing The Deal Pricing section will only be shown to sites connected to an RPM Head Office and contains specific RPM deal pricing information e Nett into Store This is the price that you should be paying for the product N I S is calculated via List Cost minus the Discount on List Cost 96 Negotiated Cost This is the cost from your supplier when taking into account rebates discounts bonus stock and cash bonuses for the products Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 94 of 292 3 5 4 Labels Tab Fed Besrmpin Print Directions For dispense labels if this option is ticked it will replace the safety net on Small Labels details with directions on the label The small label can be used on items that are too small for normal sized labels e g eye drops If you wish to print the safety net details as well tick the Always print second label option this will print the first label as normal and will then print a second small label with only the directions printed on the safety net part of the label Hide Product
283. sc 24 4 Add ASPRO CLEAR TABS 24 50 Remove i R All 6 When a Bonus Buy item is SERA brought up at the sales screen Figure 214 you will notice that a different icon appears LOTS New Sale File Edit View Sale Price Change TotalSale LOTS f When a Bonus Buy item IS Salesperson Pharmasol Customer highlighted in the sales screen Quantity Retail Disc Subtotal GST the Message at Till text Figure ASPRO CLEAR TABS 24 i 1 ns H5 D 215 will be displayed to the pharmacy attendant 8 When the pharmacy attendant sells Aspro Clear enter the Quantity as 2 and then press GST Status TOTAL 4 95 Enter End LAE 4 95 v Consumer Cash ASPRO CLEAR TABS 24 STOCKITEM _ ertpos 9 An extra line is added to the sale Mult Buy ltem Cheque indicating that the second Aspro ig Puis uec nior ig T the customer a second Aspro Clear i rud Clear is 50 off Je Sale w Note Once a Bonus Buy has been Figure 215 activated the text of the Bonus Buy items turn green Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 143 of 292 4 9 Multi Buys Multi Buys allow you to apply a special price or discount on a range of products for example e Buy 1 cosmetic item and get 10 of any other cosmetic item in that range e Buy 1 Kodak film for 2 00 or buy 3 for 5 00 4 9 1 Setting Multi Buy Details 1 Tosetup a new Multi Buy Multi Buys navigate from the LOTS Start SOR um Menu gt
284. scripts automatically to patients that have institution accounts Will only be active if either of the first two options are selected If either of the first two options are selected then this option will be active tick this option to prompt before charging scripts to the patients accounts LOTS POS User Manual 21 of 292 1 12 OzBiz Accounting The tab OzBiz Accounting allows you to set up OzBiz Accounting options see Figure 12 The integration of OzBiz with LOTS will allow LOTS customers to use MYOB automatically as their accounting system OzBiz is an automated program that will extract daily sales and invoice data from LOTS and import it into the MYOB accounting software OzBiz exports two files e Sales The sales file contains all of the sales data based on the End Of Day and Till Reconciliation e Bills The bills file contains all supplier invoices and turnover invoices processed during the End Of Day period LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense OzBiz Accounting Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ME Y ScriptLink LOTSLink Export Folder Browse NEM Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing This network folder must be shared and available to all Open Folder Script Discounting PCs running End of Day Yt Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Dis
285. ser Manual 102 of 292 3 11 Copying A Stock Card In LOTS you are able to copy the Wee ascurzh complete contents of any nominated stock card to create a new stock card This option is very useful when creating a Name PLU Barcode PO stock card that is very similar to one that SuppierPartcode already exists Search for To copy a Stock Card 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu Stock Cards The Stock Search Figure 145 prompt will display as shown in Figure 145 2 Use the search options to find the stock card you wish to Stock Cards copy File Edit Drug Tools View He Add Mew Stock Card Ctrl M 3 The item s stock card information will be displayed on the screen Select the File drop down menu Copy Stock Card as shown in Figure 146 Save Stock Card Chrl 5 Search Copy Stock Card 4 A screen will be displayed informing you that the stock item has been copied as shown in Figure 147 Figure 146 5 Once you have selected OK your newly created stock card will be displayed on the screen 6 Ensure that when you are entering in the new product name description Item Copied you remove the word COPY from the description T Enter in your stock card details Ensure that you update the PLU number the suppliers their corresponding part codes and Figure 147 barcodes 8 Once you have finished click Save to save the changes Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manua
286. sit This field allows you to set a minimum deposit that must be paid for a Lay By Round payments Set the value you want payments rounded up to up to nearest Minimum payment Set the minimum payment amount This will affect current Lay Bys as well as future Lay Bys Payment frequency Set the payment frequency to either Weekly Fortnightly or Monthly When cancelling If a customer requests to cancel or remove an item from a Lay By you Lay By or removing can either refund the customer the money or you can set the item from Lay By customer up with an account if they do not already have one and then credit the account with the value of the Lay By Message on Lay This field allows you to type a message that will appear on the lay by By statement statement The default message is shown in Figure 8 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 17 of 292 1 9 Till Reconciliation The section Till Reconciliation allows you to set up all your Till Reconciliation and Cash Lift Options see Figure 9 For more information refer to section 2 15 Till Reconciliation amp Cash Litt LOTS Options amp LOTS Options Dispense Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Di
287. sive Points Loyalty Message to appear on screen m Sub Department Stock Items Scripts Clubs Suppliers Figure 367 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 263 of 292 11 5 2 Sub Department 1 Select the Sub Department tab along the bottom of the Club window see Figure Clubs Triggers File Edit LOTS 1 Triggers 2 Members 3 Reports 368 Club Triggers Bene Up z Sub Department 2 To add a Sub Department Trigger Value Points Retail Sub Department select the Add button C Greater than bp mE C Multiples of D None 3 This will display the Select Sub Department drop down E 2 ss list see Figure 369 select LAS the sub department followed by OK Message to appear on screen 4 Every product within this sub department will now be a trigger for a club sale 5 Ifthe Point Value is setto 1 Figure 368 and the Points Related to retail Points x retail option is ticked Figure 370 then the system will equate 1 00 to equal 1 point enabling you to track club members total spending 6 Do not tick the Points Related to retail Points x retail option if you want the sale of an item to count as 1 point For Figure 369 example your club might be Buy five baby products and get the sixth baby product free In Edit Club Triggers this instance the sale of an item only needs to count as Club Name BABY CLUB Trigger T
288. sperson Pharmasol Customer Stock Item Quantity Retail Disc Subtotal GST PANADOL CHILD 1 5YR C F 100ML 1 7 75 0 7 75 O BABYLOVE NAPPY WALKER 32CT4 1 19 05 0 19 05 Figure 18 Note For finishing a sales refer to section 2 1 4 Finishing A Sale Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 26 of 292 2 1 1 Unlisted Item In an instance where a product cannot be located with the LOTS Sales and you need to sell it then by pressing F2 you can sell the item as an Unlisted Item This allows you to manually enter in a product and its retail unit price 1 Tosell an unlisted item press F2 when performing a new sale 2 You will be bale to type anything into the stock item field without the Stock Search window appearing Also the unlisted item icon will appear to the right of the product you have entered see Figure 19 F LOTS New Sale E File Edit View Sale Price Change Total Sale LOTS salesperson Corum Health Customer Quantity Retail Disc Subtotal GST M 1 49 99 49 99 Figure 19 3 The Quantity field will default to 1 and you will need to enter in the retail price as soon as you tab past the Retail price field you will be prompted with the GST Rate window see Figure 20 GST Rate Please select the Gol rate applicable to this item 4 The GST Rate drop down list will default to 10 but this can be changed to 0 If you select 10 t
289. splay Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details start Menu Figure 9 Option Enable Cash Lifts amp Till Reconciliation Manual EFT Cheques Default Float Allow Drawer Swap Allow Cash Lift Allow Count Later Require second operator sign off Corum Health Services Till Reconciliation iv Enable Cash Lifts amp Till Reconcilation Float Default Float Reconciliation iw Manual EFT iv Cheques 200 00 Cash Lift iw Allow Drawer Swap iv Allow Cash Lift iv Allow Count Later iw Require second operator sign off iv Enable Cash Lift Reminder 3000 00 f Remind when cash in drawer reaches C Remind at this time Description To turn on the Cash Lift and Till Reconciliation functionality tick this option Tick this box if you wish to include a field so you can enter in a value for Manual EFT when performing a Till Reconciliation Tick this box if you wish to include Cheques when performing a Till Reconciliation Use the Default Float field to enter in your float amount specific for each till A draw swap it when you remove the current cash draw from the register and replace it with another cash draw Tick this option if you allow drawer swaps to be performed Tick this option if you want to allow physical cash lifts to be performed Tick this option if you d
290. ssing the Clear List button located next to the Add Remove button this will also clear the shelf label list in the x item s in List tab 12 Select the OK button to return to the Shelf Label Queue screen Handy Hint When you Insert items into the shelf label queue they are automatically placed at the bottom of the list 13 The second option in the Edit menu is the Delete option This P m option deletes shelf labels that are no longer required in the I 4375 items in She queue as shown in Figure 152 Edit Insert Ins 14 This can also be utilised by pressing the Delete button on the Delete Del keyboard Select All Ctrl 4 Find Ctrl F Figure 152 Handy Hint Holding down the control or shift keys whilst selecting the items with the mouse then selecting the Delete button allows you to remove multiple items from the shelf label queue quickly 15 The third option in the File menu is the 9 4375 items in Shelf Label Queue Select All option PLU Tradename DEF Retail MM od iN owcommwcnawoT s sie items listed in the shelf label queue will be 430447 A SEARCH AEROCHAMB MASKIFNT 1 4545 iahli in Fi 712687 A SEARCH HIPPO STEAM VAPORISER 1 61 95 mG NIRA TAS SAONA I Un ene Soet6 ASEARCH NEB MASK ADULT SET 1 2095 433532 A SEARCH NEB MASK ADULT SNGL 1 9 95 17 This is useful if you want to print all items 433524 A SEARCH
291. st of the gift e Old stock can be cleared out Worst 50 Items report e Your suppliers e g free lipstick can often supply special club bonus stock 11 3 Recording Gifts Issued When the club member reaches the target you may have decided to give a free gift discount or discount voucher If you investigate how large retailers use this type of incentive you will notice that the incentive used most often is a voucher which goes towards their next purchase Discounts are not advisable since once a discount is given the customer expects it to be permanent and it also prevents further incentives A stock card such as FREE GIFT GIFT VOUCHER 10 00 GIFT VOUCHER FREE ENLARGEMENT etc needs to be set up to be recorded when the target is reached during a sale Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 260 of 292 11 4 Create A Loyalty Club 1 Navigate from the LOTS Clubs Triggers Start Menu gt Clubs 2 1 Triggers 2 Members 3 Reports 2 The will display the Clubs Club m Triggers window BABYCLUB EE 3 TS setup anew club type eee pe Paints sias supplier the name into the Club C Multiples of f field None Exclusive Points 4 After typing in the name of M Loyalty N your club select Enter Message to appear o 5 Ifthe club name you enter does not already exist you will be prompted to create Add the new club see Figure 300 Select Yes to c
292. stalled For more information contact Corum Customer Support on 1300 760 022 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 80 of 292 2 17 POS View Options 2 17 1 Display Other Days Sales 1 From the LOTS Point of Sale screen select ESPL RAE the View drop down menu gt Display Other ag File Edit vi Reports Options Help LOTS Days Sales as shown in Figure 122 ple ba View Reports Sp Help Display Other Days Sales 2 This function allows you to view and print Display Last Months Sales By out a receipt for a particular sale performed Unit Display Specific Receipts on a previous day Sales On Hold Price Check Cbrl 3 A screen will display prompting you to key in the appropriate date select the OK button to continue see Figure 123 edule tee 4 A listing of the sales for the selected gax reprint a receipt of a certain transactg HI ETE TTE PV ger E e Note Always remember that after Type in the date of the sales you want to view you have viewed the information that you want you must return the screen to Lancel the correct date view This is done in exactly the same manner Select View igure 123 drop down menu Display Other Days fj 012008 Sales and the system should default to today s date If correct select the OK button and today s transactions will be displayed Performing a New sale will also return this list to today s sales Corum Health Services LOTS POS
293. start and finish date For this example you need to Add Berocca as the Trigger Product and set the Trigger Qty to 2 see Figure 209 The Bonus Product also needs to be Berocca but the Bonus Qty only needs to be set to 1 see Figure 210 e Buy 2 Trigger Qty 2 e Get 1 Free Bonus Qty In the Bonus window set the Sell at Price for the Berocca to 0 00 or you can set the Sell at Disc 96 to 100 When a Bonus Buy item is brought up at the sales screen you will notice that a different icon appears When a Bonus Buy item is highlighted in the sales screen the Message at Till text will be displayed to the pharmacy attendant see Figure 211 Details Mlulti Buy Mame Beracca Buy 2 get 1 free Message at Till Prompt the customer ta buy 2 beroccas to get 1 free Figure 208 Trigger Products 1 Trigger Gty 2 FEM BEROCCA PERFORM REGULAR TAB 30 Add Remove Remove All Figure 209 Bonus Qty 1 Add BEROCCA PERFORM REGULAR TAB 30 Remove Remove All Figure 210 Sell at Sell at Price or Disc 96 soo Bonus Products 1 LOTS New Sale File Edit View Sale Price Change TotalSale LOTS Salesperson Cathy Customer Stock Item S BEROCCA EFF PERF ORIG TAB 45 Subtotal GST 0 00 M Quantity Retail Disc GST Status End Consumer TOTAL BEROCCA EFF PERF ORIG TAB 45 STOCK ITEM Multi Buy Item Multi B O e Be e ee Retail 24 57 4 When the ph
294. sted in the left hand side of the window This left hand side lists all multi buys every created allows you to easily find a multi buy as you can search by past current or future multi buys This allows you to quickly extend suspend re activate or change a multi buy D Multi Buys Current Multi Buys w Details Multi Buy Name HandyBar Message at Till Customer can purchase a second Handybar for half price Start Date Finish Date 20 02 2008 Max Occurrences Per Sale 10 Suspended Trigger Gty 2 Trigger Products 1 Add Remove Remove Remove All Bonus Qty 1 Add HANDY BAR Remove Remove All New Copy to New Print Delete Apply OK Cancel Figure 204 Sell at Sell at Bonus Products 1 Pines or Disc Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 138 of 292 4 8 2 Adding Removing Bonus Buy Products 1 Whilst in the Multi Buys window select your trigger product or products by Trigger Qty 1 selecting Add see Figure 205 Add zaNote The trigger product is the item the Remove customer must purchase in order to receive the em NT bonus product 2 This will display the Stock Multi Search 94 20 window 2 Stock Multi Search 3 Use the filters to access the list of products Filter you wish to set as the trigger products Name PlU Bamode v Note You can set a single product or a group MSRP LUE of products as trigger products U
295. stem over time this value varies month to month Sales for depending upon the sales history This expected sales for month total is Month also displayed within the sales history graph in green Sales MTD Sales Month to Date is calculated by the system during the current month period This total displays all transactions including returns during the 1st of the Month to the current date Stock On If an item is on order this field will display the quantity on order Order Last Order This field displays the last date that an item was order delivered via the Date Ordering Module only Last Sold Date This field displays the last date that an item was sold in LOTS Locations You can add one or more store locations for a product By right clicking in the locations window you can add modify or delete a previously set location A location can be set by navigating from the LOTS Start Menu Tools Utilities Stock Utilities Storage Locations For more information refer to section 3 19 Storage Locations x Note All of the stock flags options except Only Order if Neg SOH can be turned on or off in bulk via Stock Card Options refer to section 3 17 Stock Card Options Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 93 of 292 3 4 3 Ordering Tab Field Description Minimum The minimum SOH value allows you to define the least amount of units for SOH that product to be held in the pharmacy Optional When thi
296. t be easily found 3 15 1 Using The Symbol When Searching For Products When searching for products in LOTS by using the hash symbol you will be able to search for all Stock cards that have a numeric prefix in the product name 1 From the Stock Search Screen type in a 77 symbol into the description field as shown in Figure 156 2 Select OK to begin the search 3 Your search results will display with all products that contain numbers at the start of the descriptions as shown in Figure 157 Note This wildcard search can also be used in the Sales Module when searching for products and orders Handy Hint a Stock Search Search For Name PLU Barcode J supplier PartCade Pe UPL New Card Shelf Figure 156 Select an Item from the list below Pack Manu List Cost Real Cost Retail SOH 908852 05 BOOK CHAIN B FLX6 1 GUARDI 15 90 0 00 09007 1590 000 245 08839 05 BR LOCKABLE DIARY 1 GUARDI 000 09004 90 000 137 08943 25248 000 3888 08942 33664 0 00 51845 05357 1000 HOUR EYELASH DYE BLA 1 DOWAR 1088 000 16380 05340 1000 HOUR EYELASH TINTEL 1 DOWAR 1088 000 16380 1 8 903074 12 COSMETIC APPLICATORS B 1 2 Drugs Use the Up and Down arrow keys to scroll through the choices z Peli ara To select Press 1 9 or double click For next group press 0 or Page Down Cancel This can be used to find any stoc
297. tab POS Options allows you to define the main POS options see Figure 1 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details Start Menu Figure 1 Option Activate GST Reduce List Cost from Turnover Orders Reason Prompt for SOH adjustments Identify Credit Card Type Integrated EFTPOS Corum Health Services POS Options POS Options Iv Reduce List Cost from Turnover Orders iw Reason Prompt for SOH adjustments iv Identify Credit Card Type iv Integrated EFTPOS iw EFT Unit on this Till Hypercom iw Open Cash Drawer after EFTPOS CC transactions Automatically start a New Sale after each Finished Sale Stock Cards l Disallow creation of new stock cards Description As GST is legally required this option is always ticked and cannot be changed When unticked this option ensures that the list cost value will never be decreased when an electronic invoice is received This option only relates to turnover orders as supplier price files will still update list cost where necessar
298. takes should prevent the need for a rushed stocktake at the close of the financial year Added benefits to this are accurate reporting and ordering throughout the year Rolling Stocktake 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Date Created First Item Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt 15 May 2007 09 21 23 vitamins 30 PLUS TAB Jun 20 13 Merge BECONASE HAYFEVER SPRAY Rolling Stocktake Mar 47 05 Merge TUSSINOL LINCTUS 200ML sun Block KINESYS KIDS 30 120ML SPRA sun Block BLISTEX LIP COMPLT MOIST SF Merge MAPAMIDE 2 5MG T Merge PORTAGEN POWDER 4546 Merge FKU GEL SACHETS UMFL 20GM 2 he Rolling Stocktake screen will display Jun A718 Merge CYTOTEC 200MCG T Merge BRICAN YL ELIAIR SOUMCG ML 3L as shown in Figure 327 Select the New button to start a new rolling stocktake e You need to specify at this stage whether you require to include All Include Stock or Active Stock Only e Likewise you can specify the No of Products to be included in the rolling stocktake at one time 60 products No of Products 60 will normally fill an A4 sheet of paper e If you want you can limit your search by using the filters Department e When starting your stocktake for the first time select the Selected Stock Item Starting Point option and the Supplier letter A into Stock Name field to ensure you start from the first item e When complete select OK e
299. tal e Retail Invoice Analysis Supplier Eu Invoice Number 321554 PDE Description A Ord ay Inv Qty Hi List Cost Markup Real cost NAS Markup SubTotal Retail Order No Tote Number 001594 AMOXIL 250MG C 20 2 54 58996 0 00 22 pe Ja 39 17 50 1 784 877751 BEROCCA ORIG TAB EFF 15 21 16 735 63 0 ES 0 00 E 81348 14830Q 1315 1784 BEROCCA PERFORM REGULAR TAB 30 11 22 19 819 0 00 11 410 45 05 10 00 1784 631671 BEROCCA PERFORM REGULAR TAB 30 11 22 19 819 0 00 11 4 10 45 05 10 00 1784 631671 BEROCCA PERFORM REGULAR TAB 30 11 22 19 8 18 0 00 1196 4 10 45 05 10 00 1784 227363 CLOFEN 10MG T 100 2231 20 3254 000 18 325 3579 26771784 050864 CORDARONE X 100 100MG T 30 7 48 209 10 90 000 18 1 09 11 99 898 1784 388122 DOTHEP 25MG C 50 2 21 20 2 53 0 00 5 0 25 278 2 65 1784 154401 EPILIM 500MG ECT 100 511618 LIPEX 80MG T 30 ho Ears Ls 2381 20 28 30 0 00 1 5 66 62 26 28 57 1784 LIPEX 80MG T 3 50 86 97 01 0 00 1940 21342 356 02 1784 233940 MADOPAR 125 100MG 25MG T 100 024538 NOTEN 50MG BLS T 30 28 26 20 30 92 0 00 10 3 09 34 01 3391 1784 3 35 20 4 48 0 00 1 045 4 93 4 02 1784 628594 TRAVATAN EYE DROPS 0 004 2 5ML 1 547174 VOLTAREN RAPID 25MG T 20 1 31 22 20 25 95 0 00 44 2 60 28 55 3748 1784 x 7 95 6 96 0 00 0 70 7
300. tatement tick this option If unticked only the script number is shown Tick this option if want deleted scripts to be shown on the statement When the script was fist dispensed it will be shown with a positive value then the script will be listed a second time when deleted this time showing a negative value This is also the case for script price changes LOTS Complete Only Hide Zero Charge Tick this option if you want all item that are charged to the patient for 0 00 Items to be shown on the statement e g Safety Net scripts Message on This is a generic message that will appear on every statement e g Statement Thankyou for your prompt payment Display Hidden Edited Scripts Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 208 of 292 8 7 Options Rollover Tab The Rollover tab Figure 322 allows you to choose if you would like to roll your accounts TENE over by class Set a cut off date on the Rollover End of Month or Today even apply a minimum Balance for the Rollover SE Debtor Options iw Rollover by Class or Institution Simply place a tick into the field that you wish Cut Off Date on Rollover End of Month to activate Iw Mininum Balance for Rollover 54 00 Cancel Figure 322 a Beo Rollover by Class or If ticked this option will allow you to select an account class or institution to Institution rollover one by one If unticked performing a single rollover will age all
301. te to rollover Click on the Current window under Statement Date as 30 Jun 2006 these are the current transactions as shown in Figure 324 31 May 2006 30 Apr 2006 2 Select the Perform Rollover icon 31 Mar 2008 gt bal 3 Select the Yes button if you wish to proceed and start a new billing m period 4 You will be prompted to Key in your cut off date This can be changed if required as shown in Figure 325 If your cut off date is set to the End of Month the date will default to the last day of the previous month Note It is recommended that all trading has oe SEDI DAA a a ceased for the date of rollover to avoid transactions of one date over two statement Cut Off Date 30 Nov 2008 periods Best practice is to perform an end of Transactions performed on this date and earlier will month rollover when the next month has be included commenced selecting the cut off date for rollover enables you to cut off the statements at OK the pervious date Figure 325 5 Select the OK button to perform the rollover and return back to the Debtors screen Note You can undo a previous rollover at any time by selecting Tools gt Undo Rollover in the Debtors window Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 211 of 292 8 10 Printing Statements 1 From the LOTS Debtors screen Click on the statement period you Statement Date wish to print under Statement Date as shown in F
302. ted alphabetically Sort Alphabetically The report will display in alphabetical order as opposed to the order of highest values Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 237 of 292 Top Items based on Units Sold 01 Jun 2000 to 30 Jun 2000 CORUM HEALTH SERVICES T BUSINESS PARK DRIVE NOTTING HILL WIC 3168 Ph OS 28541 eas F ax Us em eae Trade Hame Sub Dept Department Units Sold PRESCRIPTICH Ethical Ethical 1465 PHOTOS DEVELOPING amp PRINTING Dew amp Print Dew amp Print ee CHEMIST SUNDRIES Ethical Ethical 2rd GREETING CARD cards cards VENTOUN CFCFREE INH 200 DOSE Ethical Ethical DISC GIFTS e ifts Sifts SLUCOJELS 70G SMALL Confection Confection Fes Be o This displays the name of the items selected within the report PLU This displays the product PLU price look up number which is either the wholesaler s PLU or a system generated PLU for supplier lines Sub Department This displays the Sub Department for all items within the report Department This displays the Department for all items within the report Units Sold This display the total Units Sold for each Trade Name within the search if you have generated the report via Units Sold Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 238 of 292 10 6 Department Sales Report A Department Sales Report provides a listing of all sales performed for either 12 Month Sales or a specified Date Range This report will show
303. th Services LOTS User Manual POS 270 of 292 11 8 Loyalty Club With Free Gift Trigger The Greater than option is where you can nominate different gift triggers for example with 200 points you might be able to get a free Baby Mat with 300 points a baby lotion and with 1000 points 44 pack of nappies etc So basically the more points that you have the better your gift is Alternately the Greater than option can be used to redeem a club item for example a hair colour club where the customer buys four hair colours and gets the fifth one free 1 Create a club and set up club triggers Trigger Value Greater than Multiples of 200 2 Set the trigger type to Greater Than see Figure 388 C None Figure 388 3 Setthe trigger value to be the minimum spend for a gift to be sue Add Gift Sele 4 Click on the GIFTS tab to setup the gift s Club BABY CLUB club This will display the Add Gift window 15D see Figure 389 Points Required Avallable to all Clubs OK Cancel 6 Search for the stock item you wish to add to the list of Gifts Note The gift you wish to add to the club Figure 389 must be setup first as a Stock Card Clubs Triggers SE File Edit Modules LOTS T f you wish to setup various options for gifts continue to add them to the cub list of gifts see Figure 390 asvduB gt Gift tems Stock ID Description Point All Clubs S nadie than 278904 BABY
304. th are optional Special This allows you to access the No ID or Password is Add Edit Specials module required Both are optional Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 154 of 292 5 3 Edit Security Levels This module allows you to see what functions are available to which security levels There are four Default levels e Administrator This is the highest level possible and people set as administrators will have access to every module This is often used for the owner of the pharmacy e Manager Staff members set to manger by default also have access to every module This should be the security level for store mangers e Senior Senior staff have access to most modules but not all This security level is usually reserved for assistant mangers and senior staff e Junior The Junior security level by default allows access to the more common modules and is usually assigned to new staff and sales assistants 5 3 1 New Security Levels 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu EET select Tools gt Utilities gt Staff Utilities germs gt Edit Security Levels S Security Levels 2 his will display the Security Levels window see Figure 233 um wd Delete Ok Figure 233 3 To add a new security level select New amp Add New Security Level Security Level Sales Only Function Dispense General sales sales Abandon sales Account Payments sales Agency Payments 4 This will dis
305. that cannot be supplied from that wholesaler out of stocks this list can be ET LL uu sent to a Re Order file if 224 00 Acknowledged requested by the user 3 Once the invoice has been collected the status of the order would have changed from Ordered to Acknowledged as shown in Figure 300 Figure 300 x Note for wholesalers that are not set up to transmit electronically you need to Enter an invoice number for this Order change the status manually To do this you need to select the eur order so that it is highlighted e and choose Edit Mark as Acknowledged or right click and Figure 301 choose Mark as Acknowledged Because this is being processed manually you will be prompted to enter the Invoice number before returning to the Order screen as shown in Figure 301 m Enter Invoice Number Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 192 of 292 7 13 Editing an Electronic Invoice 1 To edit an electronic Invoice from the Orders screen navigate to the Invoices tab highlight the invoice you wish to edit and select Open vs Note You can also double click on the invoice to open it 2 Oncethe invoice is displayed see Figure 302 change the fields if necessary so that they accurately reflect what was received via the order 3 The following fields can be edited if required e nv Qty e List cost e Markup e Real Cost e GST e Sub To
306. the Setting Flags screen Figure 171 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 116 of 292 3 18 Modify Departments The Modify Departments module allows you to add move edit and delete department and sub departments When you select a department sub department all the products stored in that department sub department will be displayed on the screen 3 18 1 Move Products Between Sub Departments 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu select Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Modify Departments 2 The Modify Department Sub Department window will be displayed as shown in Figure 172 Modify Department Sub Department File Edit Department Sub Department ALL PRODUCTS Q3 UNALLOCATED PRODUCTS 3 ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES ANALGESICS MPOO OILS BABY BOTTLES amp FEEDING BABY CREAMS amp LOTIONS BABY DISPOSABLE NAPPIES BABY FOODS BABY GIFTS BABY MEDICINES BABY MISC E BABY MOTHERS AIDS BABY POWDERS BABY SUN CARE BABY TEATS amp SOOTHERS BABY VITAMINS E BOOKS COSMETICS COUGHS amp COLDS 2 E39 DEODORANTS DEODORANTS AEROSOLS v DEODORANTS MISC i DEODORANTS ROLL ONS STICKS CRM PUMPS EX DIABETIC E DOWARDS E ETHICALS R3 FAMILY PLANNING FEMININE HYGIENE G3 FIRST AID amp SURGICAL R3 FOOD amp CONFECTIONERY XE FOOT CARE FRAGRANCE Filter Description B Supplier Stock Group D Coru
307. the ID Required ID Required is mandatory Stock Cards module and password is optional Stock Adjustment This allows you to make ID Required is mandatory changes to the Stock On Hand field Claims This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is Claims module required Both are optional Debtors This allows you to access the ID Required is mandatory Debtors module and password is optional Clubs This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is Clubs module required Both are optional End of Day This allows you to access the No requirement No ID or Password is End of Day module required Both are optional Department Report This allows you to access the No ID or Password is Department report required Both are optional 12 Month History This allows you to access the No ID or Password is Report 12 Month History report required Both are optional Statistics Report This allows you to access the No ID or Password is Statistics report required Both are optional Statistics Report This allows you to access the No ID or Password is Statistics report required Both are optional Staff Time Analysis This allows you to access the No ID or Password is Report Staff Time Analysis report required Both are optional Business Activity This allows you to access the No ID or Password is Report Business Activity report required Both are optional Options This allows you to access the No requirement No ID o
308. the items in the queue before printing them out see Figure 155 908925 3 PCE CUTLERY SET SILVER HIC3 3 You can make multiple 908464 3 TIMES DAILY PILL BOX selections by using the J05853 3D SNAKES amp LA Control key This enables you to select items that ze aren t consecutive The TTE AI SIS Shift key enables you to 9D2568 4711 SPLASH 50ML 2600 select items that are ONSA ETH aye DRAL Eno COOA W pon nn consecutive shown right Prim Selected Labels Cancel Alternatively you can select all the labels by Edit gt Figure 155 Select All 4 Once you have highlighted the required shelf labels select the Print Selected Labels button 5 A progress bar will display showing time to send job to the printer The actual printing may take some time 6 When the shelf labels have printed a screen will display asking if you wish to Remove Selected Labels from the Shelf Label Queue 7 Select Yes only if the labels have printed successfully and you don t require any additional copies of the shelf labels 8 Select No if you want to reproduce the last batch of labels that have been printed as they are still available in the shelf label queue 9 Select OK to save your changes to the shelf label queue Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 107 of 292 3 15 Useful Wildcard Searches Within LOTS LOTS has the ability to use symbols in its search criteria to help find products that canno
309. the order e rade Name e Unit Sales e Profit e COGS e SOH Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 244 of 292 8 You can also choose Group By options The Group By option allows you to have you report grouped into to certain sections for example by Department allowing you to compare different departments against each other You can also choose to group by two or more options for example Department gt Sub Department ever item will be grouped by Sub Department then every Sub Department grouped by Department 9 Select OK to generate the report Item Sales Report Reporting by Baby CORUM HEALTH SERVICES Grouped by 7 BUSINESS PARK DRIVE Report Period 5 12 2007 12 00 00AM to 5 01 2008 11 59 00PM NOTTING HILL WIC 3488 Phi 03 S54 aae Fas 03 a0 Goo PLU Trade Name Retail Avg Cost Units Sold Govt Recy Profit s Profit Seasonal Baby Funes Ap JOINTEC TOY HORSE COWE TIE AMC BABY BOTTLE 250ML gres AMC BABY POWDER 37355 AMC IMFNHT FORMULA aen 06 AMC MOTHER BE NURSING F AMC HAPPY RASH CREAM 10 Seats AMC THICK WIPES PEADO ares AMC ZINC CASTOR OIL CREAM TIETE AMEDA PURELY YOURS BREA TS AMOUN BABY CR wi 100 THT AMOUN BABY CRM 503 anta AROMABABRY AR O M WIPES 30 Government Recovery This is the government recovery received for the sales of the item Profit This is the profit made on the sales of the item in dollars jo Profit This is the profit made on the sales of the item as a percentage
310. the system will search for every item matching that criterion The description that you key in has to be equivalent to the product name line in the stock card For example to generate a report on all Panadol products you would select the Item Name option and key in Panadol as the product name The system will produce a report displaying all items starting with the word Panadol To generate a report on all items starting with Pana you would select the Item Name option and key in Pana as part of the product name The system will produce a report for all items starting with Pana The dollar value that you specify here is the list cost of each product multiplied by the actual stock on hand E g If you enter the dollar value of 25 when the report is generated it will only display items that are over 25 in extended costs You can narrow down the months a report is based on by specifying them here LOTS will consider the selected months when generating the report and only search within that month range Select this option if you want to generate a report for over stocked items The report will display information for the Months Considered Over Stocked period that you have specified They are still active items with sales history however you have too many stock holdings of them Select this option if you want to generate a report for dead items The report will display information for the Months Considered Over Sto
311. ti Buy is allowed to be sold per sale Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 144 of 292 4 9 2 Adding Removing Multi Buy Products 1 Whilst in Multi Buys select your Bonus product or products by selecting Add see Figure 218 Bonus ty Nl Bonus Products gl 2 This will display the Stock Multi Search Ad window as shown in Figure 219 Remove 3 Once you have entered in your filters p All and set the Default Value select OK ee This will display a list of product to choose from Figure 218 4 When you select the Bonus products jm i you can either sell it at a set price or Pidak SE at a percentage discount by using Filter the Default Values fields Name PLU Barcode IV 5 After selecting OK set the Bonus Supplier PartCode Qty for the amount of products that must be purchased to receive the UPI set discounts or prices Product Group zaNote If you wanted to give a discount to someone who bought 3 packs of Berocca then you would set the bonus Supplier quantity to 3 see Figure 220 6 Once all options are set select Active Stock Only Apply Default Values T f you accidentally enter an Gell at Price unwanted trigger or bonus product simply highlight the product and Sell at Discount 10 select Remove 8 Alternately to remove all products from the list select Remove All Figure 219 B Qty 3 Donus Uty 3 Bonus Products 3 Add HA
312. tick appears in the check box you able to select a sub department from the drop down list You will only be able to select a sub department that is assigned to the department you selected Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 236 of 292 Fes Beo If you have set up your stock cards with Product Sub Groups you are able to filter this report via product sub groups By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you able to select a product sub group from the drop down list By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you Stock Group are able to filter this report via Stock Group Once you have selected this option select the stock group from the drop down list The report will display top worst items for the stock group you have selected By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you Supplier are able to filter this report via Supplier Once you have selected this option select the supplier from the drop down list The report will display top worst items for the supplier you have selected By selecting this option so that a tick appears in the check box you are able to filter this report for a specific item You only need to key in the part of the item name as the system will search for every item matching that criterion The description that you key in has to be Item Name equivalent to the product name line in the stock card For example to g
313. tions Pricing Approval Number 123454 Unit Number faanoo0 Discounts for Sales Registration Number 9999 ABCD Preferred Wholesaler Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display PMP Registration No 0000 0000 0000 0000 y Customer Display Lay By eMIMS Registration No pong 0000 0000 0000 TARiaRpEPISHAn ntegrated EFTPOS Registration No 0000 0000 0000 0000 Companion Sales Institution Accounts Robotic Dispensing Registration No oo00 0000 0000 0000 ee PECOUNTIAG OzBiz Registration No 0000 0000 0000 0000 d Diary Alerts eScript Registration No 0000 0000 0000 0000 d User Details Start Menu Apply OK Cancel Figure 14 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 24 of 292 1 15 LOTS Start Menu The tab LOTS Start Menu allows you to change the setting in relation to how the LOTS Start Menu is displayed see Figure 15 LOTS Options LOTS Options Dispense Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Alerts Interventions PSP CMI Printing ScriptLink LOTSLink Drug Interactions eScript Dispensing script Discounting Script Queuing Robotic Dispensing PBS Online POS POS Options Pricing Discounts for Sales Member Options POS Receipts Customer Pole Display Customer Display Lay By Till Reconciliation Companion Sales Institution Accounts OzBiz Accounting General Diary Alerts User Details Start Menu Figure 15 Option Menu logo graphic Image preview
314. to generate the report Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 64 of 292 2 14 End Of Day The End of Day process finalises your tills for the day in preparation to record sales transactions for the following day 2 14 1 Setting The End Of Day Options 1 Within the End of Day Report ram window select Options gt Set End Of Day Report Options as shown in Figure 90 Options 2 The End of Day Options screen Date Time will be displayed as shown in Exported Figure 91 This allows you to choose the information that is to be included in the end of day and History reports and may be changed at any time iw Discount Report iw Summary of Sales iw Detailed Discount Report 3 Once you have selected the options you require select the OK button a e ene emanate Club Sales Iv Paid Outs Member Sales Mw Returns zaNote These settings are local not global which means you can have different settings per Machine For example you might enable Dien Er rece PCO v E only limited options for a smaller printout from Profit and Loss Analysis Graphs individual registers but enable more options Hourly Sales Report iw Miscellaneous Transactions for a more comprehensive report on the computer you use to generate combined EOD reports or history reports on Daily Intensive Analysis 1 Detail 2 Summary summary of Receipts Report i Rounding Report sales Staff Analysis Iw Debtor Transaction Report
315. to maximise the efficiency of the system 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Reports gt P TME EE E ge Stock Reports gt Unusual cards Ww Active Stock Only 2 Once entering into Unusual Cards you will be Include Ethicals prompted with the Unusual Faulty Card Report Cancel filter as shown in Figure 348 3 Active Stock Only will be ticked by default If you wish to create the report for All Stock simply Figure 348 untick this tick box 4 Include Ethicals will also be ticked by Finding Unusual Stock Cards Please wait default if you don t want ethicals included in this report simply untick this option EE Figure 349 5 Once you have made your selection select OK to continue A progress bar 5 Unusual or Faulty cards will be displayed that it is Finding Unusual Stock Cards as shown in Problem Mao Cards A Figure 349 This may take a few Unusual Packsize o DE minutes to complete Unusual Stock On Hand 137 Retail price of zero or less 53 6 The Unusual or Faulty Cards screen will Retail price of 500 or more 10 be displayed listing the amount of unusual List Cost of zero or less 43 or faulty cards in your LOTS system as Real Cast of zero or less 406 shown in Figure 350 Both Cost and retail of zero 30 List cost greater than Retail 14 Real cost greater than Retail Ze amp Note The Total number of Stock cards Markup of less than 5 display
316. tock Only 4 If you use a robot to dispense your drugs you can use the Robot Dispensing Filter see Figure 340 This filter has three options to chose from e Show All default This option Will show all dispensed items e Show robotic dispensed items Show All only uses SOH from robot Show robotic dispensed items only This option will only show items uses SOH from robot dispensed from the robot e Show non robotic dispensed items only This option will only show non robotic dispensed items Robotic Dispensing Filter C Show non robotic dispensed items only Figure 340 9 The Stock List and Value report also has Sort By option allows you to select a field to sort b Ascending or Descending order There are TradeName Ascending e Trade Name Tradetlame e Retail Retail st Cos 2 e Real Cost e SOH Mark Up e Mark Up The default values for the Sort By options are Trade Name and Ascending 6 If you wish you can choose to group the report see figure 342 There are three grouping options e No Grouping default This will e Department If this option is selected then all the products in Group by Department this department will be listed together show Groups Only M e Sub Department If this option Figure 342 is selected then all the products in this sub department will be listed together Grouping T You also have the ability to Show Grou
317. u wish to do so or No to keep the report as the individual till E LOTS Point of Sale sales Listing SHO 19 Feb ST6010 159 Feb sre 19Feb 5r56012 19 Feb WHS T9Feb 5rT6014 19 Feb S605 TeFeb Sete 19 Feb Sra 19 Feb STOMA 19 Feb Figure 97 4 58 PM 5 02 PM 5 04 PM 507 PM SOF PH 508 PM 510 PM 511 PM 512 PM 515 PM Fran B Fran B lan Taylor lan Taylor Fran B Fran B SUSAN M SUSAN M lan Taylor Fran B Print combined End of Day Salat Sisus Cash Life o Ti closed of amp Til N T closed off amp alactad Till All Tilis Running otal Clase off Manwal EFT Mined Manual EFT Mixed Creditcar d Script Cash Script Mixed Script M iex Mixed Script Mixed 30 90 14 05 24 15 5 30 15 95 56 75 14 95 20 00 16 05 20 00 45525 12 05 31 90 14 25 24 15 5 30 15 95 55 75 14 95 335 2 All tils have been dosed off Do you want to print a combined End of Day Figure 98 ey a T To close off all tills simultaneously simply select the Close off button located under the All Tills section Note To finalise an End of Day all tills with transactions must be closed off Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 69 of 292 2 14 4 Re Print an End of Day Report 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Sales gt Reports drop down menu gt End of Day as shown in Figure 99 amp Note The End Of
318. ub sale and you answer Yes it will apply the discount price that is within this field This can either be a dollar amount discount or a percentage value discount No Further Discount Following the Discount Price or 9o option if this option is ticked it will not allow any further discount to be applied at POS GST Rate Is what they store pays when they receive an order in of this product from the Supplier or Wholesaler Either 0 or 10 GST Type Is what the consumer pays when they purchase this product at the Point of Sale Either Standard GST or GST Free to End Consumer Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 91 of 292 3 3 2 Stock Flags Tab Feld ieseription Update This function is only activated for sites that are part of a Checkout Head Office Goods Labels Where a product is not displayed on a shelf and or the product does not have a barcode to scan If this option is selected when order delivering the item through an order it will automatically print out a goods label corresponding to the Stock on Hand ordered The goods label option displays the product description barcode and PLU number If you wish the retail price to also be displayed on the goods label then the Price on Label option must also be selected Ask Price Usually used in conjunction with Hot Keys when the retail price varies and needs to be specified at Point of Sale e g photographic developm
319. uch buffer stock is used in the LOTS ordering algorithm A low number 0 30 will have little or no buffer stock a high number 70 100 will have several weeks buffer stock Options gt Rounding This option allows the user to set a default Rounding Threshold Threshold value A rounding threshold is the percentage of a carton or minimum order qty needed before it is added to the order This is an advanced option which aids pharmacies to manage stock levels Options gt Wholesaler This option allows you to enter the day of the month that your billing date main wholesaler bills you to Add Transaction to This allows the user to add any invoice details into the creditors Creditors File file that perhaps has been missed or received outside of LOTS Enter Expense Details Invoice Ret Ma Description Cast 0 00 Amt af GST Paid 40 00 Date of Invoice 23 02 2010 supplier Mame Edit Creditors File This allows the user to view edit or delete any entry from the creditors list Expense Editor Reference Number Total Cast 500 00 Total GST Paid 50 00 Date 25 Aug 2009 Description AMOXIL250MG C0 supplier Mame Pn Update Record Delete Record Cancel Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 201 of 292 8 Debtors The Debtors module allows you to control all of your customer accounts from one central location If you are part of a Head Office that managers debtors centrally the LOT
320. uct 1 Product 3 Rules mdi dO Peas i e Maximum number of Goods Labels for each stock card 20 e Print the Quantity for every card Ticked Product SOH Number Of Labels Printed Product 1 Product 3 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 135 of 292 4 6 Add Creditor Transactions Ensure you have correct expense details epically creditor s transactions as it is essential for being able to generate an accurate BAS statement see section 10 13 Business Activity Report This utility should also be used to track the GST on purposes If using this utility itis recommended that you also enable a setting in orders for an automatic prompt to key in the creditors details each time an invoice is received refer to section 7 14 Order Delivering An Order 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Add Creditor Transaction Invoice Ref Ma PO Enter Expense Details 2 his will display the Enter Description Expense Details window see Figure 200 Cost 0 00 3 There are six fields to enter in Amt of GST Paid 0 00 they are e Invoice Ref No This is Date of Invoice 17 08 2009 the invoice reference number this is normally your invoice number as received from your creditor Save Exit e Description Use this field to enter in a detailed Figure 200 description e Cost this is the price paid to the cre
321. unselect stack cards to be changed iw Select unselect all stack cards Apply Changes Cancel igure 19 Note After selecting Apply Changes a prompt will appear notifying you how many stock cards have been successfully changed Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 129 of 292 4 3 Stock Groups A Stock Group is a group of stock items that you have grouped together for the purpose of ordering or reporting 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start PETAI Menu select Tools gt Utilities gt Stock Utilities gt Modify STAT ETE Stock Groups HAIR PRODUCTS NATIO TOOTH ACHE PRODUCTS 2 The Stock Groups window will be displayed as shown in Figure 192 i j New Modify Delete Print Exit 3 Select New to create a new Stock Group name Figure 192 Stock Group Items Stock Group TOOTHPASTES 4 The Stock Group Items window will be displayed as shown in Figure 193 5 Enter a name for this Stock Group e g Toothpastes 6 Select Add Item to add stock Add Item Add Multiple Items Add Promotion Items Remove Print OK Cancel items on by one Figure 193 2 ltem Search Search Criteria 7 Select Add Multiple Items to search for a group of stock items to add using the filters See Figure 194 Product Sub Group mpm Product Group Al Items supplier stock Group Item name Figure 194 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 130 of 2
322. ur scripts Dispense None Up Down or Nearest zaNote The ACCC strongly recommends that POS and Dispense rounding is set to Nearest Prices on This option allows you to specify how or if you would like discount Goods Shelf prices to appear on your goods shelf label Labels e Single Price This will just print the single price of product on the label e Retail Recommended Retail This is a double label the first half of the label will display the price your pharmacy is selling the product for while the second half of the label will display the Recommended Retail Price e Retail Stock card Discount Price This is a double label the first half of the label will display the retail price while the second half of the label will display your pharmacy s discounted Stock Card Price see section 3 2 1 Pricing Tab e Retail Club Member Price This is a double label the first half of the label will display the retail price while the second half of the label will display your pharmacy s discounted Club Member Price You must specify which club the discount applies Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 9 of 292 Option Description to in the Club for member price field Label Type Use the drop down box to specify your label type Default setting is Thermal Roll 31mm x 25mm 3a x 1d Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 10 of 292 1 3 Discounts For Sales The Discounts for S
323. ure 305 194 of 292 x Note Whether or not you wish to record these details is optional If you have Deliver Orders to Creditors File Orders window gt Tools drop down menu gt Options ticked then these details will allow you to report on GST on purchases via the Business Activity Report see section 10 13 Business Activity Report 6 Once you have entered in the cost of the expenses select the Save button 7 Select OK to finalise This will update the creditors file and subsequently delete the order within the current invoices tab x Note Items that require goods labels will automatically print after Order Delivery according to the goods labels setting in stock cards and any shelf labels reflecting altered retail prices will now be in the shelf label queue 8 Below is a slightly more detailed description of some of the colours shown above in Figure 304 Colour Description Green text White Item that are matched are indicated by green text This informs you background that the invoice item matches the order item If an invoice isn t matched it will be coloured differently Green text Yellow Items highlighted in yellow have had a price change The price background change may be up to the cost list real or retail prices The prices that have changed on that line are indicated by an asterix Place hover your mouse over a changed price to see what the old price was The new prices in this invoice will
324. ve For example if the Bonus Qty was set to 2 then the pharmacy operator could choose any two of the bonus products listed 11 Once all options are set select Apply Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 139 of 292 4 8 38 Copy To New Occasionally you may want to duplicate a complex Bonus Buy rather then enter the details again The Copy to New feature will allow you to replicate the Bonus Buy 1 Whilst in the Multi Buys window select your trigger product or products by selecting Add 2 The Copy to New feature will copy all settings from the original Bonus Buy to a new one except for e Multi Buy Name e Start Date e Finish Date zaNote All other settings may also be amended if required Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 140 of 292 4 8 4 Bonus Buy Report If you wish to report on bonus buy sales refer to section 10 12 Multi Buy Report Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 141 of 292 4 8 5 Bonus Buy Example Buy 2 amp Receive 1 Free This example explains how to setup a Bonus Buy where when the customer purchases 2 Berocca s they receive a third one free 9 When setting up the Details section of the Bonus Buy window ensure that the Message at Till explains to the pharmacy operator that the customer will receive a third Berocca for free if they purchase 2 see Figure 208 Ensure the Bonus Buy radio button is checked and that you have entered a
325. vices LOTS User Manual POS 283 of 292 12 USING THE LOTS VOUCHER FUNCTION The Voucher program provides you with the facility to print a promotional offer or discount voucher at the end of the docket if items purchased exceed a preset amount An example of a voucher program is a fuel discount voucher used by supermarkets if you spend a minimum of 30 00 a discount voucher message is printed on your supermarket docket If the docket is presented to a participating fuel station you receive discount on your fuel purchase The Voucher program may be used for a number of Pharmacy promotional or loyalty programs 12 1 Setting Up Receipt Voucher 1 Navigate from the LOTS Start Menu gt Tools gt Options gt POS Receipts see Figure 415 2 You will need to ensure Enable Receipt Voucher is ticked 3 Set you Minimum Sale Value defaults to 30 00 4 Type the Voucher message that will be displayed on the bottom of the docket if the minimum purchase is reached Then select OK to save Note PBS scripts are not included in the minimum purchase amount In addition ticking Allow Scripts Private Scripts Only will include private scripts in the minimum purchase total If unticked no script items will be included LOTS Options Dispense POS Receipts Dispense Options Dispensing Prices Dispense Alerts Requests for refunds or exchange must be made within 30 days of purchase Receipt must be Chall Printing
326. w Pharmacy Mame on Tear off Slip show Owners Name on Statement Pre Printed Statements Print Tax Invoice on Statements show oT when Listing Moan Current Statements Identify Individual Customers on Statements lt E o M NM M I show Drug Mame for Prescriptions Display Hidden Edited Scripts Hide Zero Charge Items Message on statement Please pay before next statement Cancel Figure 321 option Been Always Print If this option is ticked when doing a rollover always prints statement for Statements for Active active accounts Accounts Active Accounts are defined as any account that has either a payments made to it or had at least one item charged to it Minimum Balance for If this option is ticked you will be set a minimum balance for printing Printing Statements statements If a customer s account is below this balance then a statement will not be printed for them View Before Printing Tick this option if you wish to view each individual statement one by one Statements before printing them List Items on If ticked this option will display the product descriptions on each statement otatement recommended Tear off Remittance If this option is ticked this will print a remittance slip at the end of the Advice on Statement statement Display POS If this option is ticked and a message is added to the Message at POS field Messages for in the patients account details then the message will be displaye
327. w Release Notes button will be disabled D0803R00 EXE Drug Update 01 03 2008 7 50 PM DISPENSE1 4 To print out this list click the Print button This Computer Only Figure 437 View Release Notes Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 292 of 292
328. x Once ticked you will not be able to charge sales or scripts to the account e Indicate whether you wish to charge scripts automatically to this account by selecting the Charge Scripts Automatically tick box this option is only applicable to LOTS Complete users e Insert a message that will appear at the Point of Sale when selling items to this particular account customer The message is a prompt for the sales staff only the customer doesn t see the message This is optional e Specify an account class by selecting it from the drop down menu in the Account Class field drop down menu If you wish to create a new account class simply type it in to account class field and click OK LOTS will ask if you wish to create a new class because that account class doesn t exist Select the Yes button Account classes are used to group debtors together for utility and reporting purposes e If the Include Compensation Details on Debtor Statements option is ticked the debtors compensation number received from TAC Workcover etc will be printed out in the header of their monthly statements The Compensation Number firstly needs to be stored in the debtors Personal details tab 8 Select the OK button to save Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 203 of 292 8 3 Linking Family Members To link family members to the one account each family member is initially required to be set up as a Custome
329. y zaNote Some suppliers send back real cost in the list cost fields so this option was implemented to ignore this If this option is ticked when you adjust SOH a reason prompt will appear asking you to specify why the SOH is being changed This is also important as it can be reported on via the Stock Adjustment Report If this option is ticked a prompt will appear when a customer purchases items using a credit card asking you to specify the credit card type Visa MasterCard etc This needs to be ticked when using Integrated EFTPOS Use the drop down list to select the type of Integrated EFTPOS unit you use For further information on this option please call you local state office on 1300 669 865 LOTS POS User Manual 7 of 292 Option Description EFT Unit on this This option is only active if Integrated EF TPOS is ticked Till If there is an EFTPOS unit on this till ensure you tick this option and select the appropriate type Open Cash Drawer If you wish the till to open after an EFTPOS or credit card transaction after EFTPOS CC _ then tick this option It is especially useful if you allow customers to transactions request cash out Automatically start Tick this option to remain in the New Sales screen after a sale has a New Sale after been finalised If you would like to return to the initial Sales screen each Finished Sale after each finalised sale then do not tick this option Disallow creation If this opt
330. y you but will require the customer s signature Their signature specifies that they agree to the Lay By terms and conditions 11 To view all the payments made on a Lay By select the Payment History from the bottom section of the Lay By screen This will show all payments made over the life of the Lay By see Figure 83 Lay By status In Progress Customer JOHN CITIZEN Lay By Mo 37 JOHN CITIZEN 1 Lay By found Sale Total 100 00 start Date 13 05 2009 Less Payments 30 00 Finish Date 13 07 2009 lt Current Balance 70 00 1 stock item purchased on this Lay By stack Item Date Added Quantity Retail Disc BEROCCA ORIG EFF T 15 13 05 2008 1 51 PM 1 100 00 155 Remove Selected Item From Lay By Payment History for this Lay By 1 payment received Payment History Payment Schedule salesperson Payment Date Method Amount Balance Comments Carum Health Wed 13 05 2008 Cash 30 00 70 00 Deposit Lay By Docket Print Statement Cancel Lay By Finalise Lay By Ok Figure 83 Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 58 of 292 12 The other option Payment Schedule shows how much and how often a payment is expected to be made see Figure 84 Lay By status In Progress Customer JOHN CITIZEN Lay By Mo 37 JOHN CITIZEN 1 Lay By found Sale Total 4100 00 start Date 13 05 2009 Less Payments 0 00 Finish Date 1307 2009 Current Balanca 70 00 1 stock item purchased
331. you want to view In the Gross Profit column displays the actual gross profit for the Product Name multiplied by the Qty sold Corum Health Services LOTS POS User Manual 226 of 292 12 Month Detailed History on Retail of Goods including GST CORUM HEALTH SERVICES T BUSINESS PARK DRIVE MOTTING HILL VIC 3158 Fh 03 8541 6966 Fax 03 8541 6959 PLU UPI r830845 T30847 r3n0882 F16530 F16546 374021 gr4234 5635247 535183 358340 3583583 976377 3069856 561330 381348 375699 T1254 771255 771269 ff 1266 771255 filer FO50359 741213 301475 T 6gg44 901469 Tar545 901463 ffot4s 901455 901466 Item Name AD BIB covyBov PRINT AD BIB TOWEL BABY HONEY C AD JOINTED TOY HORSE CovYyBO AMC BABY BOTTLE 125ML AMC BABY BOTTLE 250ML AIC BABY OIL 200ML AMC BABY POWDER 3756 AMC DIS NAPPIES 32 XLG CTM4 Ahi DISP NAPPIES 36 LARGE C Ah cC INF MT FORMULA 380 0 6h Ahi INFMT FORMULAS 380 FOLO Ah cC MOTHER BE NURSING PA AMC NAPPY RASH CREAM 100 AMC THICK VWVIPES PK1O0 AMC THICK WIPES TRAVEL PE AMC ZINC CASTOR OIL CREAM 1 AMEDA HAND PUMP HY GEMNKI AMEDA 1 H amp PD PUMP HY GENE AMEDA PARTS DISPHRAGH AMEDA PARTS VALVE VENT AWEDA PUMP HEA amp PIDLE AMEDA PURELY YOURS BREA Ah OLIN BABY CRM 1003 Ah OLIN BABY CRM 503 AROMABABY AROMAWIPES 30 AROMABABY BABY MASSAGE D AROMWMABABY BAR SENSITIVE 1 AROMWABABY BARRIER BALM 1 AROMABABY BARRIER BALM 2 AROWABABY BATH GEL 125ML AROMWMABABY BATH GEL 250ML AROMWABABY CLEA
332. ype Sub Departmen gt one point rather than the dollar value Trigger value D Points are used exclusively Message xNote If some cases you must wish to give additional points to Edit Gift Triggers people who purchase products from specific sub department Trigger BABY e g Perfumery In situations like this you could change the Point Value field to 5 Discount on Sale i T We suggest that you leave Discount on Sale at zero 0 unless your club type is a Exclude this item from club discount club 8 Press OK to save Figure 370 Corum Health Services LOTS User Manual POS 264 of 292 w Edit Club Triggers 9 You can continue to add additional sub departments to the list by selecting the Add button again Club Name BABY CLUB Trigger Type Sub Departmen Trigger value D Paints are used exclusively Message 10 When adding any trigger to a club Edit Gift Triggers you will notice the option called s ARCARE OOS Exclude this item from club see ooo Figure 371 Ticking this option permits you to exclude a particular trigger from a club For example you Eu Te may want to exclude the entire Hair Care sub department from earning points W Exclude this item from club 13 The excluded sub department will be shown in red strikethrough text see Figure 372 Figure 371 11 Press the Exit button to x Clubs riggere File Edit LOTS save and exit Clubs 1

LOTS User Manual – Point Of Sale

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

LOTS User Manual &ndash; Point Of Sale

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

LOTS User Manual – Point Of Sale